Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 902

Dell 2130cn Service Manual

22 April 2010

Information in this document is subject to change without notice. 2010 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc.is strictly forbidden. Trademarks used in this text: Dell and the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc. Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to the entities claiming the marks and names of their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own.

Version record
Refer to the portion indicated by change bar in each section. Also refer to the reasons in table below. Version Issu 1st e date March 19, 2010 1st issued 1.1st version issued Introduction - The content was reviewed. Chapter 1:Troubleshooting - The content was reviewed. Chapter 2:Operation of Diagnostic - The content was reviewed. Chapter 3:RRP - The content was reviewed. Chapter 4:Plug/Jack Connector Locations - The illustration was changed. Chapter 6:Principles of Operation - The content was reviewed. Chapter 8:Printer Specifications - The content was reviewed. 1.2st version issued Introduction - The content of "4.5.2 Caution la bel f or tone r cartridges" was updated. Chapter 5 : Parts List - Correction according to change of spare parts. 2nd version issued Chapter 1:Troubleshooting - The check result of development was reflected. Chapter 3:RRP - The error in writing was corrected. Chapter 4: Plug/Jack Connector Locations - The error in writing was corrected. Chapter 5: Parts List - The error in writing was corrected. Chapter 6:Principles of Operation - The content was reviewed. Chapter 7: Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information CONTENTS - The content was reviewed. Chapter 8: Printer Specifications - The content was reviewed. Note

1.1st

April 30, 2010

1.2st

May 19, 2010

2nd

June 16, 2010

Cautions
Operation contents of this document may be subject to modification without notice. Dell Inc. will not assume responsibility for accidental or incidental damages resulting from technical or editorial errors or omissions in this manual, the issue of this manual, the execution of descriptions in this manual, or the use of this manual. This document is protected by copyright. Do not photocopy or duplicate any part of this document in any form without written permission from Dell Inc.

1. About this manual


This manual is a standard service manual of 'HOO,QF containing informationUHTXLUHGIRUPDLQWHQDQFH of this laser printer (standard specifications).

2. Marks giving caution


Maintenance operations requiring special cautions or additional information regarding descriptions in this manual are presented as "Warning," "Caution," or "Note," depending on their nature. If instructions are not observed, death or serious injury may result.

If instructions are not observed, injuries to workers or physical damage to assets (including this laser printer) may result.

Essentials for procedures, steps, rules, and others.

Reference Incidental information to descriptions.

3. Related documents
- Instruction manuals (standard manuals) Describe the operation and handling of this laser printer. - Performance specifications Describe in detail various specifications of this laser printer. (In the event of a discrepancy between this manual and the performance specifications, the performance specifications take precedence.) - Spare parts list Information on maintenance parts (spare parts) for this laser printer.

ii

4. Safety
To prevent possible accidents during maintenance operation, you should observe strictly the "Warning" and "Caution" information in this manual. Avoid dangerous operations and operations out of the scope of this manual. Various processes not covered by this manual may be required in actual operations, and should be performed carefully, always giving attention to safety.

4.1 Power source


Keep the power plug disconnected during the maintenance operation to prevent electric shock, burns and other damages. If the power supply should be kept connected to measure voltage or for other similar reasons, take sufficient care to prevent electric shock, by following the procedures in this manual. While the printer is on, never touch live parts if not required.

Power is supplied to the power switch / inlet even while the printer is off. Never touch its live components.

Do not touch live parts unless otherwise specified.

Rio00002KA

iii

4.2 Driving units


When servicing gears or other driving units, be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cord. Drive them manually when required. Do not do the print work removing the cover of the printer to confirm the operation of driving part.

4.3 High-temperature units


When servicing high-temperature units (securing unit, etc.), be sure to turn them off to prevent burns, injuries and other troubles. Remove the power plug and start service processes after they have cooled down sufficiently. Because high-temperature units are still hot after they complete an operation, wait at least 40 minutes before starting maintenance service.

iv

4.4 Laser beams


If your eyes are exposed to laser beams, you may lose your eyesight. Never open the cover if the warning label for laser beams is attached there. Before disassembling and reassembling this laser printer, be sure to turn it OFF. When servicing this laser printer while it is running, be sure to follow the procedures specified in this manual. You should be well aware that the laser beams are capable of injuring you and other people near the printer. Laser beams have features as follows: Frequencies are smaller in width than other beams (sun and electric bulbs) and phases are uniform so that high monochromatic and convergence performance can be obtained and thin beams of light can reach places at a long distance. Being highly converged, the laser beams exert a heating action that may be harmful to human body. Reference: The laser beams of this laser printer are invisible rays.

ROS

Rio00003KA

4.5 Warning/caution labels


Warning labels and caution labels are attached to this laser printer to prevent accidents Check those labels for peeling or stains when servicing the printer. 4.5.1 Caution label for high-temperature units

Rio00004KA

vi

4.5.2 Caution label for toner cartridges

Rio00006KA

vii

Wsb00007KA

viii

4.5.3 Caution label for SSI and tray

Rio00008KA

Rio Service Manual Version 1 2008.02.29

ix

4.5.4 Caution label for ROS

Rio00009KA

4.5.5 Caution label for transfer belt and PHD unit

Rio00005KA

xi

Rio00012KA

xii

4.5.6 Caution label for duplex

Rio00013KA

xiii

Blank Page

xiv

Unpacking the Printer


Take extreme care to avoid personal injuries.

Check the printer for evidence of any damages. Peel all tapes off the printer.

Rio00010KB

xv

Rio00011KB

xvi

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. About this manual............................................................................................................. ii 2. Marks giving caution......................................................................................................... ii 3. Related documents........................................................................................................... ii 4. Safety ...............................................................................................................................iii
4.1 Power source ......................................................................................................................................... iii 4.2 Driving units ...........................................................................................................................................iv 4.3 High-temperature units ..........................................................................................................................iv 4.4 Laser beams ...........................................................................................................................................v 4.5 Warning/caution labels...........................................................................................................................vi 4.5.1 Caution label for high-temperature units........................................................................................vi 4.5.2 Caution label for toner cartridges.................................................................................................. vii 4.5.3 Caution label for SSI and tray ........................................................................................................ix 4.5.4 Caution label for ROS .....................................................................................................................x 4.5.5 Caution label for transfer belt and PHD unit ..................................................................................xi 4.5.6 Caution label for duplex ............................................................................................................... xiii

Unpacking the Printer ........................................................................................................ xv

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting .............................................................................................1 - 1 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic .................................................................................2 - 1 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures ........................................................3 - 1 Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations..............................................................4 - 1 Chapter 5 Parts List........................................................................................................5 - 1 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation ..................................................................................6 - 1 Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information .......................................................7 - 1 Chapter 8 Printer Specifications .....................................................................................8 - 1

xvii

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS 1. Troubleshooting Overview...........................................................................................1 - 1


1.1 Flow of Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................... 1 - 1 1.2 Check Installation Status .................................................................................................................. 1 - 2 1.3 Cautions on Service Operations ....................................................................................................... 1 - 3 1.4 Cautions on Using FIP ...................................................................................................................... 1 - 4 1.5 Items to Be Confirmed Before Going to FIP Troubleshooting........................................................... 1 - 5

2. FIP .............................................................................................................................1 - 10
2.1 FIP .................................................................................................................................................. 1 - 10 2.2 Flow of FIP...................................................................................................................................... 1 - 10 2.3 Status Code List.............................................................................................................................. 1 - 11

3. ERROR CODE FIP...................................................................................................1 - 32


3.1 Troubleshooting for the call center.................................................................................................. 1 - 32 Flows 1 001-360 Restart Printer .......................................................................................................... 1 - 32 Flows 2 003-340 Restart Printer .......................................................................................................... 1 - 33 Flows 3 003-356 Restart Printer .......................................................................................................... 1 - 34 Flows 4 004-310 Restart Printer .......................................................................................................... 1 - 35 Flows 5 004-311 Restart Printer .......................................................................................................... 1 - 36 Flows 6 006-370 Restart Printer .......................................................................................................... 1 - 37 Flows 7 007-340 Restart Printer .......................................................................................................... 1 - 38 Flows 8 007-341 Restart Printer .......................................................................................................... 1 - 39 Flows 9 007-371/007-372 Restart Printer ............................................................................................ 1 - 40 Flows 10 009-340 Restart Printer (Yellow Toner)................................................................................ 1 - 41 Flows 11 009-340 Restart Printer (Magenta Toner) ............................................................................ 1 - 43 Flows 12 009-340 Restart Printer (Cyan Toner) .................................................................................. 1 - 45 Flows 13 009-340 Restart Printer (Black Toner).................................................................................. 1 - 47 Flows 14 010-317 Restart Printer ........................................................................................................ 1 - 49 Flows 15 010-351 Restart Printer ........................................................................................................ 1 - 50 Flows 16 010-354 Restart Printer ........................................................................................................ 1 - 51 Flows 17 010-377 Restart Printer ........................................................................................................ 1 - 52 Flows 18 Ready to Print 010-421......................................................................................................... 1 - 53 Flows 19 016-300/016-301/016-302/016-313/016-315/016-317/016-323/016-327/ 016-344/016-345/016-346/016-347 Restart Printer.............................................................. 1 - 54 Flows 19-1 016-340 Restart Printer ...................................................................................................... 1 - 55 Flows 20 016-316/016-318 Restart Printer .......................................................................................... 1 - 57 Flows 21 016-338 Restart Printer ........................................................................................................ 1 - 58 Flows 22 016-365 Restart Printer ........................................................................................................ 1 - 59 Flows 23 016-370 Restart Printer ........................................................................................................ 1 - 61 Flows 24 Invalid ID 016-383 / Range Chk Error 016-384 / Header Error 016-385 / Check Sum Error 016-386 / Protection Error 016-391 / Erase Flash Err. 016-392 / Write Flash Err. 016-393 / Verify Error 016-394 .................................................................. 1 - 62 Flows 25 Out of Memory 016-700........................................................................................................ 1 - 63 Flows 26 PDL Request 016-720 .......................................................................................................... 1 - 64 Flows 27 Invalid User 016-757 ............................................................................................................ 1 - 65 Flows 28 Disabled Func 016-758 ........................................................................................................ 1 - 66 Flows 29 Reached Limit 016-759 ........................................................................................................ 1 - 67

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS


Flows 30 Invalid Job 016-799 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 68 Flows 31 Disk Full 016-980................................................................................................................... 1 - 69 Flows 32 Collate Full 016-981 ............................................................................................................. 1 - 70 Flows 33 MCU Flash Error 024-360 .................................................................................................... 1 - 71 Flows 34 024-362 Restart Printer ........................................................................................................ 1 - 72 Flows 35 Check Paper Size 024-910................................................................................................... 1 - 73 Flows 36 Check Paper Size 024-911................................................................................................... 1 - 74 Flows 37 Check Paper Size 024-914................................................................................................... 1 - 75 Flows 38 Load Tray 1 024-965 ............................................................................................................ 1 - 76 Flows 39 Load Tray 2 024-966 ............................................................................................................ 1 - 77 Flows 40 Load SSF 024-969 / Pause Feed SSF 024-985 / Check SSF 075-923 ............................. 1 - 78 Flows 41 Over Heat 042-700 ............................................................................................................... 1 - 79 Flows 42 Paper Jam 071-100 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 80 Flows 43 Paper Jam 072-100 / Paper Jam 072-908 .......................................................................... 1 - 82 Flows 44 Paper Jam 072-101 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 84 Flows 45 Paper Jam 075-101 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 86 Flows 46 Paper Jam 075-102 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 87 Flows 47 Check SSF 075-922 ............................................................................................................. 1 - 88 Flows 48 Paper Jam 077-100/077-101................................................................................................ 1 - 89 Flows 49 Paper Jam 077-102 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 90 Flows 50 Paper Jam 077-103/077-104/077-105.................................................................................. 1 - 91 Flows 51 Paper Jam 077-107 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 93 Flows 52 Paper Jam 077-108 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 95 Flows 53 Close FrontCover 077-300 ................................................................................................... 1 - 97 Flows 54 Close Side Cover 077-301 ................................................................................................... 1 - 98 Flows 55 Paper Jam 077-900 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 99 Flows 56 Paper Jam 077-901 ............................................................................................................ 1 - 100 Flows 57 Paper Jam 077-907 ............................................................................................................ 1 - 102 Flows 58 Ready to Print 091-402 / Replace PHD 091-935............................................................... 1 - 104 Flows 59 PHD 091-912...................................................................................................................... 1 - 105 Flows 60 Insert PHD 091-972............................................................................................................ 1 - 106 Flows 61 CTD Sensor Dirty 092-310 / Ready to Print 092-410 ........................................................ 1 - 107 Flows 62 Ready to Print 093-423 / Replace Cart. 093-930 .............................................................. 1 - 108 Flows 63 Ready to Print 093-424 / Replace Cart. 093-931 .............................................................. 1 - 109 Flows 64 Ready to Print 093-425 / Replace Cart. 093-932 .............................................................. 1 - 110 Flows 65 Ready to Print 093-426 / Replace Cart. 093-933 .............................................................. 1 - 111 Flows 66 Shake Cartridge 093-919 ................................................................................................... 1 - 112 Flows 67 Shake Cartridge 093-920 ................................................................................................... 1 - 114 Flows 68 Shake Cartridge 093-921 ................................................................................................... 1 - 116 Flows 69 Shake Cartridge 093-922 ................................................................................................... 1 - 118 Flows 70 Replace Cart. 093-934 ....................................................................................................... 1 - 120 Flows 71 Replace Cart. 093-935 ....................................................................................................... 1 - 121 Flows 72 Replace Cart. 093-936 ....................................................................................................... 1 - 122 Flows 73 Replace Cart. 093-937 ....................................................................................................... 1 - 123 Flows 74 CRUM ID 093-960 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 124 Flows 75 CRUM ID 093-961 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 125

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS


Flows 76 CRUM ID 093-962 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 126 Flows 77 CRUM ID 093-963 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 127 Flows 78 CRUM ID 093-965 .............................................................................................................. 1 - 128 Flows 79 Insert PrintCart 093-970 ..................................................................................................... 1 - 129 Flows 80 Insert PrintCart 093-971 ..................................................................................................... 1 - 130 Flows 81 Insert PrintCart 093-972 ..................................................................................................... 1 - 131 Flows 82 Insert PrintCart 093-973 ..................................................................................................... 1 - 132 Flows 83 Ready to Print 094-422 / 094-911 Contact Support .......................................................... 1 - 133 Flows 84 Ready to Print 193-700....................................................................................................... 1 - 134 Flows 85 Faint print (Low contrast)..................................................................................................... 1 - 135 Flows 86 Blank print (No print)............................................................................................................ 1 - 137 Flows 87 Solid black ........................................................................................................................... 1 - 138 Flows 88 Vertical blank line (White stripes in paper transport direction) ............................................ 1 - 139 Flows 89 Horizontal band cross out (White stripe in horizontal direction............................................ 1 - 140 Flows 90 Vertical stripes ..................................................................................................................... 1 - 142 Flows 91 Horizontal stripes................................................................................................................. 1 - 144 Flows 92 Partial Deletion .................................................................................................................... 1 - 146 Flows 93 Spots ................................................................................................................................... 1 - 148 Flows 94 Afterimage (Ghost) .............................................................................................................. 1 - 150 Flows 95 Grey Background................................................................................................................. 1 - 151 Flows 96 Skew.................................................................................................................................... 1 - 152 Flows 97 Paper damage ..................................................................................................................... 1 - 153 Flows 98 Unfusing .............................................................................................................................. 1 - 155 Flows 99 Color registration (Color shift).............................................................................................. 1 - 156 Flows 100 Noise :When power is turned on. ...................................................................................... 1 - 159 Flows 101 Noise During standby ........................................................................................................ 1 - 160 Flows 102 Noise During printing ......................................................................................................... 1 - 161 Flows 103 Electrical Noise.................................................................................................................. 1 - 162 Flows 104 AC...................................................................................................................................... 1 - 163 Flows 105 DC ..................................................................................................................................... 1 - 164 Flows 106 Multiple Feed ..................................................................................................................... 1 - 165 Flows 107 Control Panel Freezes....................................................................................................... 1 - 166 3.2 Troubleshooting for the repair center........................................................................................... 1 - 168 FIP-1. 1 001-360 Restart Printer........................................................................................................ 1 - 168 FIP-1. 2 003-340 Restart Printer........................................................................................................ 1 - 170 FIP-1. 3 003-356 Restart Printer........................................................................................................ 1 - 171 FIP-1. 4 004-310 Restart Printer........................................................................................................ 1 - 173 FIP-1. 5 004-311 Restart Printer........................................................................................................ 1 - 174 FIP-1. 6 006-370 Restart Printer........................................................................................................ 1 - 175 FIP-1. 7 007-340 Restart Printer........................................................................................................ 1 - 176 FIP-1. 8 007-341 Restart Printer........................................................................................................ 1 - 177 FIP-1. 9 007-371/007-372 Restart Printer.......................................................................................... 1 - 178 FIP-1. 10 009-340 Restart Printer (Yellow Toner) ............................................................................. 1 - 180 FIP-1. 11 009-340 Restart Printer (Magenta Toner) .......................................................................... 1 - 183 FIP-1. 12 009-340 Restart Printer (Cyan Toner)................................................................................ 1 - 186 FIP-1. 13 009-340 Restart Printer (Black Toner) ............................................................................... 1 - 189

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS


FIP-1. 14 010-317 Restart Printer...................................................................................................... 1 - 192 FIP-1. 15 010-351 Restart Printer...................................................................................................... 1 - 194 FIP-1. 16 010-354 Restart Printer...................................................................................................... 1 - 195 FIP-1. 17 010-377 Restart Printer...................................................................................................... 1 - 196 FIP-1. 18 Ready to Print 010-421 ...................................................................................................... 1 - 198 FIP-1. 19 016-300/016-301/016-302/016-313/016-315/016-317/016-323/016-327/016-340/016-344/ 016-345/016-346/016-347 Restart Printer .......................................................................... 1 - 199 FIP-1. 20 016-316/016-318 Restart Printer........................................................................................ 1 - 200 FIP-1. 21 016-338 Restart Printer...................................................................................................... 1 - 201 FIP-1. 22 016-365 Restart Printer...................................................................................................... 1 - 202 FIP-1. 23 016-370 Restart Printer...................................................................................................... 1 - 203 FIP-1. 24 Invalid ID 016-383 / Range Chk Error 016-384 / Header Error 016-385 / Check Sum Error 016-386 / Protection Error 016-391 / Erase Flash Err. 016-392 / Write Flash Err. 016-393 / Verify Error 016-394 ................................................................ 1 - 205 FIP-1. 25 Out of Memory 016-700 ..................................................................................................... 1 - 206 FIP-1. 26 PDL Request 016-720........................................................................................................ 1 - 207 FIP-1. 27 Invalid User 016-757 .......................................................................................................... 1 - 208 FIP-1. 28 Disabled Func 016-758 ...................................................................................................... 1 - 209 FIP-1. 29 Reached Limit 016-759 ...................................................................................................... 1 - 210 FIP-1. 30 Invalid Job 016-799............................................................................................................ 1 - 211 FIP-1. 31 Disk Full 016-980 ................................................................................................................ 1 - 212 FIP-1. 32 Collate Full 016-981 ........................................................................................................... 1 - 213 FIP-1. 33 MCU Flash Error 024-360 .................................................................................................. 1 - 214 FIP-1. 34 024-362 Restart Printer...................................................................................................... 1 - 215 FIP-1. 35 Check Paper Size 024-910 ................................................................................................ 1 - 216 FIP-1. 36 Check Paper Size 024-911 ................................................................................................ 1 - 217 FIP-1. 37 Check Paper Size 024-914 ................................................................................................ 1 - 218 FIP-1. 38 Load Tray 1 024-965.......................................................................................................... 1 - 219 FIP-1. 39 Load Tray 2 024-966.......................................................................................................... 1 - 221 FIP-1. 40 Load SSF 024-969 / Pause Feed SSF 024-985 / Check SSF 075-923 ........................... 1 - 223 FIP-1. 41 Over Heat 042-700............................................................................................................. 1 - 225 FIP-1. 42 Paper Jam 071-100............................................................................................................ 1 - 226 FIP-1. 43 Paper Jam 072-100 / Paper Jam 072-908 ........................................................................ 1 - 231 FIP-1. 44 Paper Jam 072-101............................................................................................................ 1 - 234 FIP-1. 45 Paper Jam 075-101............................................................................................................ 1 - 239 FIP-1. 46 Paper Jam 075-102............................................................................................................ 1 - 240 FIP-1. 47 Check SSF 075-922........................................................................................................... 1 - 242 FIP-1. 48 Paper Jam 077-100/077-101 ............................................................................................. 1 - 246 FIP-1. 49 Paper Jam 077-102............................................................................................................ 1 - 248 FIP-1. 50 Paper Jam 077-103/077-104/077-105 ............................................................................... 1 - 252 FIP-1. 51 Paper Jam 077-107............................................................................................................ 1 - 253 FIP-1. 52 Paper Jam 077-108............................................................................................................ 1 - 255 FIP-1. 53 Close FrontCover 077-300................................................................................................. 1 - 257 FIP-1. 54 Close Side Cover 077-301 ................................................................................................. 1 - 259 FIP-1. 55 Paper Jam 077-900............................................................................................................ 1 - 260 FIP-1. 56 Paper Jam 077-901............................................................................................................ 1 - 262

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS


FIP-1. 57 Paper Jam 077-907............................................................................................................ 1 - 266 FIP-1. 58 Ready to Print 091-402 / Replace PHD 091-935 .............................................................. 1 - 268 FIP-1. 59 PHD 091-912 ..................................................................................................................... 1 - 269 FIP-1. 60 Insert PHD 091-972 ........................................................................................................... 1 - 270 FIP-1. 61 CTD Sensor Dirty 092-310 / Ready to Print 092-410........................................................ 1 - 271 FIP-1. 62 Ready to Print 093-423 / Replace Cart. 093-930 .............................................................. 1 - 272 FIP-1. 63 Ready to Print 093-424 / Replace Cart. 093-931 .............................................................. 1 - 273 FIP-1. 64 Ready to Print 093-425 / Replace Cart. 093-932 .............................................................. 1 - 274 FIP-1. 65 Ready to Print 093-426 / Replace Cart. 093-933 .............................................................. 1 - 275 FIP-1. 66 Shake Cartridge 093-919 ................................................................................................... 1 - 276 FIP-1. 67 Shake Cartridge 093-920 ................................................................................................... 1 - 279 FIP-1. 68 Shake Cartridge 093-921 ................................................................................................... 1 - 282 FIP-1. 69 Shake Cartridge 093-922 ................................................................................................... 1 - 285 FIP-1. 70 Replace Cart. 093-934 ....................................................................................................... 1 - 288 FIP-1. 71 Replace Cart. 093-935 ....................................................................................................... 1 - 289 FIP-1. 72 Replace Cart. 093-936 ....................................................................................................... 1 - 290 FIP-1. 73 Replace Cart. 093-937 ....................................................................................................... 1 - 291 FIP-1. 74 CRUM ID 093-960.............................................................................................................. 1 - 292 FIP-1. 75 CRUM ID 093-961.............................................................................................................. 1 - 293 FIP-1. 76 CRUM ID 093-962.............................................................................................................. 1 - 294 FIP-1. 77 CRUM ID 093-963.............................................................................................................. 1 - 295 FIP-1. 78 CRUM ID 093-965.............................................................................................................. 1 - 296 FIP-1. 79 Insert PrintCart 093-970..................................................................................................... 1 - 297 FIP-1. 80 Insert PrintCart 093-971..................................................................................................... 1 - 298 FIP-1. 81 Insert PrintCart 093-972..................................................................................................... 1 - 299 FIP-1. 82 Insert PrintCart 093-973..................................................................................................... 1 - 300 FIP-1. 83 Ready to Print 094-422 / 094-911 Contact Support .......................................................... 1 - 301 FIP-1. 84 Ready to Print 193-700 ...................................................................................................... 1 - 302

4. Image Quality Trouble .............................................................................................1 - 303


4.1 Entry Chart for Image Quality Troubleshooting............................................................................. 1 - 303 4.2 Diagnosis Test Chart .................................................................................................................... 1 - 307 4.3 Items to Be Confirmed Before Image Quality Troubleshooting..................................................... 1 - 312 4.4 Print Image Quality Specifications ................................................................................................ 1 - 314 4.5 Image Quality FIP ......................................................................................................................... 1 - 318 FIP-1.P1 Faint print (Low contrast) .................................................................................................... 1 - 318 FIP-1.P2 Blank print (No print).......................................................................................................... 1 - 322 FIP-1.P3 Solid black ......................................................................................................................... 1 - 326 FIP-1.P4 Vertical blank lines (White stripes in paper transport direction)......................................... 1 - 328 FIP-1.P5 Horizontal band cross out (White stripes in horizontal direction)....................................... 1 - 332 FIP-1.P6 Vertical stripes ................................................................................................................... 1 - 336 FIP-1.P7 Horizontal stripes ............................................................................................................... 1 - 339 FIP-1.P8 Partial Deletion .................................................................................................................. 1 - 343 FIP-1.P9 Spots.................................................................................................................................. 1 - 346 FIP-1.P10 Afterimage (Ghost) .......................................................................................................... 1 - 350 FIP-1.P11 Grey Background............................................................................................................. 1 - 353

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS


FIP-1.P12 Skew ................................................................................................................................ 1 - 357 FIP-1.P13 Paper damage ................................................................................................................. 1 - 360 FIP-1.P14 Unfusing........................................................................................................................... 1 - 363 FIP-1.P15 Color registration (Color shift).......................................................................................... 1 - 364

5. Abnormal Noise Trouble..........................................................................................1 - 367


5.1 Entry Chart for Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting ......................................................................... 1 - 367 5.2 Operation Mode Table .................................................................................................................. 1 - 368 FIP-1.N1 When Power is Turned On ................................................................................................ 1 - 368 FIP-1.N2 During Standby.................................................................................................................. 1 - 370 FIP-1.N3 During Printing................................................................................................................... 1 - 371

6. Other FIP .................................................................................................................1 - 374


FIP-Electrical Noise ............................................................................................................................ 1 - 374 FIP-AC ................................................................................................................................................ 1 - 375 FIP-DC ................................................................................................................................................ 1 - 376 FIP-Multiple Feed................................................................................................................................ 1 - 377 FIP-Control Panel Freezes ................................................................................................................. 1 - 378

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting The troubleshooting procedures described herein assume the use of the Diag Tool. However, the procedures can be performed without the Diag Tool as long as they are carefully followed.

1. Troubleshooting Overview
To increase the efficiency of troubleshooting, ensure that preliminary checks should be made to confirm the trouble status before proceeding to the Fault Isolation Procedure (FIP), Operation of Diagnostic (Chapter 2), Wiring Diagrams (Chapter 7), and Principles of Operation (Chapter 6).

1.1 Flow of Troubleshooting


Flow of the troubleshooting is as follows:

Check installation status

Check trouble status

Operation of Diagnostic Principles of Operation Wiring Diagrams

Execute FIP Reference information Check for recovery If the problem persists Send back printer or parts for technical check

End

1-1

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

1.2 Check Installation Status


Be sure to check the following items before starting the troubleshooting procedures. 1) The power supply voltage is within the specifications (measure the valtage at the wall outlet). 2) The power cord is free from breakage, short-circuit, open wire, or internal miswiring. 3) The printer is properly grounded. 4) The printer is not installed at a place subjected to high/low temperature, humidity, and sudden temperature changes. 5) The printer is not installed at or near water facilities, humidifier, heating appliance, fire, dust, or in airflow from air conditioner. 6) The printer is not installed in a place subjected to volatile or inflammable gas. 7) The printer is not installed under direct sunlight. 8) The printer is installed in a well-ventilated place. 9) The laser printer is installed on a firm and stable surface. 10) The paper meets the specifications (standard paper is recommended). 11) The printer is handled properly. 12) The high frequency service items are replaced at the recommended print count intervals.

1-2

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

1.3 Cautions on Service Operations


1) Be sure to remove the power cord unless otherwise required. While the printer is powered ON, never touch the conductive parts unless otherwise required. Never touch the conductive parts of the power switch and inlet of the LVPS, because they are live even while the printer is powered off. 2) When checking some parts with covers removed and with the interlock, safety, and power switches ON, disconnect the connectors (P/J411 and P/J412) on the ROS ASSY except unless otherwise required. When checking some parts with covers removed and with the interlock, safety, and power switches ON, laser beams may be irradiated from the ROS ASSY. For your safety, be sure to disconnect the connectors (P/J411 and P/J 412) unless otherwise required. 3) When checking some parts with the Front Cover removed and the printer powered ON, be sure to disconnect the connector (P/J16) on the PWBA MCU unless otherwise required. When checking some parts with the Front Cover removed and the printer powered ON, be sure to remove the connector (P/J15) on the MCU. Otherwise, a high voltage may be output from the HVPS. When connecting the connecter (P/J15) on the MCU according to the instructions in the FIP, never touch the HVPS and high voltage parts. 4) When outputting a high voltage using the Diag Tool, etc., keep all the covers on unless otherwise required. When outputting a high voltage using the Diag Tool, etc., ensure that: - The high voltage carrying parts must never be touched. - The instructions in this manual must be followed. 5) When operating the drive unit using the Diag Tool, etc., keep all the covers on unless otherwise required. When operating the drive unit using the Diag Tool, etc., ensure that: - The drive unit must never be touched. - The instructions in this manual must be followed. 6) When touching hot parts, be careful not to get burnt. 7) While working, be sure to wear a wrist band or the like to dissipate static charges from your body.

1-3

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

1.4 Cautions on Using FIP


1) When troubleshooting according to the FIP, have on hand a normal MCU, LVPS, HVPS, FUSER ASSY, BELT ASSY, etc., for possible fault isolation. 2) In the initial check according to the FIP, check only items which can be simply checked. 3) In the initial check according to the FIP, check the constitutive parts of the major check parts and related parts, as well as major check parts. 4) When working with the printer, be sure to remove the power cord unless otherwise required. Never touch live parts if not required, while the power cord is connected. 5) Connector condition is denoted as follows: [P/J12] Connector (P/J12) is connected. [P12] [J12]

Plug side with the connector (P/J12) removed (except when attached directly to the
board).

Jack side with the connector (P/J12) removed (except when attached directly to the
board).

6) [P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN] in the FIP means measurement with the positive side of the measuring instrument connected to [2PIN] of [P/J1] and the negative side to [4PIN] of [P/J3]. 7) [P/J1<=> P/J2] in the FIP means measurement for all terminals corresponding between [P/J1] and [P/J2] based on "Wiring Diagrams". 8) In [P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN] in the FIP where voltage is measured, [P/J3-4PIN] on the rear negative side is always at the AG (analog ground), SG (signal ground), or RTN (return). Therefore, after checking of proper conductivity between AGs, SGs, or RTNs respectively, the rear negative side can be connected to the PIN of AG, SG or RTN instead of [P/J3-4PIN]. However, care should be taken not to confuse [AG], [SG], and [RTN] because they are not on the same level. 9) When measuring the voltage at small connectors, use the dedicated tool. Handle the tool with care because its business end is pointed. 10) When measuring the voltage, set the BELT ASSY, toner cartridge and paper cassette, close the COVERs and power ON unless otherwise required. 11) Numerical values in the FIP are only for guideline. Approximate values are acceptable. 12) In each step of the FIP, parts removal and other procedures implicitly required for the step are omitted. 13) In the FIP, "Replacement" means the replacement of the parts that are considered to be the cause of the trouble. Replacement of those parts means the replacement of the assembly part (HIGH ASSY) that contain them. 14) In the FIP, the paper cassette immediately below the printer main body is called "Tray 1", and the cassette below it is called "Tray 2". 15) Some of the instructions in the FIP are branched off depending on the specifications. Follow the applicable instruction. 16) For some optional components, you may have to refer to the manual of the relevant component for troubleshooting. Have the relevant manual at hand as needed.

1-4

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

1.5 Items to Be Confirmed Before Going to FIP Troubleshooting Basic Printer Problems
Some printer problems can be easy to resolve. If a problem occurs with your printer, check each the following: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) If a message is displayed on the LCD of operator panel, see 2.3 Status Code List. The printer power cable is plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical outlet. The printer power is powered ON. The electrical outlet is not turned off by any switch or breaker. Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet is working. All options are properly installed. If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. This often solves the problem.

Display Problems
1) If the operator panel displays only diamonds or is blank, check and try the action below. If the problem persists even after checking abd executing the items below, execute Flow 104, Flow 105, or FIP-AC and FIP-DC in 6. Other FIP. a) Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and turn on the printer. b) Self Test Message appears on the operator panel. When the test is completed, Ready to Print is displayed. 2) If menu settings changed from the operator panel have no effect, check and try the actions below. Settings in the software program, the printer driver, or the printer utilities are overriding the settings made on the operator panel. a) Change the menu settings from the printer driver, the printer utilities, or the software program instead of the operator panel. b) Disable the settings in the printer driver, the printer utilities, or the software program so you can change settings on the operator panel.

Printing Problems
1) If a job did not print correct or incorrect characters were printed, check and try the actions below. a) Make sure Ready to Print appears on the operator panel before sending a job to print. Press Menu to return to Ready to Print. b) Make sure print media is loaded in the printer. Press Menu to return to Ready to Print. c) Verify that you are using the correct printer driver. d) Make sure you are using the correct Ethernet or USB cables and it securely connected at the back of the printer. e) Verify that the correct print media size is selected. f) If using a print spooler, verify that the spooler has not stalled. g) Check the printer interface from the Configure menu. Determine the host interface you are using. Print a Panel Setting page to verify that the current interfaces settings are correct. h) Output fonts will not print correctly using the PCL driver in its default mode. To correct this problem, use PostScript driver when using the PCL driver.

1-5

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting 2) If secure print is not available or not printing, refer to the requirements below. a) Minimum 256 MB is required. b) RAM Disk must be enabled using the operation panel. c) The number of secure print jobs your printer can store is dependent on the job size including number of pages, graphics, color attributes, and the amount of memory installed. To increase this number, add additional memory. 3) If print media misfeeds or multiple feeds occur, check and try the actions below. a) Make sure the print media you are using meets the specifications for your printer. Refer to Print Media Guidelines of this section. b) Flex print media before loading it in any of the sources. c) Make sure the print media is loaded correctly. d) Make sure the width and length guides on the print media sources are adjusted correctly. e) If the print media are overfilled in sources, reduce the amount of media. f) Load the recommended print side correctly for the type of print media you are using. g) Turn the print media over or around and try printing again to see if feeding improves. h) Check the print media type loaded in the source, and refill only one type of print media, if print media types are mixed. i) Refill a new ream of print media, if some reams are mixed. j) Remove the top and bottom sheets of a ream before loading the print media. k) Do not reload print media until the print media source is empty. 4) 5) 6) If envelope misfeeds or multiple feeds occur, check and try the action below. a) Remove the stack of envelops from the multiple purpose feeder (MPF). If page breaks in unexpected places, check and try the action below. a) Check the Job Timeout in the Basic Settings menu and increase the value. If a job prints from the wrong source or on the wrong print media, check and try the action below. a) Check the Paper Size and Paper Type in the Tray Settings menu on the printer operator panel and in the printer driver. 7) If print media does not stack neatly in the output tray, check and try the action below. a) Turn the print media stack over in the tray or multipurpose feeder.

Print Media Guidelines


Print media is paper, transparencies, labels, envelopes, coated paper among others. Your printer provides high-quality printing on a variety of print media. Selecting the appropriate print media for your printer helps avoid printing troubles. This section describes how to select print media, how to care for print media, and how to load the print media in the optional 250-sheet tray module or 550-sheet tray module. Paper For the best print quality in color, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb.) xerographic, grain long paper. For the best print quality in black and white, use 90 g/m2 (24 lb.) xerographic, grain long paper. Before buying large quantities of any print media, Dell recommends trying a sample first. When loading paper, identify the recommended print side on the paper package, and load the paper accordingly. See "Loading Print Media in Optional Trays" and "Loading the Multipurpose Feeder" for detailed loading instructions. Paper Characteristics The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. Dell recommends that you follow these guidelines when evaluating new paper stock.

1-6

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Weight The tray automatically feeds paper weights from 60 to 216 g/m2 (16 to 57.6 lb. bond) grain long. The multipurpose feeder automatically feeds paper weights from 60 to 216 g/m2 (16 to 56 lb. bond) grain long. Paper lighter than 60 g/m2 (16 lb.) might not be stiff enough to feed properly, and could cause paper jams. For best performance, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb. bond) grain long paper. Curl Curl is the tendency of print media to curve at its edges. Excessive curl can cause paper feeding problems. Curl usually occurs after the paper passes through the printer, where it is exposed to high temperatures. Storing paper unwrapped in humid conditions, even in the paper tray, can contribute to paper curling prior to printing and cause feeding problems. Smoothness The degree of paper smoothness directly affects print quality. If the paper is too rough, the toner does not fuse to the paper properly, resulting in poor print quality. If the paper is too smooth, it can cause paper feeding problems. Smoothness between 150 and 250 Sheffield points produces the best print quality. Moisture Content The amount of moisture in the paper affects both print quality and the ability of the printer to feed the paper properly. Leave the paper in its original packaging until you are ready to use it. This limits the exposure of the paper to moisture changes that can degrade its performance. Grain Direction Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is either grain long, running the length of the paper, or grain short, running the width of the paper. For 60 to 135 g/m2 (16 to 36 lb. bond) paper, grain long fibers are recommended. For papers heavier than 135 g/m2 (36 lb. bond), grain short is preferred. Fiber Content Most high-quality xerographic paper is made from 100% chemically pulped wood. Paper containing fibers such as cotton possess characteristics that can result in degraded paper handling. Recommended Paper To ensure the best print quality and feed reliability, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb.) xerographic paper. Business papers designed for general business use also provide acceptable print quality. Always print several samples before buying large quantities of any type of print media. When choosing any print media, you should consider the weight, fiber content, and color. The laser printing process heats paper to high temperatures of 225C (437F) for Magnetic Ink Character Recognition (MICR) applications, and 205C (401F) for non-MICR applications. Only use paper able to withstand these temperatures without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous emissions. Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is acceptable for laser printers. Unacceptable Paper The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer: 1) 2) 3) Chemically treated papers used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as carbonless papers, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paper Preprinted papers with chemicals that may contaminate the printer Preprinted papers that can be affected by the temperature in the printer fuser

1-7

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting 4) Preprinted papers that require a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater than 0.09 in., such as optical character recognition (OCR) forms In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to successfully print on these forms. 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) Coated papers (erasable bond), synthetic papers, thermal papers Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface papers or curled papers Recycled papers containing more than 25% post-consumer waste that do not meet DIN 19 309 Multiple-part forms or documents Label paper with Cut

Selecting Paper
Proper paper selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing. To help avoid jams or poor print quality: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Always use new, undamaged paper. Before loading the paper, identify the recommended print side of the paper. This information is usually indicated on the paper package. Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed yourself. Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same source. This may result in a paper jam. Do not remove trays while a job is printing or Printing is displayed on the operator panel. Make sure the Paper Type and Paper Size settings are correct. Make sure the paper is properly loaded in the tray. Flex paper back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface. When curl is excessive, with plain paper, turn it over and reset it.

Identifying Print Media Sources and Specifications


The following tables provide information on standard and optional print media sources. Print Media Sizes and Support
A4 A5 B5 Letter Executive Folio (8.5" x13") Legal (8.5" x14") Com-10 Monarch DL C5 User-specified print media

Y: Yes
250-sheet Tray Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

N: No

1-8

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Print Media Supported


Plain Paper (60-90gsm) Plain Paper Thick (80/90-105gsm) Labels Covers Normal (106-163gsm) Covers Thick (164-216gsm) Envelope Coated Normal (106-163gsm) Coated Thick (164-216gsm)

Y: Yes
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

N: No

250-sheet Tray

Consumables life display. The following tables provide information on status display of consumables life. Consumables Pre Warning <Near Life> When the remainder reaches 25%, the following messages are displayed.
Ready to Print 093-XXX YYY Cartridge Is close to life

Warning <Life Over> When the remainder reaches 0%, the following messages are displayed.
Replace Cart. 093-930 Replace YYY Cartridge

CRU

Alternation

Alternation

XXX: 423, 424, 425, 426 YYY: Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black <Near Life> When the remainder reaches 30%(12K), the following messages are displayed. PHD
Ready to Print 091-402 Ready to Print Contact Support

YYY: Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black <Life Over> When the remainder reaches 0%, the following messages are displayed.
Replace PHD. 091-935 Replace PHD Contact Support

Alternation

Alternation

<Near Life> <Life Over> When the remainder reaches 30%(50Kpv), When the remainder reaches 0%, the following messages are displayed. the following messages are displayed. FUSER
Ready to Print 010-421 Ready to Print Contact Support Replace FUSER. 010-351 Replace FUSER Contact Support

Alternation

Alternation

<Near Life> <Life Over> When the remainder reaches 30%(100Kpv), When the remainder reaches 0%, the following messages are displayed. the following messages are displayed. Transfer Belt
Ready to Print 094-422 Contact Support IfMessageReturns 094-911 Contact Support 094-911 IfMessageReturns

Alternation

Alternation

1-9

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

2. FIP
2.1 FIP
The FIP is the first step for trouble diagnosis. The FIP isolates the presence of various troubles including error codes, and guides the troubleshooting procedure.

2.2 Flow of FIP

Asktheoperatorabouttroublestatus. Isoperator'soperatingmethodcorrect? Y

TurnoffandturnonthePower.

Instructhowtooperate

Doeserrorstilloccurwhenprint isdonebytheproblemmode?

Endofwork

Whenstatuscodeis displayed:

Referto"2.3StatusCodeList."

Whenimagequalitytrouble isoccurred:

Referto"4.1EntryChartforImage Quality Troubleshooting."

Referto"4.4ImageQualityFIP." Referto"5.1EntryChartfor AbnormalNoiseTroubleshooting."

Whenabnormalnoise isoccurred:

Referto"5.2OperationModeTable."

1 - 10

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

2.3 Status Code List


The error messges for the errors which automatically reset themselves will not appear on the Status Window.

Error Message Panel Message Status Window Printer error. 001-360 Restart Printer

Error Contents

FIP to be referred

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Turn off the printer, and turn it <IOT Fan Motor Failure> on again. Contact customer support if Fan Motor failure is detected. this failure is repeated. 001-360 <IOT Firmware Error> MCU firmware error occurred. Pressing three keys (<L> + <K> + <3>) shows detail error code. Line1 003-340 Line2 Code:XX 01: Unexpected firmware trap 02: Unexpected firmware trap 03: I2C retry error Printer error. 04: Unexpected firmware trap Turn off the printer, and turn it 05: Unexpected firmware trap 07: Master fail 1 on again. Contact customer support if 08: Master fail 2 09: NVM illegal data this failure is repeated. 0A: Over dispense 0B: Unexpected firmware trap 003-340-000000XX 0C: Unexpected firmware trap 0D: Unexpected firmware trap 0E: Unexpected firmware trap 0F: Unexpected firmware trap 10: Unexpected firmware trap 11: Unexpected firmware trap 12: Unexpected firmware trap 13: Unexpected firmware trap 14: Unexpected firmware trap <IOT NVRAM Error> The error is detected at MCU NVRAM check. Printer error. Pressing three keys (<L> + <K> + <3>) shows detail address and data. Turn off the printer, and turn it Line1 003-356 on again. Line2 Code: XXXX Contact customer support if 1000-17FF: PWBA MCU NVM this failure is repeated. 3000-30FF: PHD CRUM 3100-31FF: Y Toner CRUM 003-356-0000XXXX 3200-32FF: M Toner CRUM 3300-33FF: C Toner CRUM 3400-34FF: K Toner CRUM 3800-38FF: PWBA EEPROM

Flows 1 FIP-1. 1

003-340 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Flows 2 FIP-1. 2

003-356 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Flows 3 FIP-1. 3

1 - 11

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window Printer error. 004-310 Restart Printer Turn off the printer. Confirm Feeder is correctly installed. Turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 004-310 Printer error. 004-311 Restart Printer Turn off the printer. Confirm Duplex is correctly installed. Turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 004-311 Printer error. 006-370 Restart Printer <IOT ROS Failure> The ROS failure is detected. <IOT Option Duplexer Failure> Flows 5 The error is detected by Option Duplexer FIP-1. 5 communication check. Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Reseat Feeder Contact Support

<IOT Option Feeder Failure> The error is detected by Option Feeder communication check.

Flows 4 FIP-1. 4

Flip Reseat Duplexer Contact Support

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Pressing three keys (<L> + <K> + <>) Turn off the printer, and turn it shows detail error code. on again. Contact customer support if Line1 006-370 this failure is repeated. Line2 Code: XX 01: SOS Rotating up defect 006-370-000000XX 02: SOS Interval defect 03: LD defect Printer error. Turn off the printer, and turn it <IOT Motor Failure> on again. Contact customer support if Main Motor failure is detected. this failure is repeated. 007-340 Printer error.

Flows 6 FIP-1. 6

007-340 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Flows 7 FIP-1. 7

007-341 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Turn off the printer, and turn it <IOT Motor Failure> on again. Contact customer support if Sub Motor failure is detected. this failure is repeated. 007-341 Printer error.

Flows 8 FIP-1. 8

007-371 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

<IOT K Mode Solenoid Error> Turn off the printer, and turn it The error is generated when K Mode on again. Solenoid (Color Mode Switching Contact customer support if Solenoid) does not operate in specified this failure is repeated. time. 007-371

Flows 9 FIP-1. 9

1 - 12

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window Printer error. 007-372 Restart Printer Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

<IOT K Mode Solenoid Error 2> Turn off the printer, and turn it The error is generated when the gear Flows 9 on again. which operates by K Mode Solenoid FIP-1. 9 Contact customer support if (Color Mode Switching Solenoid) rotates this failure is repeated. two times. 007-372 <IOT CTD (ADC) Sensor Error> CTD (ADC) sensor error is detected. Pressing three keys (<L> + <K> + <3>) shows detail address and data. Line1 009-340 Line2 Code: XX 01 or 10: Y Toner Patch Error 02 or 20: M Toner Patch Error 03 or 30: Y and M Toner Patch Error 04 or 40: C Toner Patch Error 05 or 50: Y and C Toner Patch Error 06 or 60: M and C Toner Patch Error 07 or 70: Y, M and C Toner Patch Error 08 or 80: K Toner Patch Error 09 or 90: Y and K toner Patch Error 0A or A0: M and K Toner Patch Error 0B or B0: Y, M and K Toner Patch Error 0C or C0: C and K Toner Patch Error 0D or D0: Y, C and K Toner Patch Error 0E or E0: M, C and K Toner Patch Error 0F or F0: Y, M, C and K Toner Patch Error

009-340 Restart Printer

Printer error. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 009-340-000000XX

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Flows 10 (Y) Flows 11 (M) Flows 12 (C) Flows 13 (K) FIP-1. 10 (Y) FIP-1. 11 (M) FIP-1. 12 (C) FIP-1. 13 (K)

The Fuser is either missing or not fully inserted into the printer. 010-317 Restart Printer CAUTION: Turn off the printer and wait for 30 minutes. Open the Front Cover and make sure that the Fuser have been fully installed. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 010-317 010-351 Restart Printer Replace Fuser Now. Contact customer support. Please click the Show Me How Button to show details. 010-351 <IOT Fuser Life Over> Flows 15 Fuser has reached the replacement time. FIP-1. 15

Flip Reseat Fuser Contact Support

<IOT Fuser Detached> Fuser detached is detected.

Flows 14 FIP-1. 14

Flip Replace Fuser Now Flip Contact Support

1 - 13

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window Printer error. 010-354 Restart Printer Error Contents <IOT Environment Sensor Error> Environment sensor error is detected. Flows 16 FIP-1. 16 FIP to be referred

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Turn off the printer, and turn it Pressing three keys (<L> + <K> + <3>) shows detail address and data. on again. Contact customer support if Line1 010-354 this failure is repeated. Line2 Code: XX 01: Humid Sensor Error 010-354-000000XX 02: Temp. Sensor Error <IOT Fuser Failure> The Fuser failure is detected. Pressing three keys (<L> + <K> + <3>) shows detail error code. Line1 010-377 Line2 Code:XX 01: NC circuit fail 02: NCD snap out 03: NCD fail 04: NCC snap out 05: NC comp fail 06: NC-STS temp over 07: STS-NC temp over 08: NC comp fail 09: NC overheat 0A: STS snap out 0B: STS overheat 0C: Low temp1 0D: Low temp2 0E: Timeout 1 0F: Timeout 2 10: Timeout 3 11: Relay cutoff 1 12: Relay cutoff 2 13: Relay cutoff 3

Printer error. 010-377 Restart Printer Turn off the printer. Confirm Fuser is correctly installed. Turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 010-377-000000XX

Flip Reseat Fuser Contact Support

Flows 17 FIP-1. 17

Ready to Print 010-421

Replace Fuser Now. Contact customer support. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 010-421 Printer error. <IOT Fuser Life Pre Warning> Fuser is going to reach the replacement time. Flows 18 FIP-1. 18

Flip Replace Fuser Now Flip Contact Support


016-300 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Turn off the printer, and turn it <ESS Data Cache Error> on again. Contact customer support if CPU data cache error is detected. this failure is repeated. 016-300

Flows 19 FIP-1. 19

1 - 14

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window Printer error. 016-301 Restart Printer Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Turn off the printer, and turn it <ESS Instruction Cache Error> on again. Contact customer support if CPU instruction cache error is detected. this failure is repeated. 016-301 Printer error.

Flows 19 FIP-1. 19

016-302 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Turn off the printer, and turn it <ESS Illegal Exception> on again. Contact customer support if CPU illegal exception is detected. this failure is repeated. 016-302 Printer error.

Flows 19 FIP-1. 19

016-313 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Turn off the printer, and turn it <ESS ASIC Fail> on again. Contact customer support if The error is detected by ASIC error. this failure is repeated. 016-313 Printer error.

Flows 19 FIP-1. 19

016-315 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Turn off the printer, and turn it <ESS On Board RAM R/W Check Fail> on again. The error is detected by on board RAM Contact customer support if R/W check during initialization. this failure is repeated. 016-315 Printer error.

Flows 19 FIP-1. 19

016-316 Restart Printer

Flip Reseat Memory Contact Support

Turn off the printer. Remove the additional memory module from the slot, and then reattach it firmly. Turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 016-316 Printer error.

<ESS DIMM Slot RAM R/W Check Fail> Flows 20 The error is detected by DIMM slot RAM FIP-1. 20 R/W check.

016-317 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Turn off the printer, and turn it <ESS ROM Check (Main) Fail> Flows 19 on again. Checksum error in main program ROM is FIP-1. 19 Contact customer support if detected. this failure is repeated. 016-317

1 - 15

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window Printer error. 016-318 Restart Printer Remove the unsupported additional memory module. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 016-318 Printer error. 016-323 Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and turn it <ESS NVRAM1 R/W Check Fail> Flows 19 on again. The failure is detected by NVRAM 1 R/W FIP-1. 19 Contact customer support if check during initialization. this failure is repeated. 016-323 Printer error. 016-327 Restart Printer Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Reseat Memory Contact Support

<ESS DIMM Slot RAM Error> Flows 20 The error is detected by DIMM slot RAM FIP-1. 20 power on initial check.

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

<ESS NVRAM1 SIZE And ID Check Fail> Turn off the printer, and turn it The error is detected by consistency Flows 19 on again. check between NVRAM size required by FIP-1. 19 Contact customer support if the system and its actual size, and by this failure is repeated. consistency check of ID recorded when turning ON the power. 016-327 Printer error. Turn off the printer, and turn it <Wireless Option Error> on again. The error is detected by Wireless option Contact customer support if check. this failure is repeated. 016-338 Printer error. Flows 21 FIP-1. 21

016-338 Restart Printer

Flip Reseat Wireless Contact Support

016-340 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 016-340 Printer error.

<On Board Network Communication Fail> Communication error between CPU network and ESS firmware.

Flows 19-1 FIP-1. 19

016-344 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

<On Board Network MAC Address Turn off the printer, and turn it Checksum Error> on again. Checksum error in Network MAC Contact customer support if address is detected. this failure is repeated. MAC: Media Access Control 016-344 Printer error.

Flows 19 FIP-1. 19

016-345 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 016-345

<On Board Network Ethernet BIST parity/RAM R/W Error> The error is detected by Network Ethernet parity RAM R/W check.

Flows 19 FIP-1. 19

1 - 16

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window Printer error. 016-346 Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 016-346 Printer error. 016-347 Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and turn it <On Board Network Fatal Error> on again. The fatal error is detected by on board Contact customer support if Network check. this failure is repeated. 016-347 Printer error. 016-365 Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 016-365 Printer error. 016-370 Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and turn it <IOT-ESS Communication Fail> Flows 23 on again. Communication failure between IOT and FIP-1. 23 Contact customer support if ESS is detected. this failure is repeated. 016-370 Firmware download ID error has occurred. Press Set Button. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 016-383 Firmware download range error has occurred. Press Set Button. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 016-384 <Download Range Error> Due to the wrong data downloaded, writing was attempted to the nonmodifiable area. Flows 24 FIP-1. 24 <Download ID Error> The download file of other models (different ID) is detected. Flows 24 FIP-1. 24 <HW Key Option Fatal Error> Network Protcol Adapter error is detected when it is connected to the printer. Flows 22 FIP-1. 22 Flows 19 FIP-1. 19 Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

<On Board Network Internal Loop back Error> The error is detected by on board Network Internal Loopback check.

Flows 19 FIP-1. 19

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Flip Reseat NPA ContactSupport

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Invalid ID 016-383

Flip Data Violation Press set

Range Chk Error 016-384

Flip Data Violation Press Set

1 - 17

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window Firmware download header checksum error has Header Error occurred. 016-385 Press Set Button. Flip Contact customer support if Data Violation this failure is repeated. Press Set 016-385 Firmware download checksum error has occurred. Press Set Button. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 016-386 Firmware download protect error has occurred. Press Set Button. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 016-391 Firmware download delete error has occurred. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 016-392 Firmware download write error has occurred. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 016-393 Firmware download verify error has occurred. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 016-394 <Download Verify Error> An error was detected at Flash memory verifying. Flows 24 FIP-1. 24 <Download Write Error> An error was detected at Flash memory writing. Flows 24 FIP-1. 24 <Download Delete Error> An error was detected at Flash memory erasing. Flows 24 FIP-1. 24 <Download Protect Error> Download was attempted under the condition where it is prohibited. Flows 24 FIP-1. 24 <Download Checksum Error> The download file is broken, or communication error is detected. Flows 24 FIP-1. 24 Error Contents FIP to be referred

<Download Header Error> The download file is broken, or communication error is detected.

Flows 24 FIP-1. 24

Check Sum Error 016-386

Flip Data Violation Press Set

Protection Error 016-391

Flip Data Violation Press Set

Erase Flash Err. 016-392

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns


Write Flash Err. 016-393

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Verify Error 016-394

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

1 - 18

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window The printer memory is full and cannot continue processing the current print job. Out of Memory 016-700 Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Job too Large Press Set

<Memory Overflow> Press Set Button to clear the The amount of data in the print job exceeded the memory capacity of the message and cancel the printer. current print job. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 016-700 Error relating to PDL emulation problems occurs.

Flows 25 FIP-1. 25

PDL Request 016-720

Flip Data Violation Press Set

Press Set Button to clear the message and cancel the <PDL Error> current print job. PDL error occurs. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 016-720 Authentication error has occurred. The account is not registered. Please inquire of the system administrator. 016-757 Function unavailable. <Auditron - Invalid User> Account error occurs.

Flows 26 FIP-1. 26

Invalid User 016-757

Flip Account Denied Press Set

Flows 27 FIP-1. 27

Disabled Func 016-758

Flip Denied Col print Press Set

It is a function that cannot be <Auditron - Disabled Function> used. Please inquire of the system Disabled function is selected. administrator. 016-758 Printable page limit reached.

Flows 28 FIP-1. 28

Reached Limit 016-759

Flip Over your limits Press Set

Printable page limit reached, <Auditron - Reached Limit> cannot print. Please inquire of the system Detects the reached limit. administrator. 016-759

Flows 29 FIP-1. 29

1 - 19

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window The configuration of the printer on the printer driver does not conform to the printer. Invalid Job 016-799 Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Data Violation Press Set

Press the Set Button to clear <Job Environment Violation> Flows 30 the message and cancel the There are some prohibition in the setting FIP-1. 30 current print job. contents of a print job. Make sure that the configuration of the printer on the printer driver conforms to the printer. 016-799 Disk space is insufficient and cannot continue processing the current print job. <Memory Over flow> Press Set Button to clear the RAM disk memory or hard disk is full and Flows 31 message and cancel the cannot continue processing the current FIP-1. 31 current print job. print job. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 016-980 Disk space is insufficient and cannot continue processing the current print job. Press Set Button to clear the <Collate Full> message and cancel the Collate Full error occurred. current print job. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 016-981 Printer error. Flows 32 FIP-1. 32

Disk Full 016-980

Flip Job too Large Press Set

Collate Full 016-981

Flip Job too Large Press Set

MCU Flash Error 024-360

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Turn off the printer, and turn it <MCU Down Load Error> on again. Contact customer support if Download failure of MCU firmware. this failure is repeated. 024-360 Printer error.

Flows 33 FIP-1. 33

024-362 Restart Printer

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns

Turn off the printer, and turn it <PAGEC Timeout Error> on again. Contact customer support if The PAGEC timeout error is detected. this failure is repeated. 024-362

Flows 34 FIP-1. 34

1 - 20

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window Check Paper Size Actual paper size in tray and 024-910 specified paper size are Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Load Tray 1 XX Flip Load Tray 1 YY XX: Paper Size YY: Paper Type Check Paper Size 024-911 Flip Load Tray 2 XX Flip Load Tray 2 YY XX: Paper Size YY: Paper Type Check Paper Size 024-914 Flip Load SSF XX Flip Load SSF YY XX; Paper Size YY: Paper Type Load Tray 1 024-965 Flip Load Tray 1 XX Flip Load Tray 1 YY XX: Paper Size YY: Paper Type Load Tray 2 024-966 Flip Load Tray 2 XX Flip Load Tray 2 YY XX: Paper Size YY: Paper Type

different. Load the specified paper in Tray 1. Paper Size: XX Paper Type: YY 024-910 Actual paper size in tray and specified paper size are different. Load the specified paper in Tray 2. Paper Size: XX Paper Type: YY 024-911 Actual paper size in tray and specified paper size are different. Load the specified paper in SSF. Paper Size: XX Paper Type: YY 024-914 No paper detected. Load the specified paper in Tray 1. Paper Size: XX Paper Type: YY 024-965 <No suitable paper> The paper empty is detected. Flows 38 FIP-1. 38 <IOT Paper Size Mismatch> The paper size mismatch in SSF is detected. Flows 37 FIP-1. 37 <IOT Paper Size Mismatch> The paper size mismatch in Tray 2 is detected. Flows 36 FIP-1. 36 <IOT Paper Size Mismatch> The paper size mismatch in Tray 1 is detected. Flows 35 FIP-1. 35

No paper detected. Load the specified paper in Tray 2. Paper Size: XX Paper Type: YY 024-966 <No suitable paper> The paper empty is detected. Flows 39 FIP-1. 39

1 - 21

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window Load SSF 024-969 No paper detected. Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Load SSF XX Flip Load SSF YY XX: Paper Size YY: Paper Type Pause Feed SSF 024-985 Flip Press Set to Feed
Over Heat 042-700

Load the specified paper in SSF. Paper Size: XX Paper Type: YY 024-969

<No suitable paper> The paper empty is detected.

Flows 40 FIP-1. 40

No Message.

<No suitable paper> The paper empty is detected.

Flows 40 FIP-1. 40

An internal temperature of the printer became a high temperature. Please wait for a while until falling in temperature. 042-700 Paper Jam has occurred at the Tray 1. Remove the Tray 1 and remove the jammed paper. Open and close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 071-100 Paper Jam has occurred at the Tray 2. Remove the Tray 2 and remove the jammed paper. Open and close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 072-100 Paper Jam has occurred at the Tray 1 or 2.

Flip Cooling down Please Waitc

<IOT Over Heat Stop> The temp. sensor sensed high Flows 41 temperature. The error displayed only at FIP-1. 41 the time of Duplexer connection.

Paper Jam 071-100

Flip Open Tray1 Remove Paper Flip Open & Close Front Cover

<IOT Tray1 Misfeed JAM> Regi Sensor is not turned ON within the Flows 42 specified time after feeding a paper from FIP-1. 42 Tray 1.

Paper Jam 072-100

Flip Open Tray2 Remove Paper Flip Open & Close Front Cover

<IOT Tray2 Misfeed JAM> Regi Sensor is not turned ON within the Flows 43 specified time after feeding a paper from FIP-1. 43 Tray 2.

Paper Jam 072-101

Flip Open Tray1 or 2 Remove Paper Flip Open & Close Front Cover

Remove the Tray 1 or 2, and remove the jammed paper. <IOT Feeder2 JAM> Open and close the Front The paper remains at the Regi Sensor. Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 072-101

Flows 44 FIP-1. 44

1 - 22

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window Paper Jam has occurred at the Tray 1 or 2. Paper Jam 072-908 Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Open Tray1 or 2 Remove Paper Flip Open & Close Front Cover

Remove the Tray 1 or 2, and remove the jammed paper. <IOT Remain Option Feeder JAM> Open and close the Front The paper remains at the Regi Sensor. Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 072-908 Paper Jam has occurred at the SSF.

Flows 43 FIP-1. 43

Paper Jam 075-101

Flip Open Front Cover Remove Paper

Open the Front Cover and remove the jammed paper. Open and close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 075-101 Paper Jam has occurred at the SSF.

<IOT SSF Insert JAM> SSF No Paper Sensor detect when a paper is inserted from SSF.

Flows 45 FIP-1. 45

Paper Jam 075-102

Flip Open Front Cover Remove Paper

Pull the jammed paper out of the SSF. Open and close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 075-102

<IOT SSF Paper Pullout JAM> Though it tried to feed a paper from SSF, Flows 46 the paper was not loaded or it was pulled FIP-1. 46 out forcibly from SSF.

Check SSF 075-922

Flip Remove Paper SSF


Check SSF 075-923

No Message. The SSF is not holding the paper correctly.

<IOT SSF Paper Staying> Feeding from Tray fails due to a sheet remaining in the SSF.

Flows 47 FIP-1. 47

Flip Reseat Paper SSF


Paper Jam 077-100

<IOT SSF No Paper> Pull the paper out of the SSF. Waiting for reseat paper of SSF. Reload the paper of the SSF. 075-923

Flows 40 FIP-1. 40

Flip Open Front Cover Remove Paper Paper Jam 077-101 Flip Open Front Cover Remove Paper

No Message.

<IOT Regi On early JAM> Flows 48 The arrival time of the regi sensor is early FIP-1. 48 than the specified time.

No Message.

<IOT Regi OFF Jam> The paper does not pass through the Regi Sensor within the specified time.

Flows 48 FIP-1. 48

1 - 23

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window Paper Jam 077-102 No Message. Flip Open Front Cover Remove Paper Paper Jam 077-103 No Message. Flip Open Front Cover Remove Paper Paper Jam 077-104 No Message. Flip Open Front Cover Remove Paper Paper Jam 077-105 No Message. Flip Open Front Cover Remove Paper Paper Jam has occurred at the Duplexer. Paper Jam 077-107 Error Contents <IOT Exit On JAM> The paper does not reach the Exit Sensor within the specified time. FIP to be referred Flows 49 FIP-1. 49

<IOT Exit On early JAM> The paper reached Exit Sensor earlier than the specified time.

Flows 50 FIP-1. 50

<IOT Exit Off JAM> The paper does not pass through the Exit Sensor within the specified time.

Flows 50 FIP-1. 50

<IOT Exit Off early JAM> The paper passed through the Exit Sensor earlier than the specified time.

Flows 50 FIP-1. 50

Flip Open Front Cover & Duplexer Flip Remove Paper

Push the Side Button to open the Front Cover and the <IOT Duplex Misfeed JAM> Duplexer. The Regi sensor is not turned on within Then remove the jammed the specified time. paper. Close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 077-107 Paper Jam has occurred at the Duplexer.

Flows 51 FIP-1. 51

Paper Jam 077-108

Flip Open Front Cover & Duplexer Flip Remove Paper

Push the Side Button to open the Front Cover and the <IOT Duplex JAM> Duplexer. The paper reached Duplex earlier than Then remove the jammed the specified time. paper. Close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 077-108

Flows 52 FIP-1. 52

Close FrontCover 077-300

The Front Cover is open. Close the Front Cover. 077-300 The Side Cover is open. Close the Side Cover. 077-301 <IOT Side Cover Open> Side cover is open. Flows 54 FIP-1. 54 <IOT Cover Front Open> Front cover is open. Flows 53 FIP-1. 53

Flip Front Cover Is Open Close Side Cover 077-301 Flip Side Cover Is Open

1 - 24

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window Paper Jam has occurred at the Output Tray. Error Contents FIP to be referred

Paper Jam 077-900

Flip Open Front Cover Remove Paper

CAUTION: The Fuser is hot. Push the Side Button to open the Front Cover and remove the jammed paper. <IOT Exit JAM> If the jammed paper is in the The paper remains at Exit Sensor. Fuser, lift the levers at both ends of the Fuser and remove the jammed paper. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 077-900 Paper Jam has occurred at the Belt Unit. Push the Side Button to open the Front Cover and remove the jammed paper. Close the <IOT Remain Registration JAM> Front Cover. The paper remains at the Regi Sensor. If the jammed paper is not easily removed, work after pulling out the tray. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 077-901 Paper Jam has occurred at the Duplexer.

Flows 55 FIP-1. 55

Paper Jam 077-901

Flip Open Front Cover Remove Paper

Flows 56 FIP-1. 56

Paper Jam 077-907

Flip Open Front Cover & Duplexer Flip Remove Paper

Push the Side Button to open the Front Cover and the <IOT Remain Duplex JAM> Duplexer. The paper remains at the Duplex. Then remove the jammed paper. Close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 077-907

Flows 57 FIP-1. 57

Ready to Print 091-402

Replace PHD unit Now. Contact customer support. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 091-402 Printer error. <IOT PHD Life Pre Warning> The PHD Unit is going to reach the replacement time. Flows 58 FIP-1. 58

Flip Replace PHD Now Flip Contact Support

PHD 091-912

Flip Reseat PHD

Remove the ribbons from the PHD unit. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 091-912

<PHD Tape Staying> Detect the tape staying on the PHD Unit. Flows 59 (Toner patch error occurred at new PHD FIP-1. 59 Unit installing.)

1 - 25

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window Replace PHD Replace PHD unit Now. 091-935 Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Replace PHD Now Flip Contact Support

Contact customer support. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 091-935 The PHD unit is either missing or not fully inserted into the printer.

<IOT PHD Life Over> PHD Unit has reached the replacement time.

Flows 58 FIP-1. 58

Insert PHD 091-972

Flip Insert PHD

Open the Front Cover and make sure that the PHD unit have been fully installed. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 091-972

<IOT PHD Detached> PHD Unit detached is detected.

Flows 60 FIP-1. 60

CTD Sensor Dirty 092-310

Printer error. Clean the CTD sensor. 092-310 Clean the CTD sensor. 092-410 The Yellow Cartridge needs to be replaced soon. 093-423 The Magenta Cartridge needs to be replaced soon. 093-424 <CTD Sensor Contamination Pre Warning> Flows 61 Contamination of the CTD (ADC) Sensor FIP-1. 61 is detected. <IOT Y CRU Near Life> Yellow Cartridge is going replacement time. <IOT CTD Sensor Contamination> Flows 61 Contamination of the CTD (ADC) Sensor FIP-1. 61 is detected.

Flip Clean CTD Sensor Ready to Print 092-410 Flip Clean CTD Sensor Ready to Print 093-423 Flip Yellow Cartridge Is close to life Ready to Print 093-424 Flip MagentaCartridge Is close to life Ready to Print 093-425 Flip Cyan Cartridge Is close to life Ready to Print 093-426 Flip Black Cartridge Is close to life

Flows 62 FIP-1. 62

<IOT M CRU Near Life> Flows 63 Magenta Cartridge is going replacement FIP-1. 63 time.

The Cyan Cartridge needs to <IOT C CRU Near Life> be replaced soon. Cyan Cartridge is going replacement time. 093-425 The Black Cartridge needs to <IOT K CRU Near Life> be replaced soon. Black Cartridge is going replacement time. 093-426

Flows 64 FIP-1. 64

Flows 65 FIP-1. 65

1 - 26

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window The sealing tape is still on the Yellow Cartridge. Shake Cartridge 093-919 Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Remove and Shake Yellow Cartridge

Open the Side Cover. Pull the toner seal straight up to remove it. 093-919 The sealing tape is still on the Magenta Cartridge. Open the Side Cover. Pull the toner seal straight up to remove it. 093-920 The sealing tape is still on the Cyan Cartridge. Open the Side Cover. Pull the toner seal straight up to remove it. 093-921 The sealing tape is still on the Black Cartridge. Open the Side Cover. Pull the toner seal straight up to remove it. 093-922 The Yellow Cartridge need to be replaced now.

<IOT Y Toner Low Density> Detects low density of yellow.

Flows 66 FIP-1. 66

Shake Cartridge 093-920

Flip Remove and Shake Magenta Cartridge

<IOT M Toner Low Density> Detects low density of magenta.

Flows 67 FIP-1. 67

Shake Cartridge 093-921

Flip Remove and Shake Cyan Cartridge

<IOT C Toner Low Density> Detects low density of cyan.

Flows 68 FIP-1. 68

Shake Cartridge 093-922

Flip Remove and Shake Black Cartridge

<IOT K Toner Low Density> Detects low density of black.

Flows 69 FIP-1. 69

Replace Cart. 093-930

Flip Replace Yellow Cartridge

Open the Side Cover. Then remove the used Yellow Cartridge and install a new one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-930 The Magenta Cartridge need to be replaced now.

<IOT Y CRU Life Over> Yellow Cartridge has reached the replacement time.

Flows 62 FIP-1. 62

Replace Cart. 093-931

Flip Replace MagentaCartridge

Open the Side Cover. Then remove the used Magenta Cartridge and install a new one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-931

<IOT M CRU Life Over> Magenta Cartridge has reached the replacement time.

Flows 63 FIP-1. 63

1 - 27

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window The Cyan Cartridge need to be replaced now. Replace Cart. 093-932 Open the Side Cover. Then remove the used Cyan Cartridge and install a new one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-932 The Black Cartridge need to be replaced now. Replace Cart. 093-933 Open the Side Cover. Then remove the used Black Cartridge and install a new one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-933 The Cyan Cartridge need to be replaced now. Replace Cart. 093-934 Open the Side Cover. Then remove the used Cyan Cartridge and install a new one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-934 The Magenta Cartridge need to be replaced now. Replace Cart. 093-935 Open the Side Cover. Then remove the used Magenta Cartridge and install a new one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-935 The Yellow Cartridge need to be replaced now. Replace Cart. 093-936 Open the Side Cover. Then remove the used Yellow Cartridge and install a new one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-936 <IOT Y CRU Waste Full> Flows 72 Waste Toner Counter value has reached FIP-1. 72 replacement time. <IOT M CRU Waste Full> Flows 71 Waste Toner Counter value has reached FIP-1. 71 replacement time. <IOT C CRU Waste Full> Flows 70 Waste Toner Counter value has reached FIP-1. 70 replacement time. <IOT K CRU Life Over> Black Cartridge has reached the replacement time. Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Replace Cyan Cartridge

<IOT C CRU Life Over> Cyan Cartridge has reached the replacement time.

Flows 64 FIP-1. 64

Flip Replace Black Cartridge

Flows 65 FIP-1. 65

Flip Replace Cyan Cartridge

Flip Replace MagentaCartridge

Flip Replace Yellow Cartridge

1 - 28

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window The Black Cartridge need to be replaced now. Replace Cart. 093-937 Open the Side Cover. Then remove the used Black Cartridge and install a new one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-937 An unsupported Yellow Cartridge is installed. CRUM ID 093-960 Open the Side Cover. Remove the unsupported <IOT CRUM ID Error> Yellow Cartridge and install a CRUM ID error of Yellow Cartridge is supported one. detected. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-960 An unsupported Magenta Cartridge is installed. CRUM ID 093-961 Open the Side Cover. <IOT CRUM ID Error> Remove the unsupported Magenta Cartridge and install CRUM ID error of Magenta Cartridge is detected. a supported one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-961 An unsupported Cyan Cartridge is installed. CRUM ID 093-962 Open the Side Cover. Remove the unsupported Cyan Cartridge and install a supported one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-962 An unsupported Black Cartridge is installed. CRUM ID 093-963 Open the Side Cover. Remove the unsupported Black Cartridge and install a supported one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-963 <IOT CRUM ID Error> CRUM ID error of Black Cartridge is detected. <IOT CRUM ID Error> CRUM ID error of Cyan Cartridge is detected. Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Replace Black Cartridge

<IOT K CRU Waste Full> Flows 73 Waste Toner Counter value has reached FIP-1. 73 replacement time.

Flip
Reseat Yellow Cartridge

Flows 74 FIP-1. 74

Flip
Reseat MagentaCartridge

Flows 75 FIP-1. 75

Flip
Reseat Cyan Cartridge

Flows 76 FIP-1. 76

Flip
Reseat Black Cartridge

Flows 77 FIP-1. 77

1 - 29

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window An unsupported PHD unit is installed. CRUM ID 093-965 Open the Front Cover. Remove the unsupported PHD unit and install a supported one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-965 The Yellow Cartridge is either missing or not fully inserted into the printer. Insert PrintCart 093-970 Open the Side Cover and make sure that the Yellow Cartridge have been fully installed. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-970 The Magenta Cartridge is either missing or not fully inserted into the printer. Insert PrintCart 093-971 Open the Side Cover and make sure that the Magenta Cartridge have been fully installed. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-971 The Cyan Cartridge is either missing or not fully inserted into the printer. Insert PrintCart 093-972 Open the Side Cover and make sure that the Cyan Cartridge have been fully installed. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-972 <IOT C CRU Detached> Cyan Cartridge detached is detected. Flows 81 FIP-1. 81 <IOT MCRU Detached> Flows 80 Magenta Cartridge detached is detected. FIP-1. 80 <IOT Y CRU Detached> Yellow Cartridge detached is detected. Flows 79 FIP-1. 79 Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip Reseat PHD

<IOT CRUM ID Error> CRUM ID error of PHD Unit is detected.

Flows 78 FIP-1. 78

Flip
Insert Yellow Cartridge

Flip
Insert MagentaCartridge

Flip
Insert Cyan Cartridge

1 - 30

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error Message Panel Message Status Window The Black Cartridge is either missing or not fully inserted into the printer. Insert PrintCart 093-973 Open the Side Cover and make sure that the Black Cartridge have been fully installed. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. 093-973 Printer error. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 094-422 Printer error. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. 094-911 <Custom Toner Mode> Printer is in the Customer Toner Mode. Flows 84 FIP-1. 84 <IOT Transfer Belt Life Over> Transfer Assy has reached the replacement time. Flows 83 FIP-1. 83 <IOT Transfer Belt Life Pre Warning> The Transfer Assy is going to reach the replacement time. Flows 83 FIP-1. 83 Error Contents FIP to be referred

Flip
Insert Black Cartridge

<IOT K CRU Detached> Black Cartridge detached is detected.

Flows 82 FIP-1. 82

Ready to Print 094-422

Flip Contact Support IfMessageReturns


094-911 Contact Support

Flip 094-911 IfMessageReturns


Ready to Print 193-700

Flip Non-Dell Toner Installed

No Message.

1 - 31

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

3. ERROR CODE FIP


3.1 Troubleshooting for the call center Flows 1 001-360 Restart Printer

Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Checking the FAN for rotation Does the FAN function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO1E(HIGH) or DO-1F(LOW)] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Checking the FAN installation Reseat the FAN. (Refer to Removal 40/ Replacement 14.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

END. If the error occurred again, replace the Printer.

Checking after replacing the FAN Replace the FAN. (Refer to Removal 40/ Replacement 14.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the PWBA LVPS Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the Printer.

1 - 32

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 2 003-340 Restart Printer

Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Check whether the version of the firmware is the latest, referring to the Printer Information via the Tool Box. Checked by [Printer Information] of the [Printer Settings Report] tab in Tool Box. For the latest version information, refer to the Dell Support Web Site. Is the firmware the latest version? Yes

No

Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell Support Web Site.

Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 33

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 3 003-356 Restart Printer

Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Checking the failure parts Press the "Down arrow", the "Upper arrow" and the " 3 " keys on the Control Panel when displaying the error code. The failure parts code(address code on a memory) is displayed on the LCD. Yes The part corresponding to failure parts code (address code on a memory) is shown below. Code 1000-17FF: Printer 3000-30FF: Printer 3100-31FF: Yellow Toner Cartridge 3200-32FF: Magenta Toner Cartridge 3300-33FF: Cyan Toner Cartridge 3400-34FF: Black Toner Cartridge 3800-38FF: Printer - When 3100-31FF, 3200-32FF, 3300-33FF, and 3400-34FF are displayed :Reseat and check the corresponding parts. If the error code occurred again, replace it. - When 1000-17FF, 3000-30FF, and 3800-38FF are displayed :Replace the Printer.

1 - 34

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 4 004-310 Restart Printer

Print "printer settings list" and verify optional 250-sheet feeder is listed in the printer settings under Printer Options. Is optional 250-sheet feeder displayed on the list? Yes

No

Replace the optional 250-sheet feeder. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on?

No

Yes

END

Replace the printer.

Check that the interface connector on the printer is not broken. Is interface connector normal?

No

Yes

Replace the optional 250-sheet feeder.

END. If the error occurred again, replace the Printer.

1 - 35

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 5 004-311 Restart Printer

Print "printer settings list" and verify optional FEEDER ASSY DUP is listed in the printer settings under Printer Options. Is optional FEEDER ASSY DUP displayed on the list? Yes

No

Replace the optional FEEDER ASSY DUP. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the printer.

Check that the interface connector on the printer is not broken. Is interface connector normal?

No

Yes

Replace the optional FEEDER ASSY DUP.

END. If the error occurred again, replace the Printer.

1 - 36

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 6 006-370 Restart Printer

Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the Printer.

1 - 37

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 7 007-340 Restart Printer

Checking the error Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the Main Motor for rotation Does the Main Motor function normally? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Main Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. Yes - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT.

No

Yes

Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Refer to Removal 32/ Replacement 22.)

END

1 - 38

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 8 007-341 Restart Printer

Checking the error Reinstall the PHD ASSY and FUSER ASSY. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Warning: Do work only after the FUSER unit has cooled to room temperature. Yes

No

END

Checking the Sub Motor for rotation Does the Sub Motor function normally? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Fuser Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-5] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT.

No

Yes

Replace the DRIVE ASSY SUB. (Refer to Removal 33/ Replacement 21.)

END

1 - 39

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 9 007-371/007-372 Restart Printer

Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the DRIVE ASSY PH. Replace the DRIVE ASSY PH. (Refer to Removal 31 Replacement 23.) Does the error still occur when turning on the power? Yes

No

END

Replace the Printer.

1 - 40

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 10 009-340 Restart Printer (Yellow Toner)


Work before troubleshooting. Check the protection sheet on the PHD ASSY. if there is the protection sheet, remove it.

Checking the error Turn the power off and open the front cover. Check the CTD (ADC) Sensor and if it is dirty, wipe it with a clean dry cloth or a cotton swab. Close the front cover when work is complete. Does the error still occur after turning the power on? Yes

No

END

Checking the belt of the TRANSFER ASSY Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Is there any damage on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Yes

No

Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

Call the DELL and replace the TRANSFER ASSY.

END

Checking after replacing the PHD UNIT. Replace the PHD UNIT. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

1 - 41

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Dispense Motor Configuration Check (Yellow) ] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-21] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the Printer.

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

1 - 42

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 11 009-340 Restart Printer (Magenta Toner)


Work before troubleshooting. Check the protection sheet on the PHD ASSY. if there is the protection sheet, remove it.

Checking the error Turn the power off and open the front cover. Check the CTD (ADC) Sensor and if it is dirty, wipe it with a clean dry cloth or a cotton swab. Close the front cover when work is complete. Does the error still occur after turning the power on? Yes

No

END

Checking the belt of the TRANSFER ASSY Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Is there any damage on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Yes

No

Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

Call the DELL and replace the TRANSFER ASSY.

END

Checking after replacing the PHD UNIT. Replace the PHD UNIT. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

1 - 43

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Dispense Motor Configuration Check (Magenta) ] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-23] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the Printer.

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

1 - 44

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 12 009-340 Restart Printer (Cyan Toner)


Work before troubleshooting. Check the protection sheet on the PHD ASSY. if there is the protection sheet, remove it.

Checking the error Turn the power off and open the front cover. Check the CTD (ADC) Sensor and if it is dirty, wipe it with a clean dry cloth or a cotton swab. Close the front cover when work is complete. Does the error still occur after turning the power on? Yes

No

END

Checking the belt of the TRANSFER ASSY Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Is there any damage on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Yes

No

Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

Call the DELL and replace the TRANSFER ASSY.

END

Checking after replacing the PHD UNIT. Replace the PHD UNIT. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

1 - 45

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Dispense Motor Configuration Check (Cyan) ] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-25] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the Printer.

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

1 - 46

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 13 009-340 Restart Printer (Black Toner)


Work before troubleshooting. Check the protection sheet on the PHD ASSY. if there is the protection sheet, remove it.

Checking the error Turn the power off and open the front cover. Check the CTD (ADC) Sensor and if it is dirty, wipe it with a clean dry cloth or a cotton swab. Close the front cover when work is complete. Does the error still occur after turning the power on? Yes

No

END

Checking the belt of the TRANSFER ASSY Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Is there any damage on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Yes

No

Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

Call the DELL and replace the TRANSFER ASSY.

END

Checking after replacing the PHD UNIT. Replace the PHD UNIT. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

1 - 47

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Dispense Motor Configuration Check (Black) ] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-27] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the Printer.

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

1 - 48

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 14 010-317 Restart Printer

Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value. (Refer to Yes the Tech Sheet). Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the Printer.

1 - 49

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 15 010-351 Restart Printer

Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value. (Refer to the Tech Sheet). Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 50

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 16 010-354 Restart Printer

Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Replace the Printer.

1 - 51

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 17 010-377 Restart Printer

Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value. (Refer to the Tech Sheet). Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/Replacement 43) and the PWBA MCU (Refer to Removal 43 / Replacement 11).

1 - 52

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 18 Ready to Print 010-421

Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Do work only after the FUSER unit has cooled to room temperature. After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on?

No

END

Yes

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 53

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 19 016-300/016-301/016-302/016-313/016-315/016-317/016-323/016-327/ 016-344/016-345/016-346/016-347 Restart Printer

Checking the error code. Error code is 016-317?

No

Yes

Check whether the version of the firmware is the latest, referring to the Printer Information via the Tool Box. Checked by [Printer Information] of the [Printer Settings Report] tab in Tool Box. For the latest version information, refer to the Dell Support Web Site. Is the firmware the latest version?

No

Yes

Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell Support Web Site.

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell support website, and update the firmware with "F/W Download DL Mode". (Refer to Refernce_1.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

Reference_1: 1. Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer via USB port (remove the network cable). Then, try downloading as follows: 1) Power on the printer while pressing the <X Cancel> and <3> buttons. 2) The printer goes into the Download Mode with a message "Download Mode Ready". Then, activate firmware update tool and follow the instruction displayed.

While the firmware download is being executed, the printer displays a message "Writing...USB F/W" and the computer displays a progress bar and may be restarted during the downloading process. Never power off the printer or the computer until the downloading process completes, and never interrupt the downloading process.

1 - 54

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 19-1 016-340 Restart Printer

Checking the operating environment. Is the printer connected to the Network?

No

Yes

Replace the Printer.

Checking the IP address. Can you change the IP address?

No

Yes

Checking the internet connectivity. Is there any internet connection available for your PC?

No

Yes

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12)

Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell support website, and update the firmware with "F/W Download DL Mode". (Refer to Refernce_2.) Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12)

Changing the IP address. Contact your system administrator for obtaining a new IP address. Refer to Reference_1 for details of how to change the IP address. Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12)

Reference_1:Changing the IP address 1) Remove the network cable, and power off the printer and then on 2) Change the IP address on the Control Panel. 3) Plug the network cable back into the printer, and then turn the power on. 4) On the Control Panel, open [Admin] > [Network] > [TCP/IP], and confirm that the IP address has been changed.

1 - 55

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Reference_2: 1. Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer via USB port (remove the network cable). Then, try downloading as follows: 1) Power on the printer while pressing the <X Cancel> and <3> buttons. 2) The printer goes into the Download Mode with a message "Download Mode Ready". Then, activate firmware update tool and follow the instruction displayed.

While the firmware download is being executed, the printer displays a message "Writing...USB F/W" and the computer displays a progress bar and may be restarted during the downloading process. Never power off the printer or the computer until the downloading process completes, and never interrupt the downloading process.

1 - 56

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 20 016-316/016-318 Restart Printer

Checking the Memory Card Is the customer using the recommended memory card?

No

Yes

Replace the Memory Card.

Checking the Memory Card installation. Reseat the Memory Card. Does the error still occur when turning on the power? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the Memory Card. Replace the Memory Card. Does the error still occur when turning on the power? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

1 - 57

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 21 016-338 Restart Printer

Checking the Connected device to the USB port on the PWBA ESS. Is the Wireless Printer Adapter connected to the USB port on the PWBA ESS? Yes

No

Connect the Wireless Printer Adapter to the USB port on the PWBA ESS.

Checking the Wireless Printer Adapter installation Reseat the Wireless Printer Adapter after turning off the power. Does the error still occur when turning on the power? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the Wireless Printer Adapter Replace the Wireless Printer Adapter after turning off the power. Does the error still occur when turning on the power? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

1 - 58

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 22 016-365 Restart Printer

Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the Network Protocol Adapter Is the Network Protocol Adapter installed? Yes

No

Install the Network Protocol Adapter.

Checking after reseating the Network Adapter Reseat the Network Protocol Adapter. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the Network Adapter Replace the Network Protocol Adapter. (Refer to Removal 56/Replacement 56.) Does the error still occur when Yesthe power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

1 - 59

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting - This error is displayed when the Network Protocol Adapter is installed on the printer and then removed, or when a contact failure has occurred at the Network Protocol Adapter. Reinstalling the Network Protocol Adapter allows you to use the printer as it was before the error occurred.

- To return the printer to the state it was in before the Network Protocol Adapter was installed, reset the printer using the following procedure. <Reset Procedure> 1. Power OFF the printer. 2. Power ON the printer while pressing the [MENU] button and [3 (SET)] button at the same time. Keep the buttons pressed until the message "Reset Security Init Network" is displayed. 3. Press the [3 (SET)] button. 4. Press the [3 (SET)] button when the message "Init Network Are you sure?" 5. Power OFF the printer and then ON when the message "Reset Security Init Network" is displayed.

- In the event of loss of the Network Protocol Adapter, the following network protocols will be unavailable. To use these protocols, purchase and install a new Network Protocol Adapter. 802.1x (Wired), NetWare (IP), SNMPv3, HTTPS or WSD (Print)

To use the printer without using the functions of the Network Protocol Adapter while waiting for a new Network Protocol Adapter to be delivered, reset the printer.

1 - 60

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 23 016-370 Restart Printer

Checking the error. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell support website, and update the firmware with "F/W Download DL Mode". (Refer to Refernce_1.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS and PWBA MCU. Replace the PWBA ESS (Removal 42 / Replacement 12.) and the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Yes

No

END

Replace the printer.

Reference_1: 1. Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer via USB port (remove the network cable). Then, try downloading as follows: 1) Power on the printer while pressing the <X Cancel> and <3> buttons. 2) The printer goes into the Download Mode with a message "Download Mode Ready". Then, activate firmware update tool and follow the instruction displayed.

While the firmware download is being executed, the printer displays a message "Writing...USB F/W" and the computer displays a progress bar and may be restarted during the downloading process. Never power off the printer or the computer until the downloading process completes, and never interrupt the downloading process.

1 - 61

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 24 Invalid ID 016-383 / Range Chk Error 016-384 / Header Error 016-385 / Check Sum Error 016-386 / Protection Error 016-391 / Erase Flash Err. 016-392 / Write Flash Err. 016-393 / Verify Error 016-394
Check whether the version of the firmware is the latest, referring to the Printer Information via the Tool Box. Checked by [Printer Information] of the [Printer Settings Report] tab in Tool Box. For the latest version information, refer to the Dell Support Web Site. Is the firmware the latest version? Yes

No

Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell Support Web Site.

Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/Replacement 12.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Yes

No

END

Replace the Printer.

1 - 62

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 25 Out of Memory 016-700


Errors may be avoided by the following measures: - When the RAM disk is set to "Available", cancel it or reduce the disk capacity. - Add the optional memory.

Checking the memory capacity for print Print the small size file (like a Windows test print). Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

Divide the printing job.

Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Does the error still occur when printing?

No

Yes

END

Divide the printing job. Is it printed correctly?

No

Yes

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

END

1 - 63

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 26 PDL Request 016-720

Check the printer driver Did the customer install the correct printer driver?

No

Yes

Install the printer driver.

Checking the memory capacity for print Print the small size file (like a Windows test print). Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

Divide the printing job.

Check whether the version of the firmware is the latest, referring to the Printer Information via the Tool Box. Checked by [Printer Information] of the [Printer Settings Report] tab in Tool Box. For the latest version information, refer to the Dell Support Web Site. Is the firmware the latest version? Yes

No

Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell Support Web Site.

Divide the printing job. Is it printed correctly?

No

Yes

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

END

1 - 64

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 27 Invalid User 016-757

Checking your account registration Is your account registered in your network?

No

Yes

Checking the error Does the error occur when printing after registering the account?

No

Yes

END

Checking [DELL Color Track] setting Is your account registered in DELL Color Track?

No

Yes

Register your account.

Checking the printer connection Check the printer over the network. If this fails, connect the printer directly to a PC. Does the error occur when printing after checking the connection? Yes

No

END

Please try once again. If the error occurred again, please consult your system administrator.

1 - 65

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 28 Disabled Func 016-758

Checking the printer power supply Check that the printer is turned on. Does the error still occur when printing?

No

Yes

END

Checking your operation Is the operation that you did an available function for 2130cn?

No

Yes

Inquire to your system administrator, or check this operation by the User Guide.

Checking [DELL Color Track] setting Is your account registered in DELL Color Track?

No

Yes

Register your account.

Checking the connection Check that the PC and the printer are connected properly. Does the error occur when printing after checking the connection? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

1 - 66

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 29 Reached Limit 016-759

Check the [Dell ColorTrack] setting Does the value of [User Registration] exceed the limitation? Maximum user is 50. Yes

No

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/Replacement 12.)

Reset 50 or less.

1 - 67

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 30 Invalid Job 016-799

Is the customer using the correct printer driver?

No

Yes Use the correct printer driver.

Checking the paper size Check that the paper matches the specifications of the printer. If not, replace the paper. Does the error occur when printing using the correct paper size? Yes

No

END

Checking the paper size setup Does the using paper size match the printer setup value?

No

Yes

Setup the paper size through your PC. Does the error still occur when printing?

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

Checking the printing job Does the error still occur when printing the Windows test print? Yes

No

Check that the printing data is correct.

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

1 - 68

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 31 Disk Full 016-980

Checking the file data in the printer Print or clear the stored files and data at the printer memory. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the memory capacity for print. Prints the small size file (like a Windows test print). Does the error still occur when test printing? Yes

No

Add the memory card or divide the printing job. If the error occurred again, increase the size setting of the RAM Disk. (See RAM Disk size settings in User Guide)

Checking the memory card installation. Reseat the memory card. Does the error still occur when test printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the memory capacity. Is the memory capacity recognized normally? Checked by [Config Page]-[Print information] in diagnosis. Yes

No

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

Checking after replacing the memory card. Replace the memory card. Does the error still occur when test printing? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

1 - 69

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 32 Collate Full 016-981

Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Checking the printer memory size Does the error occur when printing with the Memory Card (Option) installed?

No

Yes

END

RAM Disk size settings Does the error occur when printing after reducing the size setting of the RAM Disk? (See RAM Disk size settings in User Guide) Yes

No

END

Replace PWBA ESS (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12)

1 - 70

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 33 MCU Flash Error 024-360


Check whether the version of the firmware is the latest, referring to the Printer Information via the Tool Box. Checked by [Printer Information] of the [Printer Settings Report] tab in Tool Box. For the latest version information, refer to the Dell Support Web Site. Is the firmware the latest version? Yes

No

Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell Support Web Site.

Checking the PWBA ESS installation Reseat the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12) Does the error still occur when downloading the firmware? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12)

1 - 71

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 34 024-362 Restart Printer

Checking the error Does the error still occur when turning off and on the power?

No

Yes

END

Checking the PWBA ESS installation Reseat the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12) Does the error still occur when turning off and on the power? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA ESS.

1 - 72

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 35 Check Paper Size 024-910

Checking the paper size Check that the paper matches the specifications of the printer. If not, replace the paper. Does the error occur when printing using the correct paper size? Yes

No

END

Checking the print data, paper (print media) and paper settings Check the followings. - Are the print data and the paper suitable? - Are the paper setting and paper suitable? - Are the paper setting and print data suitable? Yes After checking, correct the incorrect item(s). Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 73

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 36 Check Paper Size 024-911

Checking the paper size Check that the paper matches the specifications of the printer. If not, replace the paper. Does the error occur when printing using the correct paper size? Yes

No

END

Checking the print data, paper (print media) and paper settings Check the followings. - Are the print data and the paper suitable? - Are the paper setting and paper suitable? - Are the paper setting and print data suitable? Yes After checking, correct the incorrect item(s). Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 74

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 37 Check Paper Size 024-914

Checking the paper size Check that the paper matches the specifications of the printer. If not, replace the paper. Does the error occur when printing using the correct paper size? Yes

No

END

Checking the print data, paper (print media) and paper settings Check the followings. - Are the print data and the paper suitable? - Are the paper setting and paper suitable? - Are the paper setting and print data suitable? After checking, correct the incorrect item(s). Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Reloading a correct paper to SSF Reload a correct paper to fill the paper setup. Does the error still occur when printing?

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 75

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 38 Load Tray 1 024-965

Checking the paper for loading and setting Check that the loaded paper meets the print job. Check that the paper setting to require the print job meets the specification. Does the error still occur after reloading the paper and changing the paper Yes settings that requires the print job?

No

Yes

END

Checking the Cassette No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 250 out. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR NO PAPER) of the Cassette No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - Yes [DI-1] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Yes

No

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

END. If the error occurred again, replace the CASSETTE ASSY 250.

1 - 76

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 39 Load Tray 2 024-966

Checking the paper for loading and setting Check that the loaded paper meets the print job. Check that the paper setting to require the print job meets the specification. Does the error still occur after reloading the paper and changing the paper Yes settings that requires the print job?

No

Yes

END

Checking the Cassette No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 250 out. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR NO PAPER) of the Cassette No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-9] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Yes

No

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

END. If the error occurred again, replace the CASSETTE ASSY 250.

1 - 77

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 40 Load SSF 024-969 / Pause Feed SSF 024-985 / Check SSF 075-923
When loading a sheet to the SSF, ensure that the lead edge of the sheet touches the back of the SSF (as far as 8 to 10cm from the lead edge). Otherwise, this error may occur.

Checking the paper for loading and setting Check that the loaded paper meets the print job. Check that the paper setting to require the print job meets the specification. Does the error still occur after reloading the paper and changing the paper settings that requires the print job? Yes

No

END

Checking after reloading a paper to SSF Reload a correct paper to SSF. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the SSF No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR SSI) of the SSF No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Yes

No

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

END

1 - 78

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 41 Over Heat 042-700


This error occurs when the internal temperature of the printer rises to somewhere near the predetermined value during a high volume 2-sided print. Although this error is automatically recovered when the printers internal temparature falls to a certain level, it akes a long time before the recovery. When performing a high volume 2-dided print, divide the job in blocks and allow as long an interval as possible between them. If this error code is displayed although you have not performed any large volume 2sided printing, follow the following flow.

Checking the error. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Removal 43/ Replacement 18)

1 - 79

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 42 Paper Jam 071-100


Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media source. Otherwise, a Jam error occurs.

Checking the paper in Tray 1 and the paper guides Insert new paper in Tray 1 and check that the side and end guides are adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE ASSY 250. If incorrect, readjust the side and end guides. Does the error occur when printing after inserting the CASSETTE ASSY 250 into the printer and opening and closing the front cover? Yes

No

END

checking the paper feed Is the paper fed? Yes

No

Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MIS) for operation Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MIS) operate properly? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Feed Roll Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-B] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Checking the Main Motor for operation Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Main Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

Replace the KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH. (Removal 35/Replacement 19)

No

Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Removal 32/Replacement 22)

Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED and the SEPARATOR ROLLER.

1 - 80

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the paper feed Open the Front Cover. Is the paper fed from the Regi Rollers? Yes

No

Checking the Regi Clutch for operation Does the Regi Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRIVE) operate properly? - PC Operation : Checked by the [REGI CLUTCH Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-29] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/ CLUTCH. (Removal 35/Replacement 19)

Checking the Main Motor for operation Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Main Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Removal 32/ Replacement 22)

Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-2] in [IOT Diagnosis] of diagnosis. Yes

Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. Check that the foreign substances are not on the paper path.

No

Replace the Printer.

END. If the error occurred again, replace to known good paper.

1 - 81

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 43 Paper Jam 072-100 / Paper Jam 072-908


Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media source. Otherwise, a Jam error occurs.

Checking the paper in Tray 2 and the paper guides Insert new paper in Tray 2 and check that the side and end guides are adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE ASSY 250. If incorrect, readjust the side and end guides. Does the error occur when printing after inserting the CASSETTE ASSY 250 into the printer and opening and closing the front cover? Yes

No

END

checking the paper feed Is the paper fed? Yes

No

Checking the paper feed Open the Front Cover. Is the paper fed from the Regi Rollers? Yes

No

Checking the Regi Clutch for operation Does the Regi Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRIVE) operate properly? - PC Operation : Checked by the [REGI CLUTCH Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-29] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-2] in [IOT Diagnosis] of diagnosis. Yes

Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. Check that the foreign substances are not on the paper path. No

Replace the KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/ CLUTCH. (Removal 35/Replacement 19)

Replace the Printer.

END. If the error occurred again, replace to known good paper.

1 - 82

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MIS) for operation Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MIS) operate properly? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Feed Roll Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-31] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Checking the Main Motor for operation Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Main Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

Replace the KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH. (Removal 35/Replacement 19)

No

Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Removal 32/Replacement 22)

Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED and the SEPARATOR ROLLER.

1 - 83

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 44 Paper Jam 072-101


Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media source. Otherwise, a Jam error occurs.

Checking the paper in Tray 2 and the paper guides Insert new paper in Tray 2 and check that the side and end guides are adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE ASSY 250. If incorrect, readjust the side and end guides. Does the error occur when printing after inserting the CASSETTE ASSY 250 into the printer and opening and closing the front cover? Yes

No

END

checking the paper feed Is the paper fed? Yes

No

Checking the paper feed Open the Front Cover. Is the paper fed from the Regi Rollers? Yes

No

Checking the Regi Clutch for operation Does the Regi Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRIVE) operate properly? - PC Operation : Checked by the [REGI CLUTCH Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-29] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/ CLUTCH. (Removal 35/Replacement 19)

Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-2] in [IOT Diagnosis] of diagnosis. Yes

Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. Check that the foreign substances are not on the paper path. No

Replace the Printer.

END. If the error occurred again, replace to known good paper.

1 - 84

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MIS) for operation Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MIS) operate properly? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Feed Roll Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-B] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Checking the Main Motor for operation Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Main Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

Replace the KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH. (Removal 35/Replacement 19)

No

Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Removal 32/Replacement 22)

Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED and the SEPARATOR ROLLER.

1 - 85

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 45 Paper Jam 075-101


Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media source. Otherwise, this error occurs. To restart printing, open the front cover and remove the document.

Checking the customer operation Did the user insert the paper to the SSF during print? Yes

No

END

After print completion, insert the paper to the SSF.

1 - 86

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 46 Paper Jam 075-102


When starting SSF printing, an error will occur by pulling out a document on the SSF by force.

Was a paper pulled out from SSF forcibly of a print start?

No

Yes

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Checking after opening and closing the COVER ASSY FRONT Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the printing Reload a paper to SSF. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

END

1 - 87

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 47 Check SSF 075-922

Checking after opening and closing the COVER ASSY FRONT Remove Paper, and open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 88

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 48 Paper Jam 077-100/077-101


Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media source. Otherwise, a Jam error occurs.

Checking the paper Does the paper meet the specification?

No

Yes

Replace the paper.

Checking the Front Cover latching Open and close the Front Cover. Does the error still occur when printing?

No

Yes

END

Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED and the SEPARATOR ROLLER.

1 - 89

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 49 Paper Jam 077-102


Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media source. Otherwise, a Jam error occurs.

Checking the paper condition Is the paper in the Tray 1 or Tray 2 wrinkled or damaged?

No

Yes

Replace the paper with a new and dry one.

Does the error still occur when printing?

No

Yes

END

Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking after resetting the Guide Sides and End Guide on the Tray 1 or Tray 2 Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray 1 or Tray 2 to the printer correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Replace the printer.

1 - 90

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 50 Paper Jam 077-103/077-104/077-105


When starting SSF printing, an error will occur by pulling out a document on the SSF by force.

Checking the FUSER ASSY installation Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the Exit Sensor for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator of the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-3] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down.

No

Yes

Replace the FUSER ASSY and clear the Fuser Life Counter using the diagnosis. (Refer to the Tech Sheet.).

077-103

077-104

077-105

Checking the paper Replace to know good paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY. Replace the FUSER ASSY after turning off the power. NOTE:When you have replaced the fuser, initialize the life counter of the Fuser. For details, refer to the supplied technical sheet. NOTE:Some of pich roller came off. Refer to Figure 1. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

Replace the FUSER ASSY and clear the Fuser Life Counter using the diagnosis.

END

Replace the Printer.

1 - 91

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the paper guides and paper in Tray 1 or Tray 2. Check that the side and end guides are adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE ASSY 250. If incorrect, readjust the side and end guides. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Print one sheet. Paper was fed one sheet?

No

Yes

Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED (Refer to Removal 50/ Replacement 4) and/or HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52).

END

Figure 1:

Pinch Roller comes off

1 - 92

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 51 Paper Jam 077-107


Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media source. Otherwise, a Jam error occurs.

Checking the jam Remove the jammed paper and reload the known good paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, then check the latching. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the Duplex installation Reseat the Duplex. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END
Checking the Duplex Exit Motor for operation Does the Duplex Motor operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-D] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP

Checking the Duplex Clutch for operation Does the Duplex Clutch operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-35] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP

1 - 93

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the Duplex Motor for operation Does the Duplex Motor operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-12] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP

Checking installation of the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Do work only after the FUSER unit has cooled to room temperature. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-2] in [IOT Diagnosis] of diagnosis. Yes

No

Replace the Printer.

END

1 - 94

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 52 Paper Jam 077-108


Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media source. Otherwise, a Jam error occurs.

Checking the jam Remove the jammed paper and reload the known good paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, then check the latching. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the Duplex installation Reseat the Duplex. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END
Checking the Duplex Exit Motor for operation Does the Duplex Motor operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-D] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP

Checking the Duplex Clutch for operation Does the Duplex Clutch operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-35] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP

1 - 95

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the Duplex Motor for operation Does the Duplex Motor operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-12] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP

Checking installation of the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Do work only after the FUSER unit has cooled to room temperature. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-2] in [IOT Diagnosis] of diagnosis. Yes

No

Replace the Printer.

END

1 - 96

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 53 Close FrontCover 077-300

Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT (Front Cover) for shape Are there any damages on the COVER ASSY FRONT? Yes

No

Checking four PHD ASSY latching levers Are the location of the levers vertical? Replace the COVER ASSY FRONT. (Refer to Removal 25/replacement 29.) Yes

No

Set four levers to latching position.

Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Does the error message in the display disappear? Yes

No

Replace the COVER ASSY FRONT. (Refer to Removal 25/replacement 29.)

Checking the interlock switch for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the COVER ASSY FRONT is closed and opened? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-7] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Yes

No

Replace the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK (Refer to Removal 18/ Replacement 36.) and the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43.)

END

1 - 97

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 54 Close Side Cover 077-301

Checking the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Side Cover) for shape Are there any damages on the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR? Yes

No

Replace the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR.

Checking the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TRN. Is the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR latched correctly? Yes

No

Replace the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. Checking installation of the toner cartridges Check that the lock levers are in the locked position after correctly reseating the four toner cartridges. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the Side R Switch (SWITCH) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the COVER ASSY WINDOW TRN is closed and opened? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-6] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the Side R Switch (SWITCH) Replace the Side R Switch (SWITCH). (Refer to Removal 14/ Replacement 40.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END
Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 98

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 55 Paper Jam 077-900


Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media source. Otherwise, a Jam error occurs.

Checking for paper and foreign objects Open the front cover and check for paper and foreign objects. Remove any paper or foreign objects from the printer. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the paper feeding Was the paper fed from the SSF?

No

Yes Checking the paper guides and paper in Tray 1 Check that the side and end guides are adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE ASSY 250. If incorrect, readjust the side and end guides. Does the error still occur when printing?

Checking the status of the paper Check that SSF paper is placed correctly. If it is not, reinsert the paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

No

END

Yes

END

Checking the front cover latch and FUSER ASSY after installation After opening and closing the front cover, reinstall the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Do work only after the FUSER unit has cooled to room temperature. Does the error occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY. Replace the FUSER ASSY after turning off the power. NOTE:When you have replaced the fuser, initialize the life counter of the Fuser. For details, refer to the supplied technical sheet. Does the error occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Replace the Printer.

1 - 99

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 56 Paper Jam 077-901


Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media source. Otherwise, a Jam error occurs.

Checking for paper and foreign objects Open the front cover and remove any paper or foreign objects found around the Regi roller inside the printer. Next, remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 and remove any paper or foreign objects found around the feed roller. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the paper feeding Was the paper fed from the SSF?

No

Yes Checking the paper guides and paper in Tray 1 or Tray 2 Check that the side and end guides are adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE ASSY 250. If incorrect, readjust the side and end guides. Does the error still occur when printing?

Checking the status of the paper Check that SSF paper is placed correctly. If it is not, reinsert the paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

No

END

Yes

END

Insert new paper and check the front cover latch Insert new paper into the SSF, Tray 1 or Tray 2. Open and close the front cover. Does the error occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damage on the belt of the TRANSFER ASSY?

No

Yes

Call the DELL and replace the TRANSFER ASSY.

1 - 100

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the Regi Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) of the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-2] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Yes

No

Replace the Printer.

Checking the Regi Clutch for operation Does the Regi Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRIVE) operate properly? - PC Operation : Checked by the [REGI CLUTCH Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-29] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the Regi Clutch. (Refer to Removal 30/Replacement 24.)

Checking the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) for operation Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Main Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the MAIN DRIVE ASSY. (Refer to Removal 32/Replacement 22.)

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

1 - 101

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 57 Paper Jam 077-907


Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media source. Otherwise, a Jam error occurs.

Checking the jam Remove the jammed paper and reload the known good paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, then check the latching. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the Duplex installation Reseat the Duplex. Does the error still occur when printing?

No

Yes

END

Checking the Duplex Exit Motor for operation Does the Duplex Motor operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0D] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP.

Checking the Duplex Clutch for operation Does the Duplex Clutch operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-35] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP.

1 - 102

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the Duplex Motor for operation Does the Duplex Motor operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-12] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP.

Checking installation of the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Do work only after the FUSER unit has cooled to room temperature. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-2] in [IOT Diagnosis] of diagnosis. Yes

No

Replace the Printer.

END

1 - 103

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 58 Ready to Print 091-402 / Replace PHD 091-935

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before installation. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 104

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 59 PHD 091-912

Is the customer installing a new printer? Yes

No (New PHD installing)

Checking the protection cover Open the front cover. Remove any remaining PHD protective sheets. Does the error occur after closing the front cover? Yes

No

END

Checking the PHD ASSY sealing tape Open the front cover and remove the PHD ASSY from the printer after turning the printer off. Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing tape that may be left on the PHD ASSY. Then, install the PHD ASSY into the printer. Does the error occur after turning Yes the power on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before installation. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 105

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 60 Insert PHD 091-972

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

No

Yes

END

Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before installation. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 106

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 61 CTD Sensor Dirty 092-310 / Ready to Print 092-410

Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the CTD (ADC) sensor window Open the front cover. Is the CTD (ADC) Sensor window dirty? Yes

No

Turn off the power, and gently wipe the CTD (ADC) sensor window with a clean dry cloth or cotton swab. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the surface of the belt on the TRANSFER ASSY Is the belt dirty? Yes

No

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/Replacement 33.)

Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/Replacement 33.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 107

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 62 Ready to Print 093-423 / Replace Cart. 093-930


No

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the DellTONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (Y). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when Yesthe power is turned ON?

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 108

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 63 Ready to Print 093-424 / Replace Cart. 093-931


No

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the DellTONER CARTRIDGE (M) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (M). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when Yesthe power is turned ON?

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 109

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 64 Ready to Print 093-425 / Replace Cart. 093-932


No

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the DellTONER CARTRIDGE (C) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (C). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when Yesthe power is turned ON?

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 110

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 65 Ready to Print 093-426 / Replace Cart. 093-933


No

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the DellTONER CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (K). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when Yesthe power is turned ON?

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 111

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 66 Shake Cartridge 093-919

Error and toner check Check that DELL toner is installed. If not, check the toner level in the yellow toner cartridge and replace as necessary. Does the error occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the PHD ASSY sealing tape After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove the PHD ASSY from the printer. Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing tape that may be left on the PHD ASSY. Then, install the PHD ASSY into the printer. If the tape is found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the printer immediately, change the PHD ASSY to another one. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Dispense Motor Configuration Check (Yellow) ] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-21] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the Printer.

1 - 112

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the toner dispensing Execute [Digital Output]-[DO-0, 5 and 21] in diagnosis for 60 seconds. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

1 - 113

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 67 Shake Cartridge 093-920

Error and toner check Check that DELL toner is installed. If not, check the toner level in the magenta toner cartridge and replace as necessary. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the PHD ASSY sealing tape After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove the PHD ASSY from the printer. Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing tape that may be left on the PHD ASSY. Then, install the PHD ASSY into the printer. If the tape is found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the printer immediately, change the PHD ASSY to another one. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Dispense Motor Configuration Check (Magenta) ] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-23] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the Printer.

1 - 114

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the toner dispensing Execute [Digital Output]-[DO-0, 5 and 23] in diagnosis for 60 seconds. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

1 - 115

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 68 Shake Cartridge 093-921

Error and toner check Check that DELL toner is installed. If not, check the toner level in the cyan toner cartridge and replace as necessary. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the PHD ASSY sealing tape After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove the PHD ASSY from the printer. Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing tape that may be left on the PHD ASSY. Then, install the PHD ASSY into the printer. If the tape is found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the printer immediately, change the PHD ASSY to another one. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Dispense Motor Configuration Check (Cyan) ] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-25] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the Printer.

1 - 116

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the toner dispensing Execute [Digital Output]-[DO-0, 5 and 25] in diagnosis for 60 seconds. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

1 - 117

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 69 Shake Cartridge 093-922

Error and toner check Check that DELL toner is installed. If not, check the toner level in the black toner cartridge and replace as necessary. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the PHD ASSY sealing tape After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove the PHD ASSY from the printer. Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing tape that may be left on the PHD ASSY. Then, install the PHD ASSY into the printer. If the tape is found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the printer immediately, change the PHD ASSY to another one. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? - PC Operation : Checked by the [Dispense Motor Configuration Check (Black) ] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-27] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Replace the Printer.

1 - 118

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking the toner dispensing Execute [Digital Output]-[DO-0, 5 and 25] in diagnosis for 60 seconds. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

1 - 119

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 70 Replace Cart. 093-934


No

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the DellTONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (Y). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when Yesthe power is turned ON?

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 120

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 71 Replace Cart. 093-935


No

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the DellTONER CARTRIDGE (M) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (M). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when Yesthe power is turned ON?

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 121

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 72 Replace Cart. 093-936


No

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the DellTONER CARTRIDGE (C) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (C). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when Yesthe power is turned ON?

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 122

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 73 Replace Cart. 093-937


No

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the DellTONER CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (K). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when Yesthe power is turned ON?

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 123

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 74 CRUM ID 093-960

Error and toner type check If an error occurs after turning the power off and on, is a DELL toner installed in the printer? Yes

No

Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner.

Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when Yesthe power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 124

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 75 CRUM ID 093-961

Error and toner type check If an error occurs after turning the power off and on, is a DELL toner is installed in the printer? Yes

No

Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner.

Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when Yesthe power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 125

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 76 CRUM ID 093-962

Error and toner type check If an error occurs after turning the power off and on, is a DELL toner is installed in the printer? Yes

No

Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner.

Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when Yesthe power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 126

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 77 CRUM ID 093-963

Error and toner type check If an error occurs after turning the power off and on, is a DELL toner is installed in the printer? Yes

No

Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner.

Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when Yesthe power is turned off and on?

No

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 127

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 78 CRUM ID 093-965

Error and PHD ASSY type check If an error occurs after turning the power off and on, is a 2130cn PHD ASSY is installed in the printer? Yes

No

Does the error occur after installing a 2130c PHD ASSY and turning the power off and on?

No

Yes

END

Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 128

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 79 Insert PrintCart 093-970

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

No

Yes

END

Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated?

No

Yes

Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner.

Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 129

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 80 Insert PrintCart 093-971

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

No

Yes

END

Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated?

No

Yes

Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner.

Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (M). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 130

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 81 Insert PrintCart 093-972

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

No

Yes

END

Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated?

No

Yes

Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner.

Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (C). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 131

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 82 Insert PrintCart 093-973

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

No

Yes

END

Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated?

No

Yes

Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner.

Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (K). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 132

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 83 Ready to Print 094-422 / 094-911 Contact Support


No

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/Replacement 33.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Yes

No

Yes

END

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 133

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 84 Ready to Print 193-700


This message appears when [Non-Dell Toner] setting of [Maintenance] on [Admin Menu] is turned to [ON] for using non-Dell toner cartridge. Printing is available while this message is displayed. When you use Dell toner cartridge, you can turn off the message by turning the [Non-DELL Toner] setting to [OFF].

Checking the Toner Cartridge. Is the installed toner cartridge to the printer the DELL toner?

No

Yes

END

Checking the printer setting. Cancel the non DELL toner mode by the control panel. Does the message on the LCD turn off the non DELL toner? Yes

No

Checking after replacing the toner cartridge. Replace the toner cartridge. Does the error still occur when printing? Yes

No

END

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12)

1 - 134

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 85 Faint print (Low contrast)


If the copy finish is too light, restoring the default [Color balance Y, M, C and K] of [Copy Defaults] in [Copy] of [Default Settings] settings may solve it.
Faint

Mnt01100KA

Mnt01101KA

Checking the error mode Does the printout light occur when copying? Yes

No

Checking the Faint print. Print the Windows test page. Is the printout light (low density)? Yes

No

Checking the original Is the original color density low?

No

Check the print data which the problem generated.

Yes

END, change the original.

Checking the printer driver settings Select [Printer Settings] from the [General] tab under [Properties] on the printer driver. Clear the [Toner Saving Mode] check box under the [Advanced] tab. Is the printout still light (low tone)? Yes

No

END

Checking the printer setting Is the [Lighter/Darker] of the [Copy Default] in the [Copy] of the [Default Settings] the default value? Yes

No

Set to the default value.

Checking the PHD ASSY sealing tape After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove the PHD ASSY from the printer. Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing tape that may be left on the PHD ASSY. Then, install the PHD ASSY into the printer. If the tape is found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the printer immediately, change the PHD ASSY to another one. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

No

END

1 - 135

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the faint color Is there the faint toner? Checked by [4 Colors Configuration Chart] of [Chart Print] of [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box]. Yes

No

END

All colors faint

Replace the PHD ASSY. Checking the PHD ASSY Replace to known good PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly?

No

Yes

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY, if not replace the printer.

Replace to original PHD ASSY.

Checking the toner dispensing Execute [Digital Output]-[DO-0, 5 and faint toner motor (21(Y), 23(M), 25(C), 27(K))] of [IOT Diag] in diagnosis for 30 seconds. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Is the image printed correctly? Yes

No

Replace the Printer.

END

1 - 136

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 86 Blank print (No print)

Checking the error mode Does the blank page occur when copying?

No

Yes

Checking the blank print. Print the contamination check page. Is the image printed correctly? Yes

No

Printing data form is not suitable for the printer, then check the printing data which the problem generated.

Checking the original setting Is the original placed correctly?

No

Yes

Set the original correctly.

Checking the printer Is the image printed correctly? Checked by [Test Print] - [Test Pattern 600] in diagnosis. Yes

No

Replace the printer.

END

1 - 137

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 87 Solid black

Checking the error mode Does the black page occur when copying?

No

Yes

Checking the solid black. Print the contamination check page. Is the image printed correctly? Yes Printing data is incorrect, then check the printing data which the problem generated.

No

Checking the original setting Is the original placed correctly?

No

Yes

Set the original correctly.

Checking the printing Is the image printed correctly? Checked by [Test Print] - [Test Pattern 600] in diagnosis. Yes

No

END

Checking the Grid2. Print the Grid2 page. Is the solid color printed? Checked by [Test Print] - [Grid2] in diagnosis. Yes

No

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/Replacement 12) If not, replace the Printer.

Replace the toner cartridge of the color by which Solid was printed.

1 - 138

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 88 Vertical blank line (White stripes in paper transport direction)

13

13 13 13

Random
13 13

Periodic

13

13

Mnt01102KA

Mnt01103KA

Checking the error mode Does the blank line occur when copying?

No

Yes

Checking the Vertical blank lines. Print the contamination check page. Does the printout have vertical blank lines (white stripes in the paper feed direction)? No Yes

No

Checking the original Is the original color clean?

Check the print data which the problem generated.

Yes

Change the original.

Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path between the TRANSFER ASSY and the FUSER ASSY. Does the printout still have vertical blank lines (white stripes in the paper feed direction)?

No

Yes

END

Checking the belt surfaces of the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Yes

No

Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.)

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

1 - 139

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 89 Horizontal band cross out (White stripe in horizontal direction

13 13 13

13

Random
13 13

Periodic

13

13

Mnt01104KA

Mnt01105KA

Checking the error mode Does the blank line occur when copying?

No

Yes

Checking the Horizontal band cross out. Print the contamination check page. Does the printout have blank lines in the horizontal direction? No Yes

No

Checking the original Is the original color clean?

Check the print data which the problem generated.

Yes

Change the original.

Checking the defective parts Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] of the [Chart Print ] of the [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box]. Check the defective parts by comparing the printed horizontal band cross out with Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.) Are there any horizontal band cross out matching the chart? Yes

Period(mm) 66.7 75.4/37.7 44.0/37.6

Replacement Parts Fuser PHD ASSY Printer

No

Replace the corresponding parts.

Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path between the TRANSFER ASSY and the FUSER ASSY. Does the printout still have blank lines in the horizontal direction?

No

Yes

END

1 - 140

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Yes

No

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly?

No

Yes

Replace the printer.

END

1 - 141

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 90 Vertical stripes

13

13

13

13

Random
13 13

Periodic

13

13

Mnt01106KA

Mnt01107KA

Checking the error mode Does the vertical line occur when copying?

No

Yes

Checking the Vertical stripes. Print the contamination check page. Does the printout have blank lines in the horizontal direction? Yes

No

Checking the original Is the original color clean?

No

Check the print data which the problem generated.

Yes

Change the original.

Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path between the TRANSFER ASSY and the FUSER ASSY. Does the printout still have vertical stripes?

No

Yes

END

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Yes

No

END

1 - 142

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Replace the FUSER ASSY(Refer to Removal 5/Replacement 49.) and initialize the Fuser Life counter. (Refer to the Tech Sheet). Is the image printed correctly? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/Replacement 9) Is the image printed correctly?

No

Yes

Replace the printer.

END

1 - 143

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 91 Horizontal stripes

13

13

13

13

Random
13 13

Periodic

13

13

Mnt01108KA

Mnt01109KA

Checking the error mode Does the horizontal line occur when copying?

No

Yes

Checking the Horizontal stripes. Print the contamination check page. Does the printout have horizontal stripes? Yes

No

Checking the original Is the original color clean?

No

Check the print data which the problem generated.

Yes

Change the original.

Checking the defective parts Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] of the [Chart Print ] of the [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box]. Check the defective parts by comparing the printed horizontal band cross out with Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.) Are there any horizontal band cross out matching the chart? Yes

Period(mm) 66.7 75.4/37.7 44.0/37.6

Replacement Parts Fuser PHD ASSY Printer

No

Replace the corresponding parts. When the result corresponds to the [b-12 PHD] of the pitch chart, performing the [PHD Refresh Configuration Check] of [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box] may improve image quality.

Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path between the TRANSFER ASSY and the FUSER ASSY. Does the printout still have horizontal stripes?

No

Yes

END

1 - 144

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Yes

No

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Yes

No

END

Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value. (Refer to the Tech Sheet).

1 - 145

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 92 Partial Deletion

13

13

13

13

Random
13 13

Periodic

13

13

Mnt01110KA

Mnt01111KA

Checking the printer environment Check that the printer is in a room where air conditioner is operating. If the air conditioner is not operating, turn it on or move the printer to a room with an air conditioner.

Checking the error mode Does the partial lack occur when copying?

No

Yes

Checking the Partial Deletion. Print the contamination check page. Are parts of images still missing during printing? Yes

No

Checking the original Is the original color clean?

No

Printing data is incorrect, then check the printing data which the problem generated.

Yes

Change the original.

Checking the defective parts Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] of the [Chart Print ] of the [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box]. Check the defective parts by comparing the printed horizontal band cross out with Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.) Are there any horizontal band cross out matching the chart? Yes

Period(mm) 66.7 75.4/37.7 44.0/37.6

Replacement Parts Fuser PHD ASSY Printer

No

Replace the corresponding parts

1 - 146

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking paper Check that new dry recommended paper is being used and replace as necessary. Are parts of images still missing during printing? Yes

No

END
Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path between the TRANSFER ASSY and the FUSER ASSY. Are parts of images still missing during printing? Yes

No

END
Checking the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Yes

No

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY. Reset the FUSER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value. Yes

No

Replace the printer.

END

1 - 147

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 93 Spots

13 13 13

13

Random
13 13

Periodic

13 13

Mnt01112KA

Mnt01113KA

Checking the error mode Does the spots occur when copying? Yes

No

Checking the Spots. Print the contamination check page. Are there toner spots during printing? Yes

No

Checking the original Is the original color clean?

No

Printing data is incorrect, then check the printing data which the problem generated.

Yes

Change the original.

Checking the defective parts Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] of the [Chart Print ] of the [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box]. Check the defective parts by comparing the printed horizontal band cross out with Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.) Are there any horizontal band cross out matching the chart? Yes

Period(mm) 66.7 75.4/37.7 44.0/37.6

Replacement Parts Fuser PHD ASSY Printer

No

Replace the corresponding parts. When the result corresponds to the [b-12 PHD] of the pitch chart, performing the [PHD Refresh Configuration Check] of [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box] may improve image quality.

Checking for foreign objects or toner contamination in the paper transfer path Remove any foreign objects and clean the toner in the paper transfer path between the TRANSFER ASSY and the FUSER ASSY. Are there still toner spots during printing? Yes

No

END

1 - 148

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Yes

No

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY. Reset the FUSER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value.

No

Yes Replace the printer.

END

1 - 149

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 94 Afterimage (Ghost)

Afterimage

Wsb02020KA

Mnt01114KA

Checking the error mode Does the afterimage occur when copying? Yes Checking the original Is the original color clean?

No

No

Yes

Change the original.

Checking the Afterimage(Ghost). Print the [Ghost Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. Does an afterimage still appear on the printout? Yes

No

END

Negative Ghost

Positive Ghost

Adjusting the printer setting Decrease the value of [Adjust BTR (Paper Type)] of the [Adjust BTR] in the [Maintenance] of the [Admin Menu]. Does an after image still appear on the printout? Yes

No

Checking the PHD ASSY installation Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does an after image still appear on the printout? Yes

No

END END
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. Does an after image still appear on the printout? Yes No

Replace the printer.

END
Checking after replacing the LED ASSY ERASE Replace the LED ASSY ERASE. (Removal 15/Replacement 39) Does an afterimage still appear on the printout? Yes

No

Replace the printer.

END

1 - 150

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 95 Grey Background

Mnt01115KA

Checking the error mode Does the background page occur when copying?

No

Yes

Checking the Grey background. Print the Gradation page. Is there grey background during printing? No

No

Checking the original Is the original color clean?

Yes

Yes

Change the original.

Printing data is incorrect, then check the printing data which the problem generated.

Checking the printing Print the Windows test page after printing the color photograph or picture. (If the color photograph or picture printing is impossible, print the [4 Colors Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box].) Is there background (fog) during printing? Yes

No

END

Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is there background (fog) during printing? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Yes

No

Replace the printer.

END

1 - 151

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 96 Skew
Tray is recommended for paper feeding because sheets fed via SSF is prone to skew depending on how the sheet is placed of SSF.

Mnt01116KA

Checking paper Check that new dry recommended paper which matches printer specifications is being used and replace as necessary. Are images still skewed during printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the front cover latch and PHD ASSY after installation After opening and closing the front cover, reinstall the PHD ASSY. Are images still skewed during printing after installation? Yes

No

END

Checking the paper feeding tray Is the skewed paper fed from the SSF?

No

Yes

Use the Tray Feeder .

Tray 1 and paper check Remove CASSETTE ASSY 250 from the printer and reinsert the paper. Check that the side and end guides are adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE ASSY 250. If incorrect, readjust as necessary. Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 into the printer. Are images still skewed during printing? Yes

No

END

Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path and check the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path. Reset the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY. Are images still skewed during printing? Yes

No

END

Replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52)

1 - 152

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 97 Paper damage


Tray is recommended for paper feeding because sheets fed via SSF is prone to skew depending on how the sheet is placed on SSF.

Mnt01117KA

Checking the printer environment Check that the printer is in a room where air conditioner is operating. If the air conditioner is not operating, turn it on or move the printer to a room with an air conditioner. Are printouts still wrinkled or damaged after turning on the air conditioner? Yes

No

END

Check that new dry recommended paper which matches printer specifications is being used and replace as necessary. Is the printout still wrinkled or damaged? Yes

No

END

Checking the front cover latch and check the PHD ASSY and FUSER ASSY installation After opening and closing the front cover, reseat the PHD ASSY and the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Do work only after the FUSER unit has cooled to room temperature. After reseating, is the printout still wrinkled or damaged? Yes

No

END

Checking the paper feeding tray Is the damaged paper fed from the SSF? Yes

No

Is the SSF feeding the envelope? Yes

No

Use the Tray Feeder.

The envelope was inserted with the flap closed, air vacuumed, and shot edge facing toward the printer.

Tray 1 and paper check Remove CASSETTE ASSY 250 from the printer and reinsert the paper. Check that the side and end guides are adjusted correctly in the CASSETTE ASSY 250. If incorrect, readjust as necessary. Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 into the printer. Is the printout still wrinkled or damaged? Yes

No

END

1 - 153

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path and check the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path. Reseat the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY. Is the printout still wrinkled or damaged? Yes

No

END

Replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52)

1 - 154

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 98 Unfusing

Mnt01118KA

Checking paper Check that new dry recommended paper which matches printer specifications is being used and replace as necessary. Are images still not fixed to the printout? Yes

No

END

Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value. (Refer to the Tech Sheet).

1 - 155

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 99 Color registration (Color shift)


- Troubleshooting of a control system

ABCDEabcde12345

Mnt01119KA

Checking the Color registration. Print a Windows test chart after turning the power off and on. Does color shift occur on the printout? Yes

No

Check the print data which the problem generated.

Checking paper and front cover latch Check that new dry recommended paper which matches printer specifications is being used and replace as necessary. Then, open and close the front cover before printing. Does color shift occur on the printout? Yes

No

END

Checking after reseating the PHD UNIT Reseat the PHD UNIT. Does the banding error appear on the printed material when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the printing (Color Registration Check) Print the [Alignment Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. Does the color registration appear on the printed material when printing? Yes

No

END

1 - 156

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Adjusting the color registration automatically Check that the Auto Registration Adjustments checkbox of the [Registration Adjustment] in [Maintenance] tab of [Tool Box] is checked . Press the [Auto Correct] button to stat the auto color registration adjustment. After adjustment is completed, press the [Color Regi Chart] button to print the auto registration adjustment result. Does the color registration appear on the printed material when printing? Yes

No

END

Adjusting the color registration manually Uncheck the checkbox of the Auto Registration Adjustments of the [Registration Adjustment] in [Printer Maintenance] tab of [Tool Box]. Adjust the color registration by [Color Registration Adjustment (Lateral)] and/ or [Color Registration Adjustment (Process)] several times. After the adjustment are completed, press [Restart printer to apply new settings] button. Does the color registration appear on the printed material when printing? Yes

No

END

Replace the printer.

1 - 157

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting - Troubleshooting of a paper feeding system

Mnt05100KA

Mnt05101KA

paper feeding is late.

paper feeding is early.

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Does the error appear on the printed material when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.) Does the error appear on the printed material when printing? Yes

No

END

Replace the printer.

1 - 158

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 100 Noise :When power is turned on.

Checking the PHD ASSY and the FUSER ASSY installation Reseat the PHD ASSY and the FUSER ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer when turning on the power? Yes

No

END

Checking the noise Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Main Motor Operation Check] of [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box]. Yes

No

Checking the PHD ASSY sealing tape After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove the PHD ASSY from the printer. Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing tape that may be left on the PHD ASSY. Then, install the PHD ASSY into the printer. If the tape is found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the printer immediately, change the PHD ASSY to another one. Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on? Yes

Checking the noise Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Fuser Motor Operation Check] of [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box]. Yes No Replace the FUSER ASSY (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) and initialize the Fuser Life counter. (Refer to the Tech Sheet).

No

END

END

Replace the PHD ASSY.

1 - 159

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 101 Noise During standby

Does the noise arise after the power is turned OFF and ON?

No

Yes

END

Checking the FAN Does the noise arise from the Fan? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1E] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Yes

No

Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43.)

Replace the FAN. (Refer to Removal 40/ Replacement 14.)

1 - 160

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 102 Noise During printing


Work before troubleshooting. Check the sealing tape on the PHD ASSY. if there is the sealing tape, remove it.

Checking the Duplex Does the noise arise when feeding the paper from the Duplex? Yes

No

Checking the paper feeding Does the noise arise from the printer when the paper is fed from the Tray 1 or Tray 2? Yes

No

Check that the position of the SSF side guides and the paper insertion is correct and reset as necessary. Check that new dry recommended paper is being used and replace as necessary.

Checking paper Check that new dry recommended paper which matches printer specifications is being used and replace as necessary. Does noise occur during printing when paper is transferred from Tray 1? Yes

No

END

Replace the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY. (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52.)

Checking the DUPLEX ASSY for installation Reseat the DUPLEX ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Yes

No

END

Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP. (Refer to Removal 57/ Replacement 57)

1 - 161

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 103 Electrical Noise

Checking the external noise Are there any other electrical appliances within 3 meters form the printer, such as generators, radio and appliances with motors? Either turn off the other electrical appliances, or relocate the printer at least 6 meters away from other appliances. Does the electrical noise error still occur? Yes

No

END

Checking the AC ground Is AC power supply outlet wired and grounded appropriately?

No

Yes

Request the client to fix AC power supply outlet.

Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the electrical noise error still occur? Yes

No

END

Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the electrical noise error still occur? Yes

No

END

Reseat the PWBA HVPS. (Refer to Removal 47/ Replacement 7).

1 - 162

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 104 AC

Checking the printer Does the motor noise arise when turning off and on the power? During this test, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Go to FIP-DC

Checking the outlet and power cord Plug the power cord into another outlet. Do not plug it into an open socket on the same outlet. Reconnect after unplugging the power cord from the printer. Does monitor noise occur when the power is turned on? Yes

No

END

Checking the connector of MAIN SWITCH for connection Disconnect the power cord and wait for one minute. Reconnect the connector of MAIN SWITCH. Does the printer operate normally? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43.)

1 - 163

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 105 DC

Checking the printer Does the motor noise arise when turning off and on the power? During this test, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Yes

No

Go to FIP-AC.

Checking the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL Are characters displayed on the LCD of the CONSOL ASSY PANEL?

No

Yes

Checking after replacing the CONSOLE PANEL Reseat the CONSOLE PANEL Does the printer operate normally? Yes

No

END

Replace thePWBA ESS and the PWBA MCU.

END

1 - 164

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 106 Multiple Feed

Check that new dry recommended paper which matches printer specifications is being used and replace as necessary. Does multi feed occur when printing? Yes

No

END

Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED and SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY for rotation Does the ROLL ASSY FEED and SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY rotate smoothly and operate correctly? Yes

No

END

Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED (Refer to Removal 50/ Replacement 4) and/or HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52).

1 - 165

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Flows 107 Control Panel Freezes

Checking the operating environment. Is the printer connected to the Network?

No

Yes

Replace the Printer.

Checking the IP address. Can you change the IP address?

No

Yes

Checking the internet connectivity. Is there any internet connection available for your PC?

No

Yes

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12)

Updating the firmware to the latest version. Download the latest version of the firmware from the DELL Support Website, and execute the update. NOTE: Before updating the firmware to the latest version, reset the error following the steps of procedure described below. In addition, update the firmware by way of a USB storage. 1) Remove the network cable. 2) Connect the USB cable. 3) Turn the power off and on. Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12) Changing the IP address. Contact your system administrator for obtaining a new IP address. Refer to Reference_1 for details of how to change the IP address. Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on? Yes

No

END

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12)

1 - 166

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Reference_1:Changing the IP address 1) Remove the network cable, and power off the printer and then on 2) Change the IP address on the Control Panel. 3) Plug the network cable back into the printer, and then turn the power on. 4) On the Control Panel, open [Admin] > [Network] > [TCP/IP], and confirm that the IP address has been changed.

1 - 167

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

3.2

Troubleshooting for the repair center

FIP-1. 1 001-360 Restart Printer


Step Check Possible causative parts: FAN (PL8.1.1) PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) PWBA FAN (PL8.2.20) HARN ASSY LVPS2 (PL9.1.3) HARN ASSY MCU HAN (PL9.1.13) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the FAN for rotation Does the FAN function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1E or DO-1F] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Check the connection between the FAN and PWBA . Is P/J510 on PWBA FAN connected correctly? Go to step 2. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43 / Replacement 11.) End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

Go to step 5.

Reconnect the connector P/J510 correctly, then go to step 4.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Check the connection between the PWBA FAN and the PWBA LVPS Is P/J 520 on the PWBA FAN and P/J503 on the PWBA LVPS connected correctly? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Check the connection between the PWBA FAN and the PWBA MCU Is P/J 530 on the PWBA FAN and P/J30 on the PWBA MCU connected correctly? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 5.

End of work. Reconnect the connector P/J 520 and P/J 503 correctly, then go to step 6. End of work. Reconnect the connector P/J 530 and P/J 30 correctly, then go to step 8. End of work.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 9.

Go to step 9.

1 - 168

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Check the connections between the PWBA LVPS and PWBA MCU. Are P/J501 and P/J14 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J501 and P/J14 correctly, then go to step 10. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 11.

10

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY LVPS2 for continuity Disconnect J501 from the PWBA LVPS. Disconnect J14 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of J501 <=> J14 continuous? Checking the HARN ASSY MCU HAN for continuity Disconnect the P/J 530 from the PWBA FAN. Disconnect the P/J 30 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of P/J 530 <=> P/J 30 continuous? Checking the power to the FAN Disconnect J503 from the PWBA LVPS. Is the voltage across P503-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA LVPS, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed?

Go to step 11.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY LVPS2. Replace the HARN ASSY MCU HAR.

11

Go to step 12.

12

Go to step 13.

13

Replace the FAN. (Refer to Removal 40/ Replacement 14.)

Go to step 14.

14

Checking after replacing the PWBA FAN Replace the PWBA FAN. (Refer to Removal 12/ Replacement 42.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PWBA LVPS Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 15.

End of work.

15

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

1 - 169

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 2 003-340 Restart Printer


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 Does the error still occur after several ON/OFF procedures of the power? Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. End of work. *1 Upgrade the firmware, then go to step 3. End of work. *1 Check Remedy Yes No

Go to step 4.

Go to Electrical Noise.

End of work.

*1: Though some kind of foreign noise would be possible cause, go to FIP Electrical Noise in Other FIP and check, to make sure.

1 - 170

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 3 003-356 Restart Printer


If the error occurred after replacing the PWBA MCU, transfer the internal data of the old PWBA MCU to a new one.

Step

Check Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23) TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24) HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (PL5.1.26) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) PWBA EEPROM (XPRO) (PL8.2.16) HARN ASSY PHD XPRO (PL9.1.11)

Remedy Yes No

Does the error still occur after several ON/OFF procedures of the power? Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY and TONER CARTRIDGEs Reseat the PHD ASSY and four TONER CARTRIDGEs. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection Are the following connectors connected correctly? - P/J311 on the Toner CRUM (Y) - P/J312 on the Toner CRUM (M) - P/J313 on the Toner CRUM (C) - P/J314 on the Toner CRUM (K) - P/J31 on the PWBA MCU - P/J42 on the PWBA MCU - P/J144 on the PWBA EEPROM (XPRO) - P/J422 on the PHD ASSY
P/J422

Go to step 2.

End of work. *1

Go to step 3.

End of work. *1

Go to step 4.

End of work. *1

4
P/J144 P/J42

Go to step 6.

P/J314 P/J313 P/J312 P/J311

Reconnect the connector(s) P/J 311 to P/J314, P/ J31, P/J42, P/ J144 and/or P/ J422 correctly, then go to step 5.

P/J31

Wsb01004KA

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 6.

End of work.

1 - 171

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity Disconnect J311 from the Toner CRUM (Y). Disconnect J312 from the Toner CRUM (M). Disconnect J313 from the Toner CRUM (C). Disconnect J314 from the Toner CRUM (K). Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of J311 to J314 <=> J31 continuous? 6 Go to step 7. Replace the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM. Remedy Yes No

Checking the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO for continuity Disconnect J42 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J144 from the PWBA EEPROM (XPRO). Disconnect P422 from the PHD ASSY. Is each cable of J42 <=> J144 and P422 continuous? Replace the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO.

Go to step 8.

Checking the power to the PWBA EEPROM (XPRO) Disconnect J42 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P42-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Replace the PWBA EEPROM (XPRO).

Go to step 9.

Go to Electrical Noise.

End of work.

*1: Though some kind of foreign noise would be possible cause, go to FIP Electrical Noise in Other FIP and check, to make sure.

1 - 172

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 4 004-310 Restart Printer


Step Check Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 250 OPTION FEEDER (PL12.1.1) PWBA FEED H (PL12.2.1) HARN ASSY TRAY (PL12.3.23) 1 2 Checking the Optional Feeder for installation Is the Optional Feeder installed correctly? Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON? Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and PWBA MCU. Are P/J27, P/J273, and P/J419 connected surely? Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TRAY for continuity Disconnect P/J419 from the PWBA FEED H. Disconnect P/J273 from the HARN ASSY OPTION. Is each cable of P/J419 <=> P/J273 continuous? Checking the HARN ASSY OPTION for continuity Disconnect P/J27 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P/J273 from the HARN ASSY TRAY. Is each cable of P/J27 <=> P/J273 continuous? Checking after replacing the PWBA FEED H Replace the PWBA FEED H. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON? Checking after replacing the 250 OPTION FEEDER Replace the 250 OPTION FEEDER. (Refer to Removal 58/ Replacement 58.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON? Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Reseat the Optional Feeder, then go to step 2. End of work. Reconnect the connector(s) P/J27, P/J273 and/or P/J419 surely, then go to step 4. End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TRAY. Replace the HARN ASSY OPTION. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 5.

4 5

Go to step 5. Go to step 6.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 8. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

End of work.

1 - 173

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 5 004-311 Restart Printer


Step Check Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (PL1.2.13) HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.2.20) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY DUP (PL11.1.14) PWBA DUP (PL11.1.16) 1 2 Checking the Option Duplex for installation Is the Option Duplex installed correctly? Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON? Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA DUP and PWBA MCU. Are P/J27, P/J271, P/J272 and P/J 601 connected surely? Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON? Checking the HARNESS ASSY DUP for continuity Disconnect P/J601 from the PWBA DUP. Disconnect P/J272 from the HARNESS ASSY DUP RELAY. Is each cable of P/J601 <=> P/J272 continuous? Checking the HARNESS ASSY DUP RELAY for continuity Disconnect P/J271 from the HARN ASSY OPTION. Disconnect P/J 272 from the HARNESS ASSY DUP. Is each cable of P/J271 <=> P/J272 continuous? Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE AIO for continuity Disconnect P/J272 from the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER. Disconnect P/J27 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of P/J272 <=> P/J27 continuous? Checking after replacing the PWBA DUP Replace the PWBA DUP. Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON? Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Reseat the Option Duplex, then go to step 2. End of work. Reconnect the connector(s) P/J27, P/J271, P/J272 and/or P/J 601 surely, then go to step 4. End of work Replace the HARNESS ASSY DUP. Replace the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER. Replace the HARN ASSY OPTION. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 5.

4 5

Go to step 5. Go to step 6.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 8.

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

1 - 174

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 6 006-370 Restart Printer


Step Check Possible causative parts: ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) HARN ASSY ROS RE (PL4.1.22) HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO (PL4.1.23) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the ROS ASSY Reseat the ROS ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA MCU. Are P/J40, P/J41, P/J411 and P/J412 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J40, P/J41, P/J411 and/or P/J412 correctly, then go to step 5. Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 6.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY ROS RE for continuity Disconnect P/J40 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P/J411 from the ROS ASSY. Is each cable of J40 <=> J411 continuous? Checking the HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO for continuity Disconnect J41 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J412 from the ROS ASSY. Is each cable of J41 <=> J412 continuous? Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 6.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY ROS RE. Replace the HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 8. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

1 - 175

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 7 007-340 Restart Printer


Step Check Possible causative parts: DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY MAIN MOT (PL9.1.7) 1 Does the error occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Main Motor for rotation Does the Main Motor function normally? Checked by the [Main Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Checking the connectors of the MAIN MOTOR for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Are P/J21 and P/J211 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J21 and/or P/J211 correctly, then go to step 5. Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 6.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT for continuity Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Is each cable of J21 <=> J211 continuous? Checking after reseating the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Reseat the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Are the voltages across J21-2pin/J21-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed?

Go to step 6.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 8. Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Refer to Removal 32/ Replacement 22.)

End of work. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 176

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 8 007-341 Restart Printer


Step Check Possible causative parts: DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY SUB MOT (PL9.1.8) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY and PHD ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY and PHD ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has Go to step 3. cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Sub Motor for rotation Does the Sub Motor function normally? Checked by the [Fuser Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Checking the connectors of the SUB MOTOR for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY SUB. Are P/J22 and P/J221 connected correctly? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 6.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J22 and/or P/J221 correctly, then go to step 5.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY SUB MOT for continuity Disconnect J22 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J221 from the DRIVE ASSY SUB. Is each cable of J22 <=> J221 continuous? Checking after reseating the DRIVE ASSY SUB Reseat the DRIVE ASSY SUB. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY SUB Disconnect J22 from the PWBA MCU. Are the voltages across J22-2pin/J22-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed?

Go to step 6.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY SUB MOT.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 8. Replace the DRIVE ASSY SUB. (Refer to Removal 33/ Replacement 21.)

End of work. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 177

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 9 007-371/007-372 Restart Printer


Step Check Possible causative parts: DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the K Mode Solenoid (Color Mode Switching Solenoid) for operation Does the K Mode Solenoid function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-13] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Does the K Mode Solenoid click sound arise from the DRIVE ASSY PH, when the K Mode Solenoid check is performed? Checking after reseating the DRIVE ASSY PH Reseat the DRIVE ASSY PH. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connector of the K Mode Solenoid in the DRIVE ASSY PH for connection Check the connection between the PWBA MCU and K Mode Solenoid. Is P/J24 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector P/J24 correctly, then go to step 5. Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 8.

End of work.

Go to step 6.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the power to the K Mode Solenoid Disconnect J24 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P24-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the K Mode Solenoid for resistance Disconnect P/J24 from the PWBA MCU. Is the resistance across J24-1 and J24-2 about 80 to 110ohm?

Go to step 6.

End of work. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the DRIVE ASSY PH. (Refer to Removal 31/ Replacement 23.)

Go to step 7.

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 178

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the connectors of the K Mode Sensor in the DRIVE ASSY PH for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and K Mode Sensor. Are P/J26 and P/J261 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J26 and/or P/ J261correctly, then go to step 9. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 10.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL for continuity Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J261 from the K Mode Sensor. Is each cable of J26 <=> J261 continuous? Checking the power to the K Mode Sensor Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P26-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the K Mode Sensor for operation Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH from the printer once, but P/ J261 and P/J24 should be connected. Enter the [Digital Input] - [K Mode SNR] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Does the voltage change, when a piece of paper is inserted into the gap of the K Mode Sensor?

Go to step 10.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the DRIVE ASSY PH. (Refer to Removal 31/ Replacement 23.)

10

Go to step 11.

11

Go to step 12.

12

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 179

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 10 009-340 Restart Printer (Yellow Toner)


Step Check Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1) FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2) MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3) TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24) HARN ASSY TNR MOT (PL5.1.25) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking the protection sheet staying Is there the protection sheet on the PHD ASSY? Remedy Yes No

Remove the protection sheet.

Go to step 2.

Checking the CTD (ADC) Sensor Window Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Is the CTD (ADC) Sensor window dirty?
ADCSensorwindow

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Rio01012KA

Turn off the power, and gently wipe the CTD (ADC) Sensor window with a clean dry cloth or cotton swab. After wiping the window, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

End of work.

1 - 180

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1F] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY for shape and operation Are the shape and operation of the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY normal? Remedy Yes No

Go to step 6.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 11.

Replace the defective gear(s) or DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

Gear
Rio01014KA

Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP). Are P/J18 and P/J181 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J18 and/or P/J181 surly, then go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J181 from the TNR (Y) MOT. Is each cable of J18 <=> J181 continuous? Checking the power to TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P18-3pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed. Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 9.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TNR MOT. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 10. Replace the MOTOR ASSY DISP or FRAME ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.) Go to step 12.

10

11

End of work.

1 - 181

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Remedy Yes No

12

Go to step 13.

End of work.

13

Go to step 14.

End of work.

14

Replace the CTD (ADC) Sensor or TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

End of work.

1 - 182

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 11 009-340 Restart Printer (Magenta Toner)


Step Check Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1) FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2) MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23) HARN ASSY TNR MOT (PL5.1.25) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking the protection sheet staying Is there the protection sheet on the PHD UNIT? Remedy Yes No

Remove the protection sheet.

Go to step 2.

Checking the CTD (ADC) Sensor Window Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Is the CTD (ADC) Sensor window dirty?
ADCSensorwindow

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Rio01012KA

Turn off the power, and gently wipe the CTD (ADC) Sensor window with a clean dry cloth or cotton swab. After wiping the window, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

End of work.

1 - 183

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-21] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY for shape and operation Are the shape and operation of the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY normal? 6 Go to step 11. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 6.

Go to step 7.

Replace the defective gear(s) or DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

Gear
Rio01016KA

Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP). Are P/J18 and P/J182 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J18 and/or P/J182 surly, then go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J182 from the TNR (M) MOT. Is each cable of J18 <=> J182 continuous? Checking the power to TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P18-8pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed. Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 9.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TNR MOT. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 10. Replace the MOTOR ASSY DISP or FRAME ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.) Go to step 12.

10

11

End of work.

1 - 184

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Remedy Yes No

12

Go to step 13.

End of work.

13

Go to step 14.

End of work.

14

Replace the CTD (ADC) Sensor or TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

End of work.

1 - 185

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 12 009-340 Restart Printer (Cyan Toner)


Step Check Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1) FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2) MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22) HARN ASSY TNR MOT (PL5.1.25) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking the protection sheet staying Is there the protection sheet on the PHD UNIT? Remedy Yes No

Remove the protection sheet.

Go to step 2.

Checking the CTD (ADC) Sensor Window Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Is the CTD (ADC) Sensor window dirty?
ADCSensorwindow

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Rio01012KA

Turn off the power, and gently wipe the CTD (ADC) Sensor window with a clean dry cloth or cotton swab. After wiping the window, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

End of work.

1 - 186

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-23] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY for shape and operation Are the shape and operation of the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY normal? Remedy Yes No

Go to step 6.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 11.

Replace the defective gear(s) or DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

Gear
Rio01018KA

Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP). Are P/J19 and P/J191 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J19 and/or P/J191 surly, then go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity Disconnect J19 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J191 from the TNR (C) MOT. Is each cable of J19 <=> J191 continuous? Checking the power to TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) Disconnect J19 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P19-4pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed. Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 9.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TNR MOT. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 10. Replace the MOTOR ASSY DISP or FRAME ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.) Go to step 12.

10

11

End of work.

1 - 187

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Remedy Yes No

12

Go to step 13.

End of work.

13

Go to step 14.

End of work.

14

Replace the CTD (ADC) Sensor or TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

End of work.

1 - 188

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 13 009-340 Restart Printer (Black Toner)


Step Check Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1) FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2) MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3) TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21) HARN ASSY TNR MOT (PL5.1.25) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking the protection sheet staying Is there the protection sheet on the PHD UNIT? Remedy Yes No

Remove the protection sheet.

Go to step 2.

Checking the CTD (ADC) Sensor Window Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Is the CTD (ADC) Sensor window dirty?
ADCSensorwindow

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Rio01012KA

Turn off the power, and gently wipe the CTD (ADC) Sensor window with a clean dry cloth or cotton swab. After wiping the window, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

End of work.

1 - 189

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-25] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY for shape and operation Are the shape and operation of the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY normal? Remedy Yes No

Go to step 6.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 11.

Replace the defective gear(s) or DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

Gear
Rio01020KA

Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP). Are P/J19 and P/J192 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J19 and/or P/J192 surly, then go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity Disconnect J19 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J192 from the TNR (K) MOT. Is each cable of J19 <=> J192 continuous? Checking the power to TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) Disconnect J19 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P19-9pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed. Checking after reseating the PHD UNIT Reseat the PHD UNIT. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 9.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TNR MOT. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 10. Replace the MOTOR ASSY DISP or FRAME ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.) Go to step 12.

10

11

End of work.

1 - 190

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Remedy Yes No

12

Go to step 13.

End of work.

13

Go to step 14.

End of work.

14

Replace the CTD (ADC) Sensor or TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

End of work.

1 - 191

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 14 010-317 Restart Printer


Step Check Possible causative parts: FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) HARN ASSY FUSER2 (PL6.1.2) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection Remove the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and FUSER ASSY. Are P/J17 and P/J171 connected correctly? 2 Go to step 4. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 2.

End of work.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J17 and/or P/J171 correctly, then go to step 3.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY FUSER2 for continuity Remove the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of J17 <=> P171 continuous? NOTE: P171 is attached to the frame.

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

Replace the HARN ASSY FUSER2.

1 - 192

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the resistances of Temp. Sensor in the FUSER ASSY Remove the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Check the resistances across the following pins of the removed FUSER ASSY. J171-5pin <=> J171-4pin J171-6pin <=> J171-8pin J171-6pin <=> J171-7pin Can the resistances be measured? (The resistances are 7 k-ohm at 180 degrees C). Remedy Yes No

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) After replacement , be sure to clear the life counter value.

1 - 193

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 15 010-351 Restart Printer


Step Possible causative parts: FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) After replacement , be sure to clear the life counter value. Check Remedy Yes No

Checking the life counter value of the FUSER ASSY Does the life counter value show the near of the end?

Go to step 2.

Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value.

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

1 - 194

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 16 010-354 Restart Printer


Step Check Possible causative parts: SENSOR HUM (PL8.2.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY HUM (PL9.1.6) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the SENSOR HUM Reseat the SENSOR HUM. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY HUM for continuity Disconnect J20 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J201 from the SENSOR HUM. Is each cable of J20 <=> J201 continuous? Replace the HARN ASSY HUM. Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Go to step 4.

Checking the power to SENSOR HUM Disconnect the connector of J20 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P20-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +5 VDC?

Replace the SENSOR HUM. (Refer to Removal 19/ Replacement 35.)

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 195

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 17 010-377 Restart Printer


Step Check Possible causative parts: FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) HARN ASSY FUSER2 (PL6.1.2) PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY LVPS2 (PL9.1.3) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection Remove the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU (P/J17) and FUSER ASSY (P/J171). Check the connections between the FUSER ASSY (P/J171) and PWBA LVPS (P/J47). Check the connections between the PWBA LVPS (P/J501 and P/J502) and PWBA MCU (P/J14 and P/J15). Are these connectors connected correctly? Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

"Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J17, P/J47, P/ J171, P/J501, P/ J502, P/J14 and/ or P/J15 correctly, then go to step 4."

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY FUSER2 for continuity Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J47 from the PWBA LVPS. Is each cable of J17 and J47 <=> P171 continuous? NOTE: P171 is attached to the frame. Checking the HARN ASSY LVPS2 for continuity Disconnect J14 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J501 from the PWBA LVPS. Is each cable of J14 <=> J501 continuous?

Go to step 5.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY FUSER2. Replace the HARN ASSY LVPS2.

Go to step 6.

Go to step 7.

1 - 196

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value. Remedy Yes No

Replace the PWBA MCU (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

1 - 197

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 18 Ready to Print 010-421


Step Possible causative parts: FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 Checking the FUSER ASSY for installation Is the FUSER ASSY installed correctly? Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON? Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON? NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value. Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Reseat the FUSER ASSY, then go step 2. End of work. Check Remedy Yes No

End of work

1 - 198

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 19 016-300/016-301/016-302/016-313/016-315/016-317/016-323/016-327/016-340/ 016-344/016-345/016-346/016-347 Restart Printer


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) 1 Checking the error code. Error code is 016-317 or 016-340? Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell support website, and update the firmware with "F/W Download DL Mode" .(Refer to Refernce_1.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Check whether the version of the firmware is the latest, referring to the Printer Information via the Tool Box. Checked by [Printer Information] of the [Printer Settings Report] tab in Tool Box. For the latest version information, refer to the Dell Support Web Site. Is the firmware the latest version? Reference_1: 1. Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer via USB port (remove the network cable). Then, try downloading as follows: 1) Power on the printer while pressing the <X Cancel> and <3> buttons. 2) The printer goes into the Download Mode with a message "Download Mode Ready". Then, activate firmware update tool and follow the instruction displayed. Go to step 2. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Go to step 3. Check Remedy Yes No

End of work.

Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell Support Web Site.

While the firmware download is being executed, the printer displays a message "Writing...USB F/W" and the computer displays a progress bar and may be restarted during the downloading process. Never power off the printer or the computer until the downloading process completes, and never interrupt the downloading process.

1 - 199

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 20 016-316/016-318 Restart Printer


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) Memory Card (Option) 1 Is the customer using the recommended memory card? Checking the Memory Card installation. Reseat the Memory Card. Does the error still occur when turning on the power? Checking after reseating the Memory Card. Replace the Memory Card. Does the error still occur when turning on the power? Go to step 2. Replace to the recommended memory card. End of work. Check Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

End of work.

1 - 200

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 21 016-338 Restart Printer


Step Check Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (PL8.1.16) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER installation Reseat the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER Replace the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

End of work.

1 - 201

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 22 016-365 Restart Printer


Step Check Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER (PL8.1.18) 1 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Network Protocol Adapter Is the Network Protocol Adapter installed? Checking after reseating the Network Protocol Adapter Reseat the Network Protocol Adapter. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Checking after replacing the Network Protocol Adapter Replace the Network Protocol Adapter. (Refer to Removal 56/Replacement 56.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. End of work. Install the Network Protocol Adapter. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 4. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

End of work.

1 - 202

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 23 016-370 Restart Printer


Step Check Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY ESS (PL9.1.1) 1 Checking the error. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell support website, and update the firmware with "F/W Download DL Mode". (Refer to Refernce_1.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS and PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA ESS and PWBA MCU. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and PWBA ESS. Are P/J10 and P/J101 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J10 and/or P/J101 correctly, then go to step 5. Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 6.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY ESS for continuity Disconnect J10 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J101 from the PWBA ESS. Is each cable of J10 <=> J101 continuous? Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Reference_1:

Go to step 6.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY ESS.

Go to step 7. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

End of work.

1. Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer via USB port (remove the network cable). Then, try downloading as follows: 1) Power on the printer while pressing the <X Cancel> and <3> buttons. 2) The printer goes into the Download Mode with a message "Download Mode Ready". Then, activate firmware update tool and follow the instruction displayed.

1 - 203

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting While the firmware download is being executed, the printer displays a message "Writing...USB F/W" and the computer displays a progress bar and may be restarted during the downloading process. Never power off the printer or the computer until the downloading process completes, and never interrupt the downloading process.

1 - 204

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 24 Invalid ID 016-383 / Range Chk Error 016-384 / Header Error 016-385 / Check Sum Error 016-386 / Protection Error 016-391 / Erase Flash Err. 016-392 / Write Flash Err. 016-393 / Verify Error 016-394
Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) 1 Checking the download file Was the file for 2130cn downloaded? Checking the connection between PC and printer Are your PC and the printer correctly connected by USB or LAN? Disconnect and reconnect the USB or network cable. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking re-downloading the correct file for 2130cn Re-download the correct file from Dell web site. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. Re-download the correct file. Check Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Go to step 4. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

End of work.

End of work.

1 - 205

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 25 Out of Memory 016-700


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) 1 Checking the memory capacity for print Print the small size file (like a Windows test print). Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 2. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Divide the printing job. Check Remedy Yes No

End of work.

1 - 206

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 26 PDL Request 016-720


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) 1 Checking the printing job Print the small size file (like a Windows test print). Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 2. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) End of work. Check Remedy Yes No

End of work.

1 - 207

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 27 Invalid User 016-757


Step Possible causative parts: Checking your account registration Is your account registered in your network? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking connection Is your PC surely connected with the printer via network? Does the error still occur when printing? Request the registration to your system administrator, then go to step 2. End of work. Connect your PC with printer surely, then go to step 4. End of work. Check Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

2 3

Go to step 3. Consult your system administrator. Consult your system administrator.

1 - 208

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 28 Disabled Func 016-758


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) 1 2 Checking the power of the printer Is the power of the printer turned ON? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking your operation Is the operation that you did an available function for 2130cn? Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Turn ON the power of the printer, and go to step 2. End of work. Inquire to your system administrator, or check this operation by the User Guide. Connect your PC with printer surely, then go to step 5. End of work. Check Remedy Yes No

Go to step 4.

4 5

Checking connection Is your PC surely connected with the printer? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Does the error still occur when printing?

Go to step 6. Go to step 6. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

End of work.

1 - 209

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 29 Reached Limit 016-759


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) 1 2 3 Check the [Dell ColorTrack] setting Reset to 50 or less Does the value of [User Registration] exceed the limitation? and go to step 2. Maximum user is 50. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the PWBA ESS installation Reseat the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12) Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 3. Replace the PWBA ESS. Go to step 3. End of work. End of work. Check Remedy Yes No

1 - 210

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 30 Invalid Job 016-799


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) 1 2 3 Checking the paper size Does the paper size in use meet the specifications? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the paper size setup Does the using paper size match the printer setup value? Setup the paper size through your PC. Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Go to step 5. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 2. End of work. Go to step 4. Check Remedy Yes No

End of work.

Checking the printing job Does the error still occur when printing the Windows test print?

Check that the printing data is correct.

1 - 211

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 31 Disk Full 016-980

Step

Check Possible causative parts: PWBA CONT AIO (PL10.6.6)

Remedy Yes No

Checking the file data in the printer Print or clear the stored files and data at the printer memory. Go to step 2. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the memory capacity for print Print the small size file (like a Windows test page). Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reseating the MEMORY CARD Reseat the MEMORY CARD. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the memory capacity. Is the memory capacity recognized normally? Checked by [Config Page] of [Print information] in diagnosis. Checking after replacing the MEMORY CARD Replace the MEMORY CARD. Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 3.

End of work. Add the MEMORY CARD or divide the printing job. End of work. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

Go to step 4.

Go to step 5.

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

End of work.

1 - 212

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 32 Collate Full 016-981


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) 1 Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Checking the printer memory size Does the error occur when printing with the Memory Card (Option) installed? RAM Disk size settings Does the error occur when printing after reducing the size setting of the RAM Disk? (See RAM Disk size settings in chapter 2) Go to step 2. End of work. Check Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

End of work.

End of work.

1 - 213

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 33 MCU Flash Error 024-360


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 Checking the error Does the error still occur when turning off the power? Checking the MCU firmware Is the download firmware the 2130cn? Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11) Does the error still occur? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/Replacement 12) End of work. Re-download the correct firmware. Check Remedy Yes No

End of work.

1 - 214

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 34 024-362 Restart Printer


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) 1 Checking the error Does the error still occur when turning off and on the power? Checking the PWBA ESS installation Reseat the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12) Does the error still occur when turning off and on the power? Go to step 2. End of work., if the error occurs again, go to step 2. Check Remedy Yes No

Replace the PWBA ESS.

End of work.

1 - 215

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 35 Check Paper Size 024-910


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 Checking the paper size Does the using paper size meet the specification? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the print data, paper (print media) and paper settings Check the followings. - Are the print data and the paper suitable? - Are the paper setting and paper suitable? - Are the paper setting and print data suitable? After checking, correct the incorrect item(s). Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a paper and the CASSETTE ASSY 250 Reload a correct paper into the CASSETTE ASSY 250. Reseat the CASSETTE ASSY 250 correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 2. End of work. Check Remedy Yes No

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

End of work.

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

End of work.

1 - 216

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 36 Check Paper Size 024-911


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 Checking the paper size Does the using paper size meet the specification? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the print data, paper (print media) and paper settings Check the followings. - Are the print data and the paper suitable? - Are the paper setting and paper suitable? - Are the paper setting and print data suitable? After checking, correct the incorrect item(s). Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a paper and the CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Option) Reload a correct paper into the CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Option). Reseat the CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Option) correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 2. End of work. Check Remedy Yes No

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

End of work.

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

End of work.

1 - 217

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 37 Check Paper Size 024-914


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 Checking the paper size Does the using paper size meet the specification? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the print data, paper (print media) and paper settings Check the followings. - Are the print data and the paper suitable? - Are the paper setting and paper suitable? - Are the paper setting and print data suitable? After checking, correct the incorrect item(s). Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 2. End of work. Check Remedy Yes No

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Reloading a correct paper to SSF Reload a correct paper to fill the paper setup. Does the error still occur when printing?

Replace the PWBA MCU (refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11), if not, replace the PWBA ESS (refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12).

End of work.

1 - 218

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 38 Load Tray 1 024-965


Step Check Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) ACTUATOR NO PAPER (PL3.2.19) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking the paper for loading and setting Check that the loaded paper meets the print job. Check that the paper setting to require the print job meets the specification. Does the error still occur after reloading the paper and chaging the paper settings that requires the print job? Checking the ACTUATOR NO PAPER for shape and operation Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 250 out. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER normal? Checking the Cassette No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 250 out. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR NO PAPER) of the Cassette No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-1] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Cassette No Paper Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J234 connected correctly? Remedy Yes No

Go to step 2.

End of work.

Go to step 3.

Reseat the ACTUATOR NO PAPER. If broken or deformed, replace the ACTUATOR NO PAPER.

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 4.

Go to step 5.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J234 correctly.

Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J234 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J234 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-9pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC?

Go to step 6.

Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 7.

1 - 219

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J23-11pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Does the voltage change, when the ACTUATOR NO PAPER is operated? Remedy Yes Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) No Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.

1 - 220

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 39 Load Tray 2 024-966


Step Check Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) PWBA FEED H (PL12.1.1) HARN ASSY TRAY COMP (PL12.2.20) SENSOR PHOTO (PL12.4.13) ACTUATOR NO PAPER (PL12.4.19) Checking the paper for loading and setting Check that the loaded paper meets the print job. Check that the paper setting to require the print job meets the specification. Does the error still occur after reloading the paper and chaging the paper settings that requires the print job? Checking the ACTUATOR NO PAPER for shape and operation Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Option) out. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER normal? Checking the Cassette No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Option) out. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR NO PAPER) of the Cassette No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-9] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Cassette No Paper Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J421 and P/J4212 connected correctly? Remedy Yes No

Go to step 2.

End of work.

Go to step 3.

Reseat the ACTUATOR NO PAPER. If broken or deformed, replace the ACTUATOR NO PAPER.

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 4.

Go to step 5.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J421 and/or P/ J4212 correctly.

Checking the HARN ASSY TRAY COMP for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J234 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J421 <=> J4212 continuous?

Go to step 6.

Replace the HARN ASSY TRAY COMP.

1 - 221

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J421 from the PWBA FEED H. Is the voltage across P421-9pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J421-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Does the voltage change, when the ACTUATOR NO PAPER is operated? Remedy Yes No Replace the PWBA FEED H. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.

Go to step 7.

Replace the PWBA FEED H. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 222

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 40 Load SSF 024-969 / Pause Feed SSF 024-985 / Check SSF 075-923
Step Check Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking the paper for loading and setting Check that the loaded paper meets the print job. Check that the paper setting to require the print job meets the specification. Does the error still occur after reloading the paper and chaging the paper settings that requires the print job? Checking after setting the guide sides of the SSF Reset the guide sides. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a paper to SSF Reload a correct paper to fill the paper setup. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the ACTUATOR SSI for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR SSI normal? Checking the SSF No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR SSI) of the SSF No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No Paper Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J233 connected correcly? 6 Go to step 8. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 2.

End of work.

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Go to step 4.

End of work. Reseat the ACTUATOR SSI. If broken or deformed, replace the ACTUATOR SSI.

Go to step 5.

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 6.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J233 correctly, then go to step 7.

7 8

Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J233 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J233 continuous?

Go to step 8. Go to step 9.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE.

1 - 223

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-6pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J23-8pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the ACTUATOR SSI is operated? Remedy Yes No Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 10.

10

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.

1 - 224

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 41 Over Heat 042-700


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the printer after cool down Does the error occur when printing after the printer has cooled down for five minutes? Checking the PWBA MCU for installation Reseat the PWBA MCU. Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 2. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) End of work. Check Remedy Yes No

End of work.

1 - 225

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 42 Paper Jam 071-100


Step Check Possible causative parts: CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1) HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) ACTUATOR REGI ROLL (PL3.2.8) ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY MAIN MOT (PL9.1.7) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9) 1 2 3 Checking the paper condition Is the paper in the Tray 1 wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper Reload a new paper in the Tray 1. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) for operation Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-16] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Checking the DRIVE ASSY PH for operation Does the ROLL ASSY FEED, ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate properly? Checke by [Digital Output] - [DO-16] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper feeding position Is the paper not fed from the Tray 1? Checking after resetting the Guide Sides and End Guide on the Tray 1 Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray 1 to the printer correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Go to step 4. Go to step 3. End of work. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 5.

End of work.

Go to step 6.

Go to step 19.

Go to step 7.

Reseat or replace the DRIVE ASSY PH. (Refer to Removal 31/ Replacement 23.) Go to step 12.

Go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

End of work.

1 - 226

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR on the Tray 1 for shape and rotation Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Is the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for shape and rotation Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Is the ROLL ASSY FEED not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI) for operation Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI) operate properly? Checke by [Digital Output] - [DO-13] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper lead edge staying position Does the paper lead edge stay before the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL? Remedy Yes No Replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52.) Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45.)

Go to step 10.

10

Go to step 11.

11

Replace the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Refer to Go to step 22. Removal 58/ Replacement 58.) The paper lead edge stay after the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL, then go to step 16.

12

Go to step 13.

13

Checking the paper transfer path between the ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY REGI. Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path?

Remove the obstacles or stains Go to step 14. from the paper transfer path. Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI IN. If broken or deformed, replace it.

14

Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the shape and operation. Go to step 15. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN normal? Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Checked by [Digital Input] - [DO-16] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for operation, and ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for rotation Enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab, and then enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-27] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Does the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) operate properly, and the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK).

15

Go to step 16.

Go to step 26.

16

Go to step 17.

Go to step 30.

1 - 227

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL normal? Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Checked by [Digital Input] - [DO-16] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor). Are P/J21 and P/J211 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J21 and/or P/J211 correctly. Remedy Yes No Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL. If broken or deformed, replace it with a new one.

17

Go to step 18.

18

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 26.

19

Go to step 20.

20

Checking the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT for continuity Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Is each cable of J21 <=> J211 continuous? Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Are the voltages across J21-2pin/J21-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED MSI (Cassette Feed Solenoid) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SOLENOID FEED MSI. Are P/J23 and P/J231 connected correctly?

Go to step 21. Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Refer to Removal 32/ Replacement 22.)

Replace the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

21

22

Go to step 23.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J231 correctly.

1 - 228

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P231 from the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Is each cable of J23 <=> P231 continuous? Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED MSI Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the SOLENOID FEED MSI for resistance Disconnect P/J231 of the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Is the resistance across J231-1 and J231-2 about 96 ohm? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly? Remedy Yes Go to step 24. No Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the SOLENOID FEED MSI. (Refer to Removal 35/ Replacement 19.)

23

24

Go to step 25.

25

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

26

Go to step 27.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly.

27

Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J232 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated?

Go to step 28.

Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

28

Go to step 29.

29

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.

1 - 229

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the connectors of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (Regi Clutch) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Are P/J26 and P/J262 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J26 and/or P/J262 correctly. Remedy Yes No

30

Go to step 31.

31

Checking the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL for continuity Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P262 from the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Is each cable of J26 <=> P262 continuous? Checking the power to the CLUTCH ASSY DRV Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P26-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the CLUTCH ASSY DRV for resistance Disconnect P/J262 of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Is the resistance across J262-1 and J262-2 approximately 280-ohm?

Go to step 32.

Replace the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. (Refer to Removal 30/ Replacement 24.)

32

Go to step 33.

33

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 230

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 43 Paper Jam 072-100 / Paper Jam 072-908


Step Check Possible causative parts: PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY TEAY MOT (PL12.2.2) CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL12.2.6) MOTOR ASSY SUB (PL12.2.16) ROLL ASSY FFED (PL12.4.4) SENSOR PHOTO (12.4.13) CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT (PL12.5.1) HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (12.5.5) 1 2 3 Checking the paper condition Is the paper in the Tray 2 wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper Reload a new paper in the Tray 2. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Go to step 4. Go to step 3. End of work. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 5.

End of work.

Checking the Paper Path Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the Go to step 6. actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-A] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the MOTOR ASSY SUB for operation Does the MOTOR ASSY SUB operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-17] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper feeding Is the paper fed from the Tray 2? Checking after resetting the Guide Sides and End Guide on the Tray 2 Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray2 to the printer correctly. Does the error still occur when printing?

Go to step 15.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 19.

Go to step 12.

Go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

End of work.

Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR on the Tray 2 for shape and rotation Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Go to step 10. Is the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR not contaminated and/ or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for shape and rotation Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Is the ROLL ASSY FEED not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly?

Replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 39/ Replacement 15.) Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45.)

10

Go to step 11.

1 - 231

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED) for operation Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-31] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the Feed Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for operation Does the Cassette Feed Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-33] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper lead edge staying position Does the paper lead edge stay before the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL? Checking the paper path Remove the Tray 1 and Tray 2 paper cassettes. Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path between the Tray 2 and the Regi Assy? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Paper Path Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA FFE D and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J420 and P/J4200 connected correctly? Checking the HARN ASSY TRAY COMP for continuity Disconnect J420 from the PWBA FEED H. Disconnect J4200 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J420 <=> J4200 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J420 from the PWBA FEED H. Is the voltage across P420-6pin <=> ground on the PWBA FEED H, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J420-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA FEED H. Does the voltage change, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and MOTOR ASSY SUB. Are P/J422 and P/J211 connected correctly? Checking the HARN ASSY TEAY MOT for continuity Disconnect J422 from the PWBA FEED H. Disconnect J211 from the MOTOR ASSY SUB. Is each cable of J422 <=> J211 continuous? Checking the power to the MOTOR Disconnect J422 from the PWBA FEED H. Are the voltages across J422-6pin <=> ground on the PWBA FEED H, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Remedy Yes No

11

Replace the CASSETTE ASSY Go to step 22. 250 OPT.

12

Go to step 13.

Go to step 26.

13

Go to step 14.

Replace the FEEDER ASSY OPT.

14

Remove the Replace the obstacles or stains FEEDER ASSY from the paper OPT. transfer path. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J420 and/or P/ J4200 correctly. Replace the HARN ASSY TRAY COMP Replace the PWBA FEED H. Replace the SENSOR PHOTO (Paper Path Sensor). Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J422 and/or P/ J211 correctly. Replace the HARN ASSY TRAY MOT.

15

Go to step 16.

16

Go to step 17.

17

Go to step 18.

18

Replace the PWBA FEED H.

19

Go to step 20.

20

Go to step 21.

21

Replace the MOTOR ASSY SUB.

Replace the PWBA FEED H.

1 - 232

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED for connection Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and SOLENOID FEED. Are P/J421 and P/J4231 connected correctly? Checking the HARN TRAY COMP for continuity Disconnect J421 from the PWBA FEED H. Disconnect P4213 from the SOLENOID FEED. Is each cable of J421 <=> P4213 continuous? Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED Disconnect J421 from the PWBA FEED H. Is the voltage across P421-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA FEED H, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the SOLENOID FEED for resistance Disconnect P/J4213 of the SOLENOID FEED. Is the resistance across J4213-1 and J4213-2 approximately 96 ohm? Checking the connectors of the Feed Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA FEDD H and Feed Clutch. Are P/J420 and P/J4201 connected correctly? Checking the HARN TRAY COMP for continuity Disconnect J420 from the PWBA FEED H. Disconnect P4201 from the Feed Clutch. Is each cable of J420 <=> P4201 continuous? Checking the power to the Feed Clutch Disconnect J420 from the PWBA FEED H. Is the voltage across P420-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA FEED H, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the Feed Clutch for resistance Disconnect P/J4201 of the Feed Clutch. Is the resistance across J4201-1 and J4201-2 approximately 280-ohm? Remedy Yes No Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J421 and/or P/ J4213 correctly. Replace the HARN ASSY TRAY COMP.

22

Go to step 23.

23

Go to step 24.

24

Go to step 25.

Replace the PWBA FEED H. Replace the SOLENOID FEED. (Refer to Removal 35/ Replacement 19.) Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J420 and/or P/ J4201 correctly. Replace the HARN ASSY TRAY COMP.

25

Replace the PWBA FEED H.

26

Go to step 27.

27

Go to step 28.

28

Go to step 29.

Replace the PWBA FEED H. Replace the Feed Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV). (Refer to Removal 30/ Replacement 24.)

29

Replace the PWBA FEED H.

1 - 233

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 44 Paper Jam 072-101


Step Check Possible causative parts: CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1) HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) ACTUATOR REGI ROLL (PL3.2.8) ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY MAIN MOT (PL9.1.7) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9) 1 2 3 Checking the paper condition Is the paper in the Tray 1 or Tray 2 wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper Reload a new paper in the Tray 1 or Tray 2. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) for operation Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [MAIN MOTOR ON] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the DRIVE ASSY PH for operation Does the ROLL ASSY FEED, ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate properly? Checke by [Digital Output] - [CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID ON(Half Rotation)] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper feeding position Is the paper not fed from the Tray 1 or Tray 2? Checking after resetting the Guide Sides and End Guide on the Tray 1 or Tray 2. Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray 1 or Tray 2 to the printer correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Go to step 4. Go to step 3. End of work. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 5.

End of work.

Go to step 6.

Go to step 19.

Go to step 7.

Reseat or replace the DRIVE ASSY PH. (Refer to Removal 31/ Replacement 23.)

Go to step 8.

Go to step 12.

Go to step 9.

End of work.

1 - 234

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR on the Tray 1 or Tray 2 for shape and rotation Pull the Tray 1 or Tray 2 out from the printer. Is the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for shape and rotation Pull the Tray 1 or Tray 2 out from the printer. Is the ROLL ASSY FEED not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI) for operation Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI) operate properly? Checke by [Digital Output] - [CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID ON(Auto OFF)] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper lead edge staying position Does the paper lead edge stay before the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL? Remedy Yes No Replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52.) Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45.)

Go to step 10.

10

Go to step 11.

11

Replace the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Refer to Go to step 22. Removal 58/ Replacement 58.) The paper lead edge stay after the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL, then go to step 16.

12

Go to step 13.

13

Checking the paper transfer path between the ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY REGI. Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path?

Remove the obstacles or stains Go to step 14. from the paper transfer path. Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI IN. If broken or deformed, replace it.

14

Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the shape and operation. Go to step 15. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN normal? Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Checked by [Digital Input] - [REG SNR] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Checking the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for operation, and ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for rotation Enter the [Digital Output] - [MAIN MOTOR ON] in [CE Diag] tab, and then enter the [Digital Output] - [REGI CLUTCH ON] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Does the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) operate properly, and the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK).

15

Go to step 16.

Go to step 26.

16

Go to step 17.

Go to step 30.

1 - 235

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL normal? Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Checked by [Digital Input] - [REG SNR] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor). Are P/J21 and P/J211 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J21 and/or P/J211 correctly. Remedy Yes No Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL. If broken or deformed, replace it with a new one.

17

Go to step 18.

18

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 26.

19

Go to step 20.

20

Checking the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT for continuity Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Is each cable of J21 <=> J211 continuous? Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Are the voltages across J21-2pin/J21-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED MSI (Cassette Feed Solenoid) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SOLENOID FEED MSI. Are P/J23 and P/J231 connected correctly?

Go to step 21. Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Refer to Removal 32/ Replacement 22.)

Replace the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

21

22

Go to step 23.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J231 correctly.

1 - 236

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P231 from the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Is each cable of J23 <=> P231 continuous? Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED MSI Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the SOLENOID FEED MSI for resistance Disconnect P/J231 of the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Is the resistance across J231-1 and J231-2 about 96 ohm? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly? Remedy Yes Go to step 24. No Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the SOLENOID FEED MSI. (Refer to Removal 35/ Replacement 19.)

23

24

Go to step 25.

25

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

26

Go to step 27.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly.

27

Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J232 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated?

Go to step 28.

Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

28

Go to step 29.

29

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.

1 - 237

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the connectors of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (Regi Clutch) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Are P/J26 and P/J262 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J26 and/or P/J262 correctly. Remedy Yes No

30

Go to step 31.

31

Checking the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL for continuity Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P262 from the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Is each cable of J26 <=> P262 continuous? Checking the power to the CLUTCH ASSY DRV Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P26-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the CLUTCH ASSY DRV for resistance Disconnect P/J262 of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Is the resistance across J262-1 and J262-2 approximately 280-ohm?

Go to step 32.

Replace the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. (Refer to Removal 30/ Replacement 24.)

32

Go to step 33.

33

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 238

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 45 Paper Jam 075-101


Step Check Possible causative parts: HARNESS ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the customer operation Did the customer insert the paper to the SSF during print? Checking the SSF No Paper Sensor for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR SSI) is operated by paper. Checked by [Digital Input] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the error Does the error still occure when printing? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO Paper Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J233 connected correcly? 4 Go to step 6. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J233 correctly, then go to step 5. After print completion, insert the paper to the SSF. Go to step 2. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/Replacement 11)

End of work.

5 6

Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J233 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J233 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-6pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J23-8pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the ACTUATOR SSI is operated?

Go to step 6. Go to step 7.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/Replacement 11)

Go to step 8.

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.

1 - 239

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 46 Paper Jam 075-102


Step Check Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14) SPRING REGI R M (PL3.2.24) SPRING REGI L M (PL3.2.29) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 Was a paper pulled out from SSF forcibly of a print start? Checking the printing Reload a paper to SSF. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after opening and closing the COVER ASSY FRONT Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for shape and operation Remove the PHD ASSY once to check the followings. Are ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL seated correctly? Are they not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Check these items by turning with your finger. Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for contacting Is the ROLL REGI METAL surely contacted with the ROLL ASSY REGI by the spring force on both sides of the ROLL REGI METAL? Check this item with your finger. Checking the ACTUATOR SSI for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR SSI normal? Checking the SSF No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR SSI) of the SSF No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operatred? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Go to step 2. Go to step 3. Go to step 3. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

Clean or replace the defective ROLL(s).

Go to step 6.

Replace the SPRING REGI R M and/or SPRING REGI L M. Reseat the ACTUATOR SSI. If broken or damaged, replace the ACTUATOR SSI.

Go to step 7.

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 8.

1 - 240

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No Paper Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J233 connected correcly? 8 Go to step 10. Remedy Yes No

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J233 correctly, then go to step 9.

9 10

Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J233 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J233 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-6pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J23-8pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO is operated?

Go to step 10. Go to step 11.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

11

Go to step 12.

12

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.

1 - 241

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 47 Check SSF 075-922


Step Check Possible causative parts: CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) ACTUATOR REGI ROLL (PL3.2.8) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY MAIN MOT (PL9.1.7) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9) 1 2 3 4 5 Checking the paper size Does the using paper size meet the specification? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the paper condition Is the paper in the SSF wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper Reload a new paper in the SSF. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the DRIVE ASSY PH for operation Does the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate properly? Checke by [Digital Output] - [DO-27] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper lead edge staying position Does the paper lead edge stay before the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL? Checking after resetting the guide sides of the SSF Reset the side guides. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the paper transfer path between the SSF paper loading window and Regi.Sensor Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path? Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 4. Go to step 6. Go to step 6. Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 2. End of work. Go to step 5. End of work. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 7.

End of work.

Go to step 8.

Reseat or replace the DRIVE ASSY PH. (Refer to Removal 31/ Replacement 23.) The paper lead edge stay after the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL, then go to step 14. End of work.

Go to step 9.

Go to step 10. Remove the obstacles or stain from the paper transfer path, then go to step 11. Go to step 12.

10

Go to step 12.

11

End of work.

1 - 242

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the ACTUATOR SSI for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR SSI normal? Checking the SSF No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR SSI) of the SSF No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operatred? Checked by [Digital Input] - [SSI SNR] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Checking the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for operation, and ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for rotation Enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag], and then enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-27] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Does the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) operate properly, and the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL normal? Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL is operated? Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Checked by [Digital Input] - [REG SNR] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No Paper Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No Paper Sensor). Are P/J23 and P/J233 connected correcly? 17 Go to step 19. Remedy Yes No Reseat the ACTUATOR SSI. If broken or damaged, replace the ACTUATOR SSI.

12

Go to step 13.

13

Go to step 14.

Go to step 17.

14

Go to step 15.

Go to step 26.

15

Go to step 16.

Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL. If broken or deformed, replace it with a new one.

16

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 22.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J233 correctly, then go to step 18.

18

Does the error still occur when printing?

Go to step 19.

End of work.

1 - 243

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J233 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J233 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-6pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J23-8pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the ACTUATOR SSI is operated? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly? Remedy Yes Go to step 20. No Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

19

20

Go to step 21.

21

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.

22

Go to step 23.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly.

23

Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J232 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC?

Go to step 24.

Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

24

Go to step 25.

1 - 244

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL is operated? Checking the connectors of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (Regi Clutch) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Are P/J26 and P/J262 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J26 and/or P/J262 correctly. Remedy Yes Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) No

25

Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.

26

Go to step 27.

27

Checking the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL for continuity Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P262 from the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Is each cable of J26 <=> P262 continuous? Checking the power to the CLUTCH ASSY DRV Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P26-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the CLUTCH ASSY DRV for resistance Disconnect P/J262 of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Is the resistance across J262-1 and J262-2 approximately 280-ohm?

Go to step 28.

Replace the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. (Refer to Removal 30/ Replacement 24.)

28

Go to step 29.

29

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 245

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 48 Paper Jam 077-100/077-101


Step Check Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) PWBA MCU(PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the error Replace to known good paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Checking the Regi Rolls installation Open the Front Cover and check the Regi Rolls installation. Go to step 3. Is the ROLL REGI METAL pressed against the ROLL ASSY REGI by the spring pressure? Checking the Regi Clutch Does the clutch noise occur? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-27] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Go to step 4.

Replace the printer.

Replace the printer.

Replace the Checking the Regi Sensor for operation PWBA MCU. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the (Refer to Removal actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? 43/ Replacement Checked by [Digital Input]-[DI-2] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. 11.) Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.35) once to check the shape and operation. Go to step 6. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN normal? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly?

Go to step 5.

Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI IN. If broken or deformed, replace it.

Go to step 7.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly.

1 - 246

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J232 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.35) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Remedy Yes Go to step 8. No Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 9.

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.

1 - 247

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 49 Paper Jam 077-102


Step Check Possible causative parts: CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1) SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY (PL2.1.5) CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) SOLENOID FEED (PL3.1.11) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) ACTUATOR REGI ROLL (PL3.2.8) ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY MAIN MOT (PL9.1.7) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9) 1 2 3 Checking the paper condition Is the paper in the Tray 1 wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper Reload a new paper in the Tray 1. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) for operation Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the DRIVE ASSY PH for operation Does the ROLL ASSY FEED, ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-B] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper feeding position Is the paper not fed from the Tray 1? Checking after resetting the Guide Sides and End Guide on the Tray 1 Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray 1 to the printer correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Go to step 4. Go to step 3. End of work. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 5.

End of work.

Go to step 6.

Go to step 18.

Go to step 7.

Reseat or replace the DRIVE ASSY PH. (Refer to Removal 31/ Replacement 23.) Go to step 12.

Go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

End of work.

1 - 248

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY on the Tray 1 for shape and rotation Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Is the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for shape and rotation Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Is the ROLL ASSY FEED not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED) for operation Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-29] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper lead edge staying position Does the paper lead edge stay before the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL? Remedy Yes No Replace the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY. (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52.) Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45.)

Go to step 10.

10

Go to step 11.

11

Replace the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Refer to Go to step 21. Removal 58/ Replacement 58.) The paper lead edge stay after the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL, then go to step 16.

12

Go to step 13.

13

Checking the paper transfer path between the ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY REGI. Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path?

Remove the obstacles or stains Go to step 14. from the paper transfer path. Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI IN. If broken or deformed, replace it.

14

Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the shape and operation. Go to step 15. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN normal? Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the Go to step 16. actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Checked by [Digital Input]-[DI-2] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for operation, and ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for rotation Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0 and 29] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Does the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) operate properly, and the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK).

15

Go to step 25.

16

Go to step 17.

Go to step 29.

1 - 249

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL normal? Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor). Are P/J21 and P/J211 connected correctly? 18 Go to step 19. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J21 and/or P/J211 correctly. Remedy Yes Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) No Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL. If broken or deformed, replace it with a new one.

17

19

Checking the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT for continuity Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Is each cable of J21 <=> J211 continuous? Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Are the voltages across J21-2pin/J21-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED (Cassette Feed Solenoid) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SOLENOID FEED. Are P/J23 and P/J231 connected correctly?

Go to step 20. Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Refer to Removal 32/ Replacement 22.)

Replace the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

20

21

Go to step 22.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J231 correctly.

22

Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P231 from the SOLENOID FEED. Is each cable of J23 <=> P231 continuous? Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed?

Go to step 23.

Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

23

Go to step 24.

1 - 250

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the SOLENOID FEED for resistance Disconnect P/J231 of the SOLENOID FEED. Is the resistance across J231-1 and J231-2 about 96 ohm? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly? Remedy Yes Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) No Replace the SOLENOID FEED. (Refer to Removal 35/ Replacement 19.)

24

25

Go to step 26.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly.

26

Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J232 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across J23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated?

Go to step 27.

Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

27

Go to step 28.

28

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.

1 - 251

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 50 Paper Jam 077-103/077-104/077-105


Step Check Possible causative parts: FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY FUSER2 (PL6.1.2) 1 Checking the error Replace to known good paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Checking the Exit Sensor for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator of the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY is Go to step 7. operated? Checked by [Digital Input]-[DI-3] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Checking the connectors of the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and FUSER ASSY. Are P/J17 and P/J171 connected correctly?

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J17 and/or P/J171 correctly.

Checking the HARN ASSY FUSER2 for continuity Remove the FUSER ASSY. Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of J17 <=> P171 continuous? NOTE: P171 is attached to the frame.

Go to step 5.

Replace the HARN ASSY FUSER2. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the FUSER ASSY.

Checking the power to the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY Disconnect the connector of J17 on the PWBA MCU. Go to step 6. Is the voltage across J17-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the Exit Sensor for operation Check the voltage across J17-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the Exit Sensor is operated? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Checking the Regi Rolls installation Open the Front Cover and check the Regi Rolls installation. Go to step 8. Is the ROLL REGI METAL pressed against the ROLL ASSY REGI by the spring pressure? Checking the Regi Clutch Does the clutch noise occur? Checked by [REGI CLUTCH Operation Check] of the [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. Replace the printer.

Replace the printer. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 252

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 51 Paper Jam 077-107


Step Check Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (PL1.2.13) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) ROLLREGI METAL (PL3.2.10/Regi Sensor (PL3.2.13) FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1) 1 Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, then check the latching. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reseating the Duplex Reseat the Duplex. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the DRIVE ASSY EXIT for operation Does the DRIVE ASSY EXIT operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-D] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the DRIVE ASSY DUP for operation Does the DRIVE ASSY DUP operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-12] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the Duplex Clutch for operation Does the Duplex Clutch operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-35] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input]-[DI-2] in [IOT Diagnosis] of diagnosis. Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP.

Go to step 6.

Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP.

Go to step 7.

Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP.

Go to step 8.

Go to step 11.

1 - 253

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for shape and operation Remove the PHD UNIT once to check the followings. Are ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL seated correctly? Also, are they not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Check these items by turning with your finger. Checking the HARN ASSY OPTION for continuity Disconnect J127 from PWBA MCU. Disconnect P271 from HARN ASSY DUP RELAY. Is each cable of J127 <=> P271 continuous? Checking the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY for continuity Remove Duplex. Disconnect J271 from HARN ASSY OPTION. Is each cable of J127 <=> P272 continuous? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly? Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J232 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across 23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO is operated? Checking after replacing FEEDER ASSY DUP Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after replacing FUSER ASSY Replace FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when printing? NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear life counter value. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 9.

Clean or replace the defective ROLL(s).

Go to step 10.

Replace HARN ASSY OPTION. Replace HARN ASSY DUP RELAY. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly. Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

10

Go to step 16.

11

Go to step 12.

12

Go to step 13.

13

Go to step 14.

14

Go to step 15.

15

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Replace the Regi Sensor.

16

Go to step 17.

End of work.

17

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

1 - 254

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 52 Paper Jam 077-108


Step Check Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (PL1.2.13) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) ROLLREGI METAL (PL3.2.10/Regi Sensor (PL3.2.13) FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1) 1 Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, then check the latching. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reseating the Duplex Reseat the Duplex. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the DRIVE ASSY EXIT for operation Does the DRIVE ASSY EXIT operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-D] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the DRIVE ASSY DUP for operation Does the DRIVE ASSY DUP operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-12] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the Duplex Clutch for operation Does the Duplex Clutch operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-35] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input]-[DI-2] in [IOT Diagnosis] of diagnosis. Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP.

Go to step 6.

Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP.

Go to step 7.

Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP.

Go to step 8.

Go to step 11.

1 - 255

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for shape and operation Remove the PHD UNIT once to check the followings. Are ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL seated correctly? Also, are they not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Check these items by turning with your finger. Checking the HARN ASSY OPTION for continuity Disconnect J127 from PWBA MCU. Disconnect P271 from HARN ASSY DUP RELAY. Is each cable of J127 <=> P271 continuous? Checking the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY for continuity Remove Duplex. Disconnect J271 from HARN ASSY OPTION. Is each cable of J127 <=> P272 continuous? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly? Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J232 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across 23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO is operated? Checking after replacing FEEDER ASSY DUP Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after replacing FUSER ASSY Replace FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when printing? NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear life counter value. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 9.

Clean or replace the defective ROLL(s).

Go to step 10.

Replace HARN ASSY OPTION. Replace HARN ASSY DUP RELAY. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly. Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

10

Go to step 16.

11

Go to step 12.

12

Go to step 13.

13

Go to step 14.

14

Go to step 15.

15

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Replace the Regi Sensor.

16

Go to step 17.

End of work.

17

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

1 - 256

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 53 Close FrontCover 077-300


Step Check Possible causative parts: COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1) PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1) HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY LVPS2 (PL9.1.3) Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT (Front Cover) for shape Are there any damages on the COVER ASSY FRONT? Replace the COVER ASSY FRONT. (Refer to Removal 25/ Replacement 29.) Remedy Yes No

Go to step 2.

Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Is the COVER ASSY FRONT latched correctly?

Go to step 3.

Reseat or replace the COVER ASSY FRONT. (Refer to Removal 25/ Replacement 29.)

Replace the Checking the interlock switch for operation PWBA MCU. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the (Refer to Removal COVER ASSY FRONT is closed and opened? 43/ Replacement Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-7] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. 11.) Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between PWBA MCU and PWBA LVPS. Are P/J14 and P/J501 connected correctly?

Go to step 4.

Go to step 6.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J14 and/or P/J501 correctly, then go to step 5.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY LVPS2 for continuity Disconnect J14 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J501 from the PWBA LVPS. Is each cable of J14 <=> J501 continuous?

Go to step 6.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY LVPS2.

Go to step 7.

1 - 257

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the power to the Interlock Switch Disconnect the connector of J44 on the PWBA LVPS. Is the voltage across P44-1 <=> ground on the PWBA LVPS, about +24 VDC? Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43.) Remedy Yes No

Go to step 8.

Checking the Interlock Switch for operation Check the voltage across P44-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA LVPS. Does the voltage change, when the Interlock Switch is turned ON/OFF?

Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43.)

Replace the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK. (Refer to Removal 18/ Replacement 36.)

1 - 258

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 54 Close Side Cover 077-301


Step Check Possible causative parts: COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.7) SWITCH (PL5.1.9) HARN ASSY SIDE SW (PL5.1.27) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Side Cover) for shape Are there any damages on the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR? Replace the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Refer to Removal 8/ Replacement 46.) Remedy Yes No

Go to step 2.

Checking the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TRN. Is the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR latched correctly?

Go to step 3.

Reseat or replace the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Refer to Removal 8/ Replacement 46.)

Replace the Checking the Side R Switch (SWITCH) for operation PWBA MCU. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the (Refer to Removal COVER ASSY WINDOW TRN is closed and opened? 43/ Replacement Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-6] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. 11.) Checking the HARN ASSY SIDE SW for continuity Disconnect J29 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J291 from the SIDE R SWITCH. Is each cable of J29 <=> J291 continuous?

Go to step 4.

Go to step 5.

Replace the HARN ASSY SIDE SW.

Checking after replacing the Side R Switch (SWITCH) Replace the Side R Switch (SWITCH). (Refer to Removal 14/ Replacement 40.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

1 - 259

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 55 Paper Jam 077-900


Step Check Possible causative parts: FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) HARN ASSY FUSER2 (PL6.1.2) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 3 4 5 6 Checking the paper feeding Was a paper fed from SSF? Checking the paper setting Was the paper correctly set to SSF without slant? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the paper condition Is the paper wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper Reload a new paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the FUSER ASSY Are there any remaining paper and/or foreign substance in the FUSER ASSY? Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the Exit Sensor for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator of the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-3] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Go to step 2. Go to step 4. Go to step 4. Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 5. Go to step 7. Go to step 7. Go to step 4. Set the paper to SSF correctly, and go to step 3. End of work. Go to step 6. End of work. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 8.

End of work.

Remove the paper and/or substance, then go to step 9.

Go to step 9.

Go to step 10.

End of work.

10

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 11.

1 - 260

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the connectors of the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and FUSER ASSY. Are P/J17 and P/J171 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J17 and/or P/J171 correctly. Remedy Yes No

11

Go to step 12.

12

Checking the HARN ASSY FUSER2 for continuity Remove the FUSER ASSY. Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of J17 <=> P171 continuous? NOTE: P171 is attached to the frame.

Go to step 13.

Replace the HARN ASSY FUSER2. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.)

13

Checking the power to the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY Disconnect the connector of J17 on the PWBA MCU. Go to step 14. Is the voltage across J17-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the Exit Sensor for operation Check the voltage across J17-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the Exit Sensor is operated? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

14

1 - 261

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 56 Paper Jam 077-901


Step Check Possible causative parts: CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) ACTUATOR REGI ROLL (PL3.2.8) ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY MAIN MOT (PL9.1.7) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9) 1 2 3 4 5 Checking the paper size Does the using paper size meet the specification? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the paper condition Is the paper wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper Reload a new paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking around the Regi Sensor Are there any remaining paper and/or foreign substance around the Regi Sensor? Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 4. Go to step 6. Go to step 6. Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 2. End of work. Go to step 5. End of work. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 7. Remove the paper and/or substance, then go to step 8. Go to step 9. Remove the remainig paper. If the belt is damaged, replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

End of work.

7 8

Go to step 9. End of work.

Checking the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any remaining paper and/or damage on the belt of the TRANSFER ASSY?

Go to step 10.

10

Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for shape and operation Remove the PHD ASSY once to check the followings. Are ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL seated correctly? Also, are they not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Check these items by turning with your finger.

Go to step 11.

Clean or replace the defective ROLL(s).

1 - 262

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN and ACTUATOR REGI ROLL for shape and operation Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the following. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN and ACTUATOR REGI ROLL normal? Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) of the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operated? Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Checked by [Digital Input] - [D-2] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for operation, and ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for rotation Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] and [DO-27] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Does the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) operate properly, and the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) for operation Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the error still occur when printing? Remedy Yes No Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI IN and/or ACTUATOR REGI ROLL. If broken or deformed, replace it or they.

11

Go to step 12.

12

Go to step 13.

Go to step 16.

13

Go to step 14.

Go to step 20.

14

Go to step 15.

Go to step 24.

15

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

End of work.

1 - 263

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly? Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J232 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across 23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO is operated? Checking the connectors of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (Regi Clutch) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and CLUTCH ASSY DRV (Regi Clutch). Are P/J26 and P/J262 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J26 and/or P/J262 correctly. Remedy Yes No Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly. Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

16

Go to step 17.

17

Go to step 18.

18

Go to step 19.

19

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.

20

Go to step 21.

21

Checking the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL for continuity Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P262 from the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Is each cable of J26 <=> P262 continuous? Checking the power to the CLUTCH ASSY DRV Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P26-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the CLUTCH ASSY DRV for resistance Disconnect P/J262 of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Is the resistance across J262-1 and J262-2 approximately 280-ohm?

Go to step 22.

Replace the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. (Refer to Removal 30/ Replacement 24.)

22

Go to step 23.

23

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 264

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor). Are P/J21 and P/J211 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J21 and/or P/J211 correctly. Remedy Yes No

24

Go to step 25.

25

Checking the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT for continuity Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Is each cable of J21 <=> J211 continuous? Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Are the voltages across J21-2pin/J21-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed?

Go to step 26. Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Refer to Removal 32/ Replacement 22.)

Replace the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

26

1 - 265

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 57 Paper Jam 077-907


Step Check Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (PL1.2.13) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) ROLLREGI METAL (PL3.2.10/Regi Sensor (PL3.2.13) FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1) 1 Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT, then check the latching. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reseating the Duplex Reseat the Duplex. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the DRIVE ASSY EXIT for operation Does the DRIVE ASSY EXIT operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-D] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the DRIVE ASSY DUP for operation Does the DRIVE ASSY DUP operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-12] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the Duplex Clutch for operation Does the Duplex Clutch operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-35] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input]-[DI-2] in [IOT Diagnosis] of diagnosis. Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP.

Go to step 6.

Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP.

Go to step 7.

Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP.

Go to step 8.

Go to step 11.

1 - 266

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for shape and operation Remove the PHD UNIT once to check the followings. Are ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL seated correctly? Also, are they not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Check these items by turning with your finger. Checking the HARN ASSY OPTION for continuity Disconnect J127 from PWBA MCU. Disconnect P271 from HARN ASSY DUP RELAY. Is each cable of J127 <=> P271 continuous? Checking the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY for continuity Remove Duplex. Disconnect J271 from HARN ASSY OPTION. Is each cable of J127 <=> P272 continuous? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly? Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J232 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation Check the voltage across 23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO is operated? Checking after replacing FEEDER ASSY DUP Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after replacing FUSER ASSY Replace FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when printing? NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear life counter value. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 9.

Clean or replace the defective ROLL(s).

Go to step 10.

Replace HARN ASSY OPTION. Replace HARN ASSY DUP RELAY. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly. Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

10

Go to step 16.

11

Go to step 12.

12

Go to step 13.

13

Go to step 14.

14

Go to step 15.

15

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Replace the Regi Sensor.

16

Go to step 17.

End of work.

17

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

1 - 267

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 58 Ready to Print 091-402 / Replace PHD 091-935


Step Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the life counter value of the PHD ASSY Does the life count value show the near of the end? Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before installation. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Go to step 3. Go to step 2. Check Remedy Yes No

End of work.

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

1 - 268

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 59 PHD 091-912


Step Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking the sealing tapes of the PHD ASSY staying Turn off the power, and open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Remove the PHD ASSY. Has the sealing tapes (total eight sealing tapes) been pulled out? After checking, reseat the PHD ASSY correctly. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before installation. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Pull the sealing tapes out, then go to step 2. Check Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

Go to step 3. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

End of work.

1 - 269

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 60 Insert PHD 091-972


Step Check Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY PHD XPRO (PL9.1.11) 1 Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and PHD ASSY. Are P/J42 and P/J422 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J42 and/or P/J422 surly, then go to step 3. Go to step 2. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 4.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO for continuity Disconnect P422 from the PHD ASSY. Disconnect J42 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of P422 <=> J42 continuous? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before installation. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 4.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO.

Go to step 5.

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

1 - 270

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 61 CTD Sensor Dirty 092-310 / Ready to Print 092-410


Step Check Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Turn OFF the power, and gently wipe the CTD (ADC) Sensor window with a clean dry cloth or cotton swab. After wiping the window, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
ADCSensorwindow

Remedy Yes No

Go to step 2.

End of work.

Rio01012KA

Checking the connectors for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and CTD (ADC) Sensor. Are P/J28 and P/J281connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J28 and/or P/J281 correctly, then go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J28 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J281 from the TRANSFER ASSY. Is each cable of J28 <=> J281 continuous? Checking the surface of the belt on the TRANSFER ASSY Is the belt dirty? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY or CTD (ADC) Sensor. (Refer to Removal 21/Replacement 33.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Go to step 4.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Go to step 7. End of work.

Go to step 5. Clean the belt with a clean dry cloth, then go to step 6. Go to step 7. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

5 6

End of work.

1 - 271

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 62 Ready to Print 093-423 / Replace Cart. 093-930


Step Check Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (Y). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Remedy Yes No

End of work.

1 - 272

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 63 Ready to Print 093-424 / Replace Cart. 093-931


Step Check Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (M). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Remedy Yes No

End of work.

1 - 273

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 64 Ready to Print 093-425 / Replace Cart. 093-932


Step Check Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (C). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Remedy Yes No

End of work.

1 - 274

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 65 Ready to Print 093-426 / Replace Cart. 093-933


Step Check Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (K). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Remedy Yes No

End of work.

1 - 275

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 66 Shake Cartridge 093-919


Step Check Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1) FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2) MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3) GEAR IDLER (PL5.1.6) GEAR IDLER AUG (PL5.1.7) GEAR IDLER AGI (PL5.1.8) TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24) HARN ASSY TNR MOT (PL5.1.25) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking the sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT staying Are there sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT? Go to step 2. Go to step 5. Remedy Yes No

Pull the tape out.

Go to step 3.

Checking the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Check the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) in [Parameters] on the [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Does the remainder value shows the near of the end? (Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the toner remainder in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (Y) Is the toner that remains in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (Y) a little? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the sealing tapes for yellow toner of the PHD ASSY staying Turn off the power, and open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Remove the PHD ASSY. Has the sealing tapes for yellow toner been pulled out? After checking, reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), then go to step 4. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Go to step 7. Replace the NonDell Toner Cartridge (Y), then go to step 6. Go to step 7.

Go to step 7.

End of work.

Go to step 7.

End of work.

Go to step 9.

Pull the sealing tapes out, then go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

End of work.

1 - 276

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and shake it from side to side. Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1F] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY for shape and operation Are the shape and operation of the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY normal? 11 Go to step 16. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 10.

End of work.

10

Go to step 11.

Go to step 12.

Replace the defective gear(s) or DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

Gear
Rio01014KA

Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP). Are P/J18 and P/J181 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J18 and/or P/J181 surly, then go to step 13.

12

Go to step 14.

13

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J181 from the TNR (Y) MOT. Is each cable of J18 <=> J181 continuous? Checking the power to TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P18-3pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed.

Go to step 14.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TNR MOT. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

14

Go to step 15. Replace the MOTOR ASSY DISP or FRAME ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

15

1 - 277

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Remedy Yes No

16

Go to step 17.

End of work.

17

Go to step 18.

End of work.

18

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

End of work.

1 - 278

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 67 Shake Cartridge 093-920


Step Check Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1) FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2) MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3) GEAR IDLER (PL5.1.6) GEAR IDLER AUG (PL5.1.7) GEAR IDLER AGI (PL5.1.8) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23) HARN ASSY TNR MOT (PL5.1.25) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking the sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT staying Are there sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT? Go to step 2. Go to step 5. Remedy Yes No

Pull the tape out.

Go to step 3.

Checking the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Check the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) in [Parameters] on the [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Does the remainder value shows the near of the end? (Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the toner remainder in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (M) Is the toner that remains in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (M) a little? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the sealing tapes for magenta toner of the PHD ASSY staying Turn off the power, and open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Remove the PHD ASSY. Has the sealing tapes for magenta toner been pulled out? After checking, reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), then go to step 4. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Go to step 7. Replace the NonDell Toner Cartridge (M), then go to step 6. Go to step 7.

Go to step 7.

End of work.

Go to step 7.

End of work.

Go to step 9.

Pull the sealing tapes out, then go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

End of work.

1 - 279

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and shake it from side to side. Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-21] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY for shape and operation Are the shape and operation of the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY normal? Remedy Yes No

Go to step 10.

End of work.

10

Go to step 11.

Go to step 12.

11

Go to step 16.

Replace the defective gear(s) or DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

Gear
Rio01016KA

Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP). Are P/J18 and P/J182 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J18 and/or P/J182 surly, then go to step 13.

12

Go to step 14.

13

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J182 from the TNR (M) MOT. Is each cable of J18 <=> J182 continuous? Checking the power to TNR (M) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P18-8pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed.

Go to step 14.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TNR MOT. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

14

Go to step 15. Replace the MOTOR ASSY DISP or FRAME ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

15

1 - 280

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Remedy Yes No

16

Go to step 17.

End of work.

17

Go to step 18.

End of work.

18

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

End of work.

1 - 281

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 68 Shake Cartridge 093-921


Step Check Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1) FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2) MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3) GEAR IDLER (PL5.1.6) GEAR IDLER AUG (PL5.1.7) GEAR IDLER AGI (PL5.1.8) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22) HARN ASSY TNR MOT (PL5.1.25) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking the sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT staying Are there sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT? Go to step 2. Go to step 5. Remedy Yes No

Pull the tape out.

Go to step 3.

Checking the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Check the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) in [Parameters] on the [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Does the remainder value shows the near of the end? (Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the toner remainder in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (C) Is the toner that remains in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (C) a little? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the sealing tapes for cyan toner of the PHD ASSY staying Turn off the power, and open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Remove the PHD ASSY. Has the sealing tapes for cyan toner been pulled out? After checking, reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), then go to step 4. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Go to step 7.

Go to step 7.

End of work.

Replace the NonDell Toner Go to step 7. Cartridge (C), then go to step 6. Go to step 7. End of work.

Go to step 9.

Pull the sealing tapes out, then go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

End of work.

1 - 282

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and shake it from side to side. Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-23] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY for shape and operation Are the shape and operation of the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY normal? Remedy Yes No

Go to step 10.

End of work.

10

Go to step 11.

Go to step 12.

11

Go to step 16.

Replace the defective gear(s) or DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

Gear
Rio01018KA

Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP). Are P/J19 and P/J191 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J19 and/or P/J191 surly, then go to step 13.

12

Go to step 14.

13

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity Disconnect J19 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J191 from the TNR (C) MOT. Is each cable of J19 <=> J191 continuous? Checking the power to TNR (C) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) Disconnect J19 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P19-4pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed.

Go to step 14.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TNR MOT. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

14

Go to step 15. Replace the MOTOR ASSY DISP or FRAME ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

15

1 - 283

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Remedy Yes No

16

Go to step 17.

End of work.

17

Go to step 18.

End of work.

18

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

End of work.

1 - 284

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 69 Shake Cartridge 093-922


Step Check Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1) FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2) MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3) GEAR IDLER (PL5.1.6) GEAR IDLER AUG (PL5.1.7) GEAR IDLER AGI (PL5.1.8) TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21) HARN ASSY TNR MOT (PL5.1.25) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking the sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT staying Are there sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT? Go to step 2. Go to step 5. Remedy Yes No

Pull the tape out.

Go to step 3.

Checking the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Check the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) in [Parameters] on the [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Does the remainder value shows the near of the end? (Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the toner remainder in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (K) Is the toner that remains in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (K) a little? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the sealing tapes for black toner of the PHD ASSY staying Turn off the power, and open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Remove the PHD ASSY. Has the sealing tapes for black toner been pulled out? After checking, reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), then go to step 4. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Go to step 7. Replace the NonDell Toner Cartridge (K), then go to step 6. Go to step 7.

Go to step 7.

End of work.

Go to step 7.

End of work.

Go to step 9.

Pull the sealing tapes out, then go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

End of work.

1 - 285

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and shake it from side to side. Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) for rotation Does the TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-25] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY for shape and operation Are the shape and operation of the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY normal? Remedy Yes No

Go to step 10.

End of work.

10

Go to step 11.

Go to step 12.

11

Go to step 16.

Replace the defective gear(s) or DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

Gear
Rio01020KA

Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP). Are P/J19 and P/J192 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J19 and/or P/J192 surly, then go to step 13.

12

Go to step 14.

13

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity Disconnect J19 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J192 from the TNR (K) MOT. Is each cable of J19 <=> J192 continuous? Checking the power to TNR (K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) Disconnect J19 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P19-9pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed.

Go to step 14.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TNR MOT. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

14

Go to step 15. Replace the MOTOR ASSY DISP or FRAME ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

15

1 - 286

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Remedy Yes No

16

Go to step 17.

End of work.

17

Go to step 18.

End of work.

18

Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

End of work.

1 - 287

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 70 Replace Cart. 093-934


Step Check Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (Y). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Remedy Yes No

End of work.

1 - 288

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 71 Replace Cart. 093-935


Step Check Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (M). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Remedy Yes No

End of work.

1 - 289

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 72 Replace Cart. 093-936


Step Check Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (C). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Remedy Yes No

End of work.

1 - 290

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 73 Replace Cart. 093-937


Step Check Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (K). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Remedy Yes No

End of work.

1 - 291

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 74 CRUM ID 093-960


Step Check Possible causative parts: CONNECTOR CRUM (PL5.1.14) TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24) HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (PL5.1.26) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR correctly. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and CONNECTOR CRUM. Are P/J31 and P/J311 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J31 and/or P/J311 surly, then go to step 6. Go to step 2. End of work. Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

End of work.

Go to step 7.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J311 from the CONNECTOR CRUM. Is each cable of J31 <=> J311 continuous? Checking the power to CONNECTOR CRUM Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P31-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC?

Go to step 7.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 8. Replace the CONNECTOR CRUM. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

1 - 292

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 75 CRUM ID 093-961


Step Check Possible causative parts: CONNECTOR CRUM (PL5.1.14) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23) HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (PL5.1.26) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR correctly. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and CONNECTOR CRUM. Are P/J31 and P/J312 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J31 and/or P/J312 surly, then go to step 6. Go to step 2. End of work. Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

End of work.

Go to step 7.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J312 from the CONNECTOR CRUM. Is each cable of J31 <=> J312 continuous? Checking the power to CONNECTOR CRUM Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P31-7pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC?

Go to step 7.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 8. Replace the CONNECTOR CRUM. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

1 - 293

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 76 CRUM ID 093-962


Step Check Possible causative parts: CONNECTOR CRUM (PL5.1.14) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22) HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (PL5.1.26) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR correctly. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and CONNECTOR CRUM. Are P/J31 and P/J313 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J31 and/or P/J313 surly, then go to step 6. Go to step 2. End of work. Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

End of work.

Go to step 7.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J313 from the CONNECTOR CRUM. Is each cable of J31 <=> J313 continuous? Checking the power to CONNECTOR CRUM Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P31-11pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC?

Go to step 7.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 8. Replace the CONNECTOR CRUM. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

1 - 294

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 77 CRUM ID 093-963


Step Check Possible causative parts: CONNECTOR CRUM (PL5.1.14) TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21) HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (PL5.1.26) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR correctly. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and CONNECTOR CRUM. Are P/J31 and P/J314 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J31 and/or P/J314 surly, then go to step 6. Go to step 2. End of work. Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

End of work.

Go to step 7.

Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J314 from the CONNECTOR CRUM. Is each cable of J31 <=> J314 continuous? Checking the power to CONNECTOR CRUM Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P31-15pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC?

Go to step 7.

End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Go to step 8. Replace the CONNECTOR CRUM. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

1 - 295

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 78 CRUM ID 093-965


Step Check Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY PHD XPRO (PL9.1.11) 1 2 3 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the PHD ASSY type Is the seated PHD ASSY for 1320c? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and PHD ASSY. Are P/J42 and P/J422 connected correctly? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO for continuity Disconnect P422 from the PHD ASSY. Disconnect J42 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of P422 <=> J42 continuous? Replace the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO. Go to step 2. Go to step 4. Go to step 4. End of work. Replace the PHD ASY for 1320c, then go to step 3. End of work. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 5.

End of work. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J42 and/or P/J422 surly, then go to step 6. End of work.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 8.

Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

1 - 296

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 79 Insert PrintCart 093-970


Step Check Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. End of work. Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y). (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Go to step 5. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J311 (Y) from the connector CRUM. Is each cable of J31 <=> J311 continuous? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 6. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/Replacement 11.)

End of work.

Replace the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM

End of work.

1 - 297

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 80 Insert PrintCart 093-971


Step Check Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (M), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (M) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (M). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J312 (M) from the connector CRUM. Is each cable of J31 <=> J312 continuous? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. End of work. Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

End of work.

Go to step 6. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/Replacement 11.)

Replace the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM

End of work.

1 - 298

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 81 Insert PrintCart 093-972


Step Check Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (C), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (C) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (C). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J313 (C) from the connector CRUM. Is each cable of J31 <=> J313 continuous? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. End of work. Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

End of work.

Go to step 6. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/Replacement 11.)

Replace the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM

End of work.

1 - 299

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 82 Insert PrintCart 093-973


Step Check Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. End of work. Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (K). (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Go to step 5. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J324 (K) from the connector CRUM. Is each cable of J31 <=> J324 continuous? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 6. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/Replacement 11.)

End of work.

Replace the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM

End of work.

1 - 300

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 83 Ready to Print 094-422 / 094-911 Contact Support


Step Check Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. Initialize the life counter value at the CE Diag., after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ replacement 33.) End of work. Remedy Yes No

Checking the life counter value of the TRANSFER ASSY Does the life counter value show the near of the end? (Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.)

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

1 - 301

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1. 84 Ready to Print 193-700


Step Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) 1 2 Checking the Toner Cartridge. Go to step 2. Is the installed toner cartridge to the printer the DELL toner? Checking the printer setting Is the [Non-Dell Toner] of the [Maintenance] on the [Admin Menu] of the [SET UP] the [On]? Checking the Toner Cartridge Replace to the known good toner cartridges. Does the error still occur when turning on the power? Set to the [Off]. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 34/ Replacement 17) End of work. Go to step 3. Check Remedy Yes No

End of work.

1 - 302

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

4. Image Quality Trouble


4.1 Entry Chart for Image Quality Troubleshooting

Start

TestPrinting

IsthereacorrespondingFIP?

No

Yes
Carryoutthecorrespondingtroubleshooting. ReplaceTONERCARTRIDGE,PHDASSY TRANSFERASSYandFUSERASSY.

No

Thetroubleisrestored?

No

Thetroubleisrestored?

Yes
End

Yes
End

Leg_Sec001_001FA

. It is stated as the ESS is normal. By operating test print with the Printer Engine only, if the trouble is on ESS side or the Printer Engine side can simply be diagnosed, except those phenomena that are not able to be diagnosed by test print. - Test print result with the Printer Engine only is normal. --- >Malfunction on ESS side - Test print result with the Printer Engine only is also abnormal. ---> Malfunction on the Printer Engine side When it is the case of [Malfunction on ESS side], replace with normal ESS and normal Interface Cable, and check. When the trouble still occurs after replacement, check the host side, and operate Troubleshooting efficiently, using the following image quality FIP according to each phenomenon.

1 - 303

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting When the image quality trouble of print occurs, get a print to judge, understand and treat the trouble substance precisely and appropriately, and then troubleshoot efficiently, using the image quality FIP table according to each phenomenon. When trouble restorations with image quality FIP is not possible, check again with the image quality FIP, and then replace [Possible causative parts] in order and check, and operate Troubleshooting, using [Chapter 2 Diagnostic]. Image quality FIP states regarding the typical image quality trouble, as follows. - FIP-1.P1 Faint print (Low contrast) - FIP-1.P2 Blank print (No print) - FIP-1.P3 Solid black - FIP-1.P4 Vertical blank lines (White stripes in paper transport direction) - FIP-1.P5 Horizontal band cross out (White stripes in the horizontal direction) - FIP-1.P6 Vertical stripes - FIP-1.P7 Horizontal stripes - FIP-1.P8 Partial lack - FIP-1.P9 Spots - FIP-1.P10 Afterimage - FIP-1.P11 Background (Fog) - FIP-1.P12 Skew - FIP-1.P13 Paper damage - FIP-1.P14 No fix - FIP-1.P15 Color registration (Color Shift)

1 - 304

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting When horizontal lines and/or spot occur periodically, it is possibly caused by the trouble of a particular roll. In this case, compare the trouble intervals on the test print with the Pitch Chart. The interval does not necessarily match circumference of the roll. The trouble may be solved easily by the check.

ExitPinchRoll(FUSER) ExitRoll(FUSER) HeatRoll(FUSER) PHD FuserBelt(FUSER)

FUSER

BTR(PRINTER)

BTR(PRINTER)

BTR(PRINTER)

BTR(PRINTER)

DriveRoll(PRINTER)

BCR(PHD) BCRCleanerRoll(PHD)

Drum(PHD) MagnetRoll(PHD)
Rio01046KA

1 - 305

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting -Pitch Chart The chart is printed [Contamination Check] in the [Diagnosis] tab of the [Tool Box]. Page 1 Page 2

13

13

Wsb02028KA

Wsb02027KA

Page 3

Page 4

13 13

Wsb02029KA

Wsb02030KA

Page 5

Wsb02025KA

1 - 306

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

4.2 Diagnosis Test Chart


The test charts to improve a defective image quality or to specify the cause of generation when a defective image was generated are in [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box]. Use the following test charts properly by the state of a defective image quality. -PHD Refresh When the result of [Contamination Check] corresponds to b-12 (PHD) of the pitch chart, performing this test print may improve image quality. This chart is printed the [PHD Refresh Configuration Chart] of the [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box].

Wsb02021KA

1 - 307

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting -MQ Chart This chart allows you to check for a banding if any occurs. This chart is printed the [MQ Chart] of the [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box]. When the image quality is normal, the waves of Y, M, and C are confined within the frame. When the image quality is abnormal, the wave runs out the frame. Compare the pitch of the wave with the pitch chart of second page.

No 1 2 3 4 5

Roll Parts Heat Roll Drum Mag Roll Drive Roll Regi Roll

Period (mm) 66.7 75.4 37.7 44.0 37.6

Replaceable parts Fuser PHD ASSY PHD ASSY Printer Printer

Wsb02024KA

1 - 308

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Wsb02025KA

1 - 309

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting -Alignment Chart This chart allows you to check for the skewed paper if any occurs. This chart is printed the [Alignment Chart] of the [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box]. When the sheet is fed normally, the vertical and horizontal lines are aligned parallel to the edges of the sheet. When there is a problem, this alignment is skewed.

Wsb02022KA

1 - 310

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting -Ghost Chart This chart allows you to check for a ghost if any occurs. This chart is printed the [Ghost Configuratio Chart] of the [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box]. When a ghost occurs, the patches with open cross and character K/B/G/R/M/C appear on the lightcolored patches K/C/M in the lower half of the chart, and the patches with open cross only appears on the dark-colored patches K/C/M below the light-colored patches.

Wsb02020KA

1 - 311

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

4.3 Items to Be Confirmed Before Image Quality Troubleshooting


Print Quality Problems Customers may need your help determining the cause of print quality issues such as streaking, fading, or dropouts. Here are some questions that may help you determine why your customer's printer is not printing optionally. First, confirm the following items to understand customer's operating condition. 1) Does your customer's print media fall within the Printer Media Guidelines? (Refer to "Printer Media Guidelines"). 2) Is there enough toner? 3) Has the printer been cleaned recently?

Checking printer condition Toner Low toner can cause print quality problems such as fading, streaking, white lines, or dropouts. Have your customer print a small document from a different application to replicate the problem and verify the amount of toner available for printing. When your customers print a document, the Laser Printer Status Monitor should display a dialog box that estimates the amount of toner left in the cartridge. If the toner is low, your customers can sometimes extend the cartridge life by removing the cartridge from the printer, gently shaking it from side-to-side, and replacing it (Rocking the toner cartridge from side-to-side loosens toner that may get stuck). Cleaning Paper, toner, and dust particles can accumulate inside the printer and cause print quality problems, such as smearing or toner specks. Clean inside the printer to prevent these problems.

Prior checks before troubleshooting Check the following items if any print quality problems occur before going to each troubleshooting. Those actions may solve problems easily and simply. If the any problems below have occurred, check and take actions described in each item.

1) Color is out of alignment: a)Clean inside of the printer. b)If you install a new black cartridge and a PHD ASSY cleaning has not been done, this problem will happen. Clean inside of the printer. 2) Print is too light a) The toner may be low. Confirm the amount of the toner and change the toner cartridges if necessary. b) Set the Toner Saving Mode check box to off in the [Advanced] tab on the printer driver. c)If you are printing on an uneven print surface, change the Paper Type settings in the Tray Settings menu. d)Verify that the correct print media is being used. e) The PHD ASSY needs to be replaced. Change the PHD ASSY. 3) Toner smears or print comes off page: a)If you are printing on an uneven print surface, change the Paper Type settings in the Tray Settings menu. b)Verify that the print media is within the printer specifications. (Refer to "Printer Media Guidelines").

1 - 312

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting 4) Toner spots appear on the page/printing is blurred: a)Check the toner cartridge to make sure it is installed correctly. b)Change the toner cartridge. 5) Entire page is white: a)Make sure the packaging material is removed from the toner cartridge. b)Check the toner cartridge to make sure it is installed correctly. c)The toner may be low. Change the toner cartridge. 6) Streaks appear on the page: a)The toner may be low. Change the toner cartridge. b)If you are using preprinted forms, make sure the toner can withstand temperatures of 0C to 35C. 7) Characters have jagged or uneven edges: a) If you are using downloaded fonts, verify that the fonts are supported by the printer, the host computer, and the software program. 8) Part or all of the page prints in black: a) Check the toner cartridge to make sure it is installed correctly. 9) The job prints, but the top and side margins are incorrect: a) Make sure the Paper Size setting in the Tray Settings is correct. b) Make sure the margins are set correctly in your software program.

1 - 313

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

4.4 Print Image Quality Specifications


Image Quality Guarantee Conditions The image quality is specified and guaranteed under the following conditions.

1) Environmental Condition Temperature: 5C - 32C Humidity:15% RH - 85% RH (85% RH at 28C) Note that defect may occur due to condensation after around 30 minutes if the printer is turned on in a critical environment. 2) Guaranteed Paper The print image quality specified in this chapter should be guaranteed when the standard paper is fed from the cassette tray. The print image quality is evaluated on the maximum size of each standard paper. Color print quality: X-Pression 24 lb paper Black and White quality: 4200 paper 3) Paper condition The paper used is flesh paper immediately after unpacked, which has been left in the operating environment for 12 hours before unpacking. 4) Printer condition The print image quality specified in this chapter is guaranteed with the printer in normal condition. 5) Criterion for judgment The print image quality is guaranteed with Spec. In rate = 90% ( =90%). 6) For Color chart, Parallelism, Perpendicularity, Skew, Linearity, Magnification Error, Registration and Printed Guaranteed Area, refer to each chart below.

1 - 314

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Chart

Parallelism

Perpendicularity

1 - 315

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Skew

Linearity

Magnification Error

Registration

1 - 316

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Guaranteed Printing Area


4.1mm 4.1mm

4.1mm

355.6mm (14inch)
Guaranteed printing area

351.5mm

4.1mm

211.8mm 215.9mm (8.5inch)

Rio01001KA

1 - 317

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

4.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P1 Faint print (Low contrast)


Trouble substance The density of the image is entirely too faint. ESS and possible causative parts - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2) - MOTOR ASSY DISP (Y/M/C/K) (PL5.1.3) Faint - TONER CARTRIDGE K (PL5.1.21) - TONER CARTRIDGE C (PL5.1.22)
Mnt01100KA

Mnt01101KA

- TONER CARTRIDGE M (PL5.1.23) - TONER CARTRIDGE Y (PL5.1.24) - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step

Check Checking the Faint print. Print the Windows test page. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking the sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT staying Turn off the power, and open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Remove the PHD UNIT. Are there sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT?

Remedy Yes Check the printing data which the problem generated. Go to step 3. No Go to step 2. Replace the toner with the Dell toner.

Pull the sealing tapes out.

Go to step 4.

1 - 318

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Remedy Yes No Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 5. Go to step 6. Go to step 8. Go to step 8. Check the original printing data.

Checking the paper condition Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the menu settings Check the [Advanced] tab of the [Printing Preferences] on the [Properties] of the Printer Driver. Is the [Toner Saving Mode] selected? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the faint color Is there the faint toner? Checked by [4 Colors Configuration Chart] of [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. Checking after reseating the TONER CARTRIDGEs Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGEs, and check that their lock keys are in the lock positions. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Are four HV terminals on the right side of the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed?

Go to step 6.

5 6 7 8

End of work. Cancel the [Toner Saving Mode], then go to step 7. End of work. Go to step 9.

End of work.

Go to step 10.

10

Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s), then go to step 11.

Go to step 11.

1 - 319

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY. Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or deformed? Remedy Yes No

11

Clean and/or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING(s), then go to step 12.

Go to step 12.

12

Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the laser beam windows of the ROS ASSY Are the laser beam windows on the ROS ASSY clean?

End of work.

Go to step 13.

13

Go to step 14.

Clean the window(s) with soft cloth or cotton swab gently.

Checking the laser beam path Are there any foreign substances between the ROS ASSY and PHD ASSY? Remove the foreign substances.

14

Go to step 15.

1 - 320

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Remedy Yes No Replace the MOTOR ASSY DISP (Y, M, C or K) (refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10), then go to step 16. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Go to step 18.

15

Does the Toner Dispenser Motor function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1F(Y), DO-21(M), DO23(C), DO-25(K)] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.

Go to step 17.

16

Is the image printed correctly?

End of work.

17

Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA HVPS Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the FRAME ASSY MOT Replace the FRAME ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9.) Is the image printed correctly?

End of work.

18

End of work.

Go to step 19.

19

End of work.

Go to step 20.

20

End of work.

Go to step 21.

21

End of work.

Go to step 22.

22

End of work.

Go to step 23.

23

End of work.

Go to step 24. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

24

End of work.

1 - 321

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P2 Blank print (No print)


Trouble substance The entire paper is printed pure white. ESS and possible causative parts - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - MOTOR ASSY DISP (Y/M/C/K) (PL5.1.3) or FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2) - TONER CARTRIDGE K (PL5.1.21) - TONER CARTRIDGE C (PL5.1.22) - TONER CARTRIDGE M (PL5.1.23) - TONER CARTRIDGE Y (PL5.1.24) - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1) - DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) - DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4) - PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) - PWBA HYUI (PL13.4.1)

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step

Check

Remedy Yes Printing data form is not suitable for the printer, then check the printing data which the problem generated. Replace the toner with the Dell toner, then go to step 3. No

Checking the blank print. Print the contamination check page. Is the image printed correctly?

Go to step 2.

Checking the Toner Type Is the Non-Dell Toner seated?

Go to step 4. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

Is the image printed correctly?

End of work.

Checking after reseating all TONER CARTRIDGEs (Y/M/C/ K) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGEs, and check that their lock keys are in the lock positions. Is the image printed correctly?

End of work.

Go to step 5.

1 - 322

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper condition Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the life counter value of the TONER CARTRIDGEs Check the life counter value of the TONER CARTRIDGEs in [Parameters] on the [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Does the remainder value show the near of the end? (Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.) Checking the laser beam windows of the ROS ASSY Are the laser beam windows on the ROS ASSY clean? Remedy Yes Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s), then go to step 6. End of work. No

Go to step 7.

Go to step 7. Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 8. Go to step 9.

Go to step 9.

End of work. Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE(s). (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.)

Go to step 10.

10

Go to step 11.

Clean the window(s) with soft cloth or cotton swab gently.

Checking the laser beam path Are there any foreign substances between the ROS ASSY and PHD ASSY? Remove the foreign substances.

11

Go to step 12.

12

Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the Toner Dispenser Motors for function Does the Toner Dispenser Motors function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1F(Y), DO-21(M), DO23(C), DO-25(K)] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.

End of work.

Go to step 13.

13

Go to step 18.

Go to step 14.

1 - 323

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and TNR (Y/M/C/K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP). Are P/J18, P/J19, P/J181, P/J182, P/J191 and P/J192 connected correctly? 14 Go to step 16. Remedy Yes No

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J18, P/J19, P/ J181, P/J182, P/ J191 and/or P/ J192 surly, then go to step 15.

15

Is the image printed correctly? Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity Disconnect J18 and J19 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J181, J182, J191 and J192 from the TNR (Y/M/ C/K) MOT. Is each cable of J18 <=> J181 and J182 continuous? Is each cable of J19 <=> J191 and J192 continuous? Checking the power to TNR (Y/M/C/K) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP) Disconnect J18 and J19 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P18-3pin, P18-8pin, P19-4pin and P19-9pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed. Checking the ROS ASSY for connection Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA MCU. Are P/J40, P/J 41, P/J411 and P/J 412 connected correctly?

End of work.

Go to step 16. Replace the HARN ASSY TNR MOT.

16

Go to step 17.

17

Replace the MOTOR ASSY DISP or FRAME ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

18

Go to step 20.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J40, P/J41, P/J411 and/or P/J412 surely, then go to step 19.

19 20

Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly?

End of work. End of work.

Go to step 20. Go to step 21.

21

End of work.

Go to step 22.

22

End of work.

Go to step 23.

1 - 324

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA HVPS Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9.) Is the image printed correctly? Remedy Yes End of work. No Go to step 24.

23

24

End of work.

Go to step 25.

25

End of work.

Go to step 26. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

26

End of work.

1 - 325

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P3 Solid black


Trouble substance The entire paper is printed jet-black. ESS and possible causative parts - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) - PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19) - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step

Check

Remedy Yes Printing data is incorrect, then check the printing data which the problem generated. Go to step 3. No

Checking the solid black. Print the contamination check page. Is the image printed correctly?

Go to step 2.

Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking the printing Is the image printed correctly? Checked by [Test Print] - [Test Pattern 600] in diagnosis. Checking the test printing Is the image printed correctly? Checked by printing the [TestPat (IOT)] in [Test Print] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the Grid2. Print the Grid2 page. Is the solid color printed? Checked by [Test Print] - [Grid2] in diagnosis. Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA HVPS Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly? Is the image printed correctly?

Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner. Go to step 5.

Go to step 4. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Replace the toner cartridge of the color by which Solid was printed. End of work.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 6.

Go to step 7.

End of work.

Go to step 8.

8 9

End of work. End of work.

Go to step 9. Go to step 10.

1 - 326

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PWBA HVPS Replace the PWBA HVPS. (Refer to Removal 47/ Replacement 7.) Is the image printed correctly? Remedy Yes End of work. No Go to step 11.

10

11

End of work.

Go to step 12. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

12

End of work.

1 - 327

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P4 Vertical blank lines (White stripes in paper transport direction)

13

13

13

13

Random
13 13 13 13

Periodic

Mnt01102KA

Mnt01103KA

Trouble substance There are some extremely faint or completely non-printed parts. Those nonprinted parts cover a wide area vertically, along the paper feeding direction. ESS and possible causative parts - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step

Check

Remedy Yes Printing data is incorrect, then check the printing data which the problem generated. No

Checking the Vertical blank lines. Print the contamination check page. Is the image printed correctly?

Go to step 2.

1 - 328

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the defective parts Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. When the vertical blank lines of periodicity are observed, check the defective parts by comparing the printed vertical blank lines with the Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.) Are there any vertical blank lines matching the chart? Checking the paper condition Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Is the image printed correctly? Remedy Yes No

Replace the corresponding parts.

Go to step 3.

Go to step 5.

Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 4. Go to step 5. Go to step 7. Go to step 7.

4 5 6

End of work.

Remove the Checking the foreign substances on the paper transfer path foreign Are there any foreign substances on the paper transfer path substances, then between the TRANSFER ASSY and FUSER ASSY? go to step 6. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the belt surfaces of the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed? Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s). End of work. Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

Go to step 8.

Go to step 9.

Checking the laser beam path Are there any foreign substances between the ROS ASSY and PHD ASSY? Remove the foreign substances.

Go to step 10.

1 - 329

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY. Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or deformed? Remedy Yes No

10

Clean and/or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 11.

11

Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA HVPS Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Is the image printed correctly?

End of work.

Go to step 12.

12

End of work.

Go to step 13.

13

End of work.

Go to step 14.

14

End of work.

Go to step 15.

15

End of work.

Go to step 16.

16

End of work.

Go to step 17.

17

End of work.

Go to step 18.

18

End of work.

Go to step 19.

1 - 330

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the ROS ASSY for connection Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA MCU. Are P/J40, P/J 41, P/J411 and P/J 412 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J40, P/J41, P/J411 and/or P/J412 surely, then go to step 20. Remedy Yes No

19

Go to step 21.

20

Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9.) Is the image printed correctly?

End of work.

Go to step 21. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

21

End of work.

1 - 331

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P5 Horizontal band cross out (White stripes in horizontal direction)

13

13

13

13

Random
13 13 13 13

Periodic

Mnt01104KA

Mnt01105KA

Trouble substance There are some extremely faint or completely non-printed parts. Those nonprinted parts cover a wide area horizontally, perpendicular to the paper feeding direction. ESS and possible causative parts - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) - PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19) - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - TONER CARTRIDGE K (PL5.1.21) - TONER CARTRIDGE C (PL5.1.22) - TONER CARTRIDGE M (PL5.1.23) - TONER CARTRIDGE Y (PL5.1.24) - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

1 - 332

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Step

Check

Remedy Yes Printing data is incorrect, then check the printing data which the problem generated. No

Checking the Horizontal band cross out. Print the contamination check page. Is the image printed correctly?

Go to step 2.

Checking the defective parts Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in Replace the [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. corresponding Check the defective parts by comparing the printed parts horizontal band cross out with Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.) Are there any horizontal band cross out matching the chart? Checking the paper condition Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed? Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 3.

Go to step 5.

Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 4. Go to step 5.

End of work. Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

Go to step 6.

Go to step 7.

Checking the laser beam path Are there any foreign substances between the ROS ASSY and PHD ASSY?

Remove the foreign substances.

Go to step 8.

1 - 333

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY. Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or deformed? Remedy Yes No

Clean and/or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 9.

Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA HVPS Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGEs Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE(s). (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly?

End of work.

Go to step 10.

10

End of work.

Go to step 11.

11

End of work.

Go to step 12.

12

End of work.

Go to step 13.

13

End of work.

Go to step 14.

14

End of work.

Go to step 15.

15

End of work.

Go to step 16.

16

End of work.

Go to step 17.

1 - 334

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking the ROS ASSY for connection Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA MCU. Are P/J40, P/J 41, P/J411 and P/J 412 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J40, P/J41, P/J411 and/or P/J412 surely, then go to step 19. Remedy Yes End of work. No Go to step 18.

17

18

Go to step 20.

19 20

Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PWBA HVPS Replace the PWBA HVPS. (Refer to Removal 47/ Replacement 7.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9.) Is the image printed correctly?

End of work. End of work.

Go to step 20. Go to step 21. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

21

End of work.

1 - 335

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P6 Vertical stripes

13 13 13

13

Random
13 13 13 13

Periodic

Mnt01106KA

Mnt01107KA

Trouble substance There are vertical black stripes along the paper. ESS and possible causative parts - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step

Check

Remedy Yes Printing data is incorrect, then check the printing data which the problem generated. No

Checking the Vertical stripes. Print the contamination check page. Is the image printed correctly?

Go to step 2.

1 - 336

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Remedy Yes No Replace the corresponding parts. When the result corresponds to the [b-12 PHD] of the pitch chart, performing the Go to step 3. [PHD Refresh Configuration Check] of [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box] may improve image quality.

Checking the defective parts Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. When the vertical stripes of periodicity are observed, check the defective parts by comparing the printed vertical stripes with the Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.) Are there any vertical stripes matching the chart?

Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed? Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 4.

Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY. Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or deformed?

Clean and/or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 5.

1 - 337

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step 5 Check Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA HVPS Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the ROS ASSY for connection Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA MCU. Are P/J40, P/J 41, P/J411 and P/J 412 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J40, P/J41, P/J411 and/or P/J412 surely, then go to step 12. Remedy Yes End of work. No Go to step 6.

End of work.

Go to step 7.

End of work.

Go to step 8.

End of work.

Go to step 9.

End of work.

Go to step 10.

10

End of work.

Go to step 11.

11

Go to step 13.

12 13

Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9.) Is the image printed correctly?

End of work. End of work.

Go to step 13. Go to step 14.

14

End of work.

Go to step 15.

15

End of work.

Go to step 16. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

16

End of work.

1 - 338

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P7 Horizontal stripes

13 13 13

13

Random
13 13 13 13

Periodic

Mnt01108KA

Mnt01109KA

Trouble substance There are horizontal black stripes (perpendicular to the paper path direction) along the paper. ESS and possible causative parts - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - TONER CARTRIDGE K (PL5.1.21) - TONER CARTRIDGE C (PL5.1.22) - TONER CARTRIDGE M (PL5.1.23) - TONER CARTRIDGE Y (PL5.1.24) - FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

1 - 339

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

Step

Check

Remedy Yes Printing data is incorrect, then check the printing check the printing data which the problem generated. No

Checking the Horizontal stripes. Print the contamination check page. Is the image printed correctly?

Go to step 2.

Checking the defective parts Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. Check the defective parts by comparing the printed horizontal stripes with Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.) Are there any horizontal stripes matching the chart?

Replace the corresponding parts When the result corresponds to the [b-12 PHD] of the pitch chart, performing the Go to step 3. [PHD Refresh Configuration Check] of [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box] may improve image quality.

Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed? Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 4.

Checking the paper path Are there any contaminations of the toner on the paper path?

Clean the paper path.

Go to step 5.

1 - 340

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY. Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or deformed? Remedy Yes No

Clean and/or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 6.

Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly?

End of work.

Go to step 7.

End of work.

Go to step 8.

Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K) Are the TONER CARTRIDGEs that meet the specification installed to the correct position?

Go to step 9.

Replace a new TONER CARTRIDGE (Y/ M/C/K) meets the specification. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Go to step 10.

Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA HVPS Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly?

End of work.

10

End of work.

Go to step 11.

11

End of work.

Go to step 12.

12

End of work.

Go to step 13.

1 - 341

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the ROS ASSY for connection Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA MCU. Are P/J40, P/J 41, P/J411 and P/J 412 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J40, P/J41, P/J411 and/or P/J412 surely, then go to step 14. Remedy Yes No

13

Go to step 15.

14 15

Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9.) Is the image printed correctly?

End of work. End of work.

Go to step 15. Go to step 16.

16

End of work.

Go to step 17.

17

End of work.

Go to step 18. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

18

End of work.

1 - 342

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P8 Partial Deletion

13

13

13

13

Random
13 13 13 13

Periodic

Mnt01110KA

Mnt01111KA

Trouble substance There are some extremely faint or completely missing parts in a limited area on the paper. ESS and possible causative parts - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step

Check

Remedy Yes No Turn on the power of the air conditioner and replace a new dray and recommended paper, then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Go to step 4.

Checking dew condensation Was the printer installed in the room where the air conditioner well works?

Go to step 3.

2 3

Is the image printed correctly? Checking the Partial Deletion. Print the contamination check page. Is the image printed correctly?

End of work. Check the printing data which the problem generated.

1 - 343

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the defective parts Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. When the partial lacks of periodicity are observed, check the defective parts by comparing the printed partial lacks with the Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.) Are there any partial lackes matching the chart? Checking after replacing a new paper Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed? Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s). Remedy Yes No

Replace the corresponding parts.

Go to step 5.

End of work. Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.)

Go to step 6.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 8.

Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY. Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or deformed?

Clean and/or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 9.

1 - 344

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step 9 Check Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating TONER CARTRIDGEs (Y/M/C/K) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGEs (Y/M/C/K), and check that their lock keys are in the lock positions. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA HVPS Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the ROS ASSY for connection Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA MCU. Are P/J40, P/J 41, P/J411 and P/J 412 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J40, P/J41, P/J411 and/or P/J412 surely, then go to step 16. Remedy Yes End of work. No Go to step 10.

10

End of work.

Go to step 11.

11

End of work.

Go to step 12.

12

End of work.

Go to step 13.

13

End of work.

Go to step 14.

14

End of work.

Go to step 15.

15

Go to step 17.

16 17

Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9.) Is the image printed correctly?

End of work. End of work.

Go to step 17. Go to step 18.

18

End of work.

Go to step 19. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

19

End of work.

1 - 345

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P9 Spots

13 13 13

13

Random
13 13 13 13

Periodic

Mnt01112KA

Mnt01113KA

Trouble substance There are toner spots all over the paper disorderedly. ESS and possible causative parts - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step

Check

Remedy Yes Clean the contaminations with soft cloth or cotton swab, then go to step 2. End of work. No

Checking the contaminations on the paper transfer path Are there any contaminations on the paper transfer path? Is the image printed correctly?

Go to step 3.

Go to step 3.

1 - 346

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Remedy Yes No Replace the corresponding parts When the result corresponds to the [b-12 PHD] of the pitch chart, performing the Go to step 4. [PHD Refresh Configuration Check] of [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box] may improve image quality. Go to step 6. End of work. Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.) Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 5. Go to step 6.

Checking the defective parts Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. Check the defective parts by comparing the printed spots with Pitch Chart. (Refer to Chapter 4.1.) Are there any spots matching the chart?

4 5

Checking the using paper Does the using paper meet the specifications? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed?

Go to step 7.

Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 8.

1 - 347

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY. Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or deformed? Remedy Yes No

Clean and/or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 9.

Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating TONER CARTRIDGEs (Y/M/C/K) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGEs (Y/M/C/K), and check that their lock keys are in the lock positions. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA HVPS Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly?

End of work.

Go to step 10.

10

End of work.

Go to step 11.

11

End of work.

Go to step 12.

12

End of work.

Go to step 13.

13

End of work.

Go to step 14.

14

End of work.

Go to step 15.

15

End of work.

Go to step 16.

1 - 348

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the ROS ASSY for connection Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA MCU. Are P/J40, P/J 41, P/J411 and P/J 412 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J40, P/J41, P/J411 and/or P/J412 surely, then go to step 17. Remedy Yes No

16

Go to step 18.

17 18

Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9.) Is the image printed correctly?

End of work. End of work.

Go to step 18. Go to step 19.

19

End of work.

Go to step 20. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

20

End of work.

1 - 349

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P10 Afterimage (Ghost)


Trouble substance The ghost appears on the paper. The ghost may be the image of the previous page, or a part of the page currently printing. ESS and possible causative parts - LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8) - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7)
Mnt01114KA
Wsb02020KA

Afterimage

- PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) - HARN ASSY LVPS (PL9.1.3)

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step 1

Check Checking the printing Did the client print the same image of large volume? Checking the Afterimage(Ghost). Print the Windows test page. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the Afterimage(Ghost). Print the [Ghost Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [CE Diag]. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the erase lamps Open the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the PHD ASSY. Cheat the safty interlock switch. Does the four erase LEDs light correctly? Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and LED ASSY ERASE. Are P/J141 and P/J14 connected correctly?

Remedy Yes Go to step 2. Check the printing data which the problem generated. End of work. No Go to step 3.

Go to step 3.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 8.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 6.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J141 and/or P/J14 surely, then go to step 6.

1 - 350

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the HARN ASSY LVPS for continuity Disconnect J14 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J141 from the LED ASSY ERASE. Is each cable of J14 <=> J141 continuous? Checking the power to LED ASSY ERASE Disconnect the connector of J14 from the LED ASSY ERASE. Is the voltage across P14-15pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY. Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or deformed? Remedy Yes Go to step 7. Replace the LED ASSY ERASE. (Refer to Removal 15/ Replacement 39.) No Replace the HARN ASSY LVPS. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Clean and/or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 9.

Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed?

End of work.

Go to step 10.

10

Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 11.

11

Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Is the image printed correctly?

End of work.

Go to step 12.

1 - 351

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step 12 Check Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA HVPS Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Is the image printed correctly? Remedy Yes End of work. No Go to step 13.

13

End of work.

Go to step 14.

14

End of work.

Go to step 15.

15

End of work.

Go to step 16.

16

End of work.

Go to step 17.

17

End of work.

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)

1 - 352

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P11 Grey Background


Trouble substance There is toner stain all over or a part of the page. The stain appears as very bright gray stain. ESS and possible causative parts - LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8) - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) - HARN ASSY LVPS2 (PL9.1.3)
Mnt01115KA

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step

Check

Remedy Yes Printing data is incorrect, then check the printing data which the problem generated. Clean the contaminations with soft cloth or cotton swab, then go to step 3. End of work. No

Checking the Grey background. Print the Gradation page. Is the image printed correctly?

Go to step 2.

Checking the contaminations on the paper transfer path Are there any contaminations on the paper transfer path? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the printing Print the Windows test page after printing the color photograph or picture. (If the color photograph or picture printing is impossible, print the [4 Colors Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box].) Is the image printed correctly? Checking the erase lamps Open the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the PHD ASSY. Cheat the safty interlock switch. Does the four erase LEDs light correctly?

Go to step 4.

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 9.

Go to step 6.

1 - 353

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and LED ASSY ERASE. Are P/J141 and P/J14 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J141 and/or P/J14 surely, then go to step 7. Remedy Yes No

Go to step 7.

Checking the HARN ASSY LVPS2 for continuity Disconnect J14 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J141 from the LED ASSY ERASE. Is each cable of J14 <=> J141 continuous? Checking the power to LED ASSY ERASE Disconnect the connector of J14 from the LED ASSY ERASE. Is the voltage across P14-15pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed?

Go to step 8. Replace the LED ASSY ERASE. (Refer to Removal 15/ Replacement 39.)

Replace the HARN ASSY LVPS2. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 10.

1 - 354

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY. Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or deformed? Remedy Yes No

10

Clean and/or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING(s).

Go to step 11.

11

Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating TONER CARTRIDGEs (Y/M/C/K) Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGEs (Y/M/C/K), and check that their lock keys are in the lock positions. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the ROS ASSY for connection Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA MCU. Are P/J40, P/J 41, P/J411 and P/J 412 connected correctly?

End of work.

Go to step 12.

12

End of work.

Go to step 13.

13

Go to step 15.

Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J40, P/J41, P/J411 and/or P/J412 surely, then go to step 14.

14 15

Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS. Is the image printed correctly?

End of work. End of work.

Go to step 15. Go to step 16.

16

End of work.

Go to step 17.

1 - 355

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step 17 Check Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PWBA HVPS Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS Replace the PWBA ESS. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Is the image printed correctly? Remedy Yes End of work. No Go to step 18.

18

End of work.

Go to step 19.

19

End of work.

Go to step 20. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

20

End of work.

1 - 356

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P12 Skew
Trouble substance The printed image is not paralleled with both sides of the paper. ESS and possible causative parts - HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) - ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) - ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) - ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) - FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1)

Mnt01116KA

. Tray is recommended for paper feeding because sheets fed via SSF is prone to skew depending on how the sheet is placed on SSF.

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step

Check Checking the using paper Does the using paper meet the specifications? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper condition Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Is the image printed correctly? Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper feeding tray Is the skewed paper fed from the SSF? Checking the side guides setting of SSF Reset the side guides. Is the image printed correctly?

Remedy Yes Go to step 3. End of work. No Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 4. Go to step 5. Replace the defective parts, then go to step 6. Go to step 7. Go to step 8.

1 2

Go to step 5.

4 5 6 7

End of work. End of work. End of work. End of work.

8 9 10

End of work. Go to step 10. End of work.

Go to step 9. Go to step 17. Go to step 11.

1 - 357

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the paper path Are there any foreign substances on the paper path? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL ASSY METAL for rotation Enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab, and then enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-27] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Does the Roll Assy Regi and Roll Regi Metal rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the skewed mode Is the skewed paper fed from the Duplex? Checking the FEEDER ASSY DUP for installation Reseat the FEEDER ASSY DUP. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the paper path Are there any foreign substances on the paper path? Checking after reseating the Paper Cassette Reseat the Paper Cassette. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the paper Reseat the paper in the Paper Cassette. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the side guides of the Paper Cassette Reset the side guides. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper path Are there any foreign substances on the paper path? Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR Reseat the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR Replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 2/Replacement 52.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the ROLL ASSY FEED Replace the ROLLER ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45.) Is the image printed correctly? Remedy Yes Remove the foreign substances, then go to step 12. End of work. No Go to step 13. Go to step 13.

11 12

13

End of work.

Replace the ROLL ASSY REGI and/ or ROLL REGI METAL.

14 15

Go to step 15. Go to step 16.

Go to step 17. End of work Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP. (Refer to Removal 57/ Replacement 57.) Go to step 18.

16

Remove the foreign substances.

17

End of work.

18

End of work.

Go to step 19.

19

End of work. Remove the foreign substances, then go to step 21. End of work. End of work.

Go to step 20.

20 21 22

Go to step 22. Go to step 22. Go to step 23.

23

End of work.

Go to step 24.

24

End of work.

Go to step 25.

1 - 358

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for rotation Enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab, and then enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-27] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Does the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Remedy Yes No

25

End of work.

Replace the ROLL ASSY REGI and/ or ROLL REGI METAL.

1 - 359

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P13 Paper damage


Trouble substance The paper comes out from the printer wrinkled, folded or worn-out. ESS and possible causative parts - HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) - ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) - ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) - ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) - FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1)

Mnt01117KA

.Tray is recommended for paper feeding because sheets fed via SSF is prone to skew depending on how the sheet is placed on SSF.

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step

Check

Remedy Yes No Turn on the power of the air conditioner, and replace a new dray and recommended paper, then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 4. Go to step 5. Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 6. Go to step 7. Replace the defective parts, then go to step 8. Go to step 9. Go to step 10.

Checking dew condensation Was the printer installed in the room where the air conditioner well works?

Go to step 3.

2 3 4

Is the image printed correctly? Checking the using paper Does the using paper meet the specifications? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper condition Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Is the image printed correctly? Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly?

End of work. Go to step 5. End of work.

Go to step 7.

6 7 8 9

End of work. End of work. End of work. End of work.

1 - 360

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper feeding tray Is the damaged paper fed from the SSF? Checking the side guides setting of SSF Reset the side guides. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper path Are there any foreign substances on the paper path? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for rotation Enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab, and then enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-27] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Does the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the damaged mode Is the damaged paper fed from the Duplex? Checking the FEEDER ASSY DUP installtion Reseat the FEEDER ASSY DUP. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the paper path Are there any foreign substances on the paper path? Checking after reseating the Paper Cassette Reseat the Paper Cassette. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the side guides of the Paper Cassette Reset the side guides. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating a new paper Reseat a new paper in the Paper Cassette. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper path Are there any foreign substances on the paper path? Is the image printed correctly? Remedy Yes No

10

End of work.

Go to step 11.

11 12 13

End of work. Go to step 13. End of work. Remove the foreign substances, then go to step 15. End of work.

Go to step 12. Go to step 20. Go to step 14.

14 15

Go to step 16. Go to step 16.

16

End of work.

Replace the ROLL ASSY REGI and/ or ROLL REGI METAL.

17 18

Go to step 18. Go to step 19.

Go to step 20. End of work. Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP. (Refer to Removal 57/ Replacement 57.) Go to step 21.

19

Remove the foreign substances.

20

End of work.

21

End of work.

Go to step 22.

22

End of work. Remove the foreign substances, then go to step 24. End of work.

Go to step 23.

23 24

Go to step 25. Go to step 25.

1 - 361

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step 25 Check Checking after reseating the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR Reseat the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR Replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 2/Replacement 52.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the ROLL ASSY FEED Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for rotation Enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab, and then enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-27] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Does the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Remedy Yes End of work. No Go to step 26.

26

End of work.

Go to step 27.

27

End of work.

Go to step 28.

28

End of work.

Replace the ROLL ASSY REGI and/ or ROLL REGI METAL.

1 - 362

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P14 Unfusing
Trouble substance The printed image is not fixed on the paper properly. The image easily comes off when rubbed. ESS and possible causative parts - FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)

Mnt01118KA

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step

Check Checking the using paper Does the using paper meet the specifications? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper condition Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the power cord for connection Connect the power cord with other wall outlet. (Never connect the power cord into other connector of the same wall outlet.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY and initialize the Fuser Life Counter. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) Does the error still occure when printing?

Remedy Yes Go to step 3. End of work. No Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 4. Go to step 5. Replace the toner with Dell Toner, then go to step 6. Go to step 7.

1 2

Go to step 5.

4 5 6

End of work. Go to step 7. End of work.

End of work.

Go to step 8.

End of work.

Go to step 9.

Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)

End of work.

1 - 363

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.P15 Color registration (Color shift)


- Troubleshooting of a control system

ABCDEabcde12345

Mnt01119KA

Trouble substance A yellow or black image printed is not overlapped on a cyan or magenta image correctly. ESS and possible causative parts - PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13)

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step 1

Check Turn OFF/ON the power. Does the color registration (color shift) appear on the printed material when printing? Checking the Color registration. Print the Windows test page. Is the image printed correctly?

Remedy Yes Go to step 2. Printing data is incorrect, then check the printing data which the problem generated. No End of work.

Go to step 3.

Checking the paper condition Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Does the color registration appear on the printed material when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Does the color registration appear on the printed material when printing? Checking the printing (Banding Error Check) Print the [MQ Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [CE Diag]. Does the banding error appear on the printed material?

Go to step 5.

Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 4. End of work.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 6.

End of work.

Go to step 7.

Go to step 9.

1 - 364

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the banding error appear on the printed material when printing? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the banding error appear on the printed material when printing? Checking the printing (Color Registration Check) Print the [Alignment Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. Does the color registration appear on the printed material when printing? Adjusting the color registration automatically Check that the Auto Registration Adjustments checkbox of the [Registration Adjustment] in [Printer Maintenance] tab of [Tool Box] is checked . Press the [Auto Correct] button to stat the auto color registration adjustment. After adjustment is completed, press the [Color Regi Chart] Does the color registration appear on the printed material when printing? Adjusting the color registration manually Uncheck the checkbox of the Auto Registration Adjustments of the [Registration Adjustment] in [Printer Maintenance] tab of [Tool Box]. Adjust the color registration by [Color Registration Adjustment (Lateral)] and/or [Color Registration Adjustment (Process)] several times. After the adjustments are completed, press [Restart printer to apply new settings] button. Does the color registration appear on the printed material when printing? Remedy Yes Go to step 8. No Go to step 9.

Go to step 9.

Go to step 9.

Go to step 10.

End of work.

10

Go to step 11.

End of work.

11

Replace the printer.

End of work.

1 - 365

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting - Troubleshooting of a paper feeding system

Mnt05100KA

Mnt05101KA

paper feeding is late.

paper feeding is early.

Trouble substance A yellow or black image printed is not overlapped on a cyan or magenta image correctly. ESS and possible causative parts - PHD UNIT (PL4.1.21) - FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - PWBA MCU (PL10.7.7)

Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.

Step

Check Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error appear on the printed material when printing? Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33.) Does the error appear on the printed material when printing? Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error appear on the printed material when printing?

Remedy Yes No

Go to step 2.

End of work.

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Replace the printer.

End of work.

1 - 366

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

5. Abnormal Noise Trouble


5.1 Entry Chart for Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting

Doesabnormalnoiseariseduring adjustmentafterPowerON? N

ChecktheOperationModeTableofPowerON. Checkthecomponentsarenormalwithoutany stainsand/ordamages.(RefertoFIP1N1.)

Doesabnormalnoiseariseduring Standby? N

ChecktheOperationModeTableofStandby. Checkthecomponentsarenormalwithoutany stainsand/ordamages.(RefertoFIP1N2.)

Doesabnormalnoiseariseduring printing?

ChecktheOperationModeTableofPrinting. Checkthecomponentsarenormalwithoutany stainsand/ordamages.(RefertoFIP1N3.)

1 - 367

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

5.2 Operation Mode Table FIP-1.N1 When Power is Turned On

Step

Check Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2)

Remedy Yes No

Checking the Main Motor Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag].

Go to step 2.

Go to step 5.

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Go to step 4.

End of work.

Checking after reseating the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Reseat the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag].

Try replacing the PHD ASSY (refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50), TRANSFER ASSY (refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33) and DRIVE ASSY MAIN (refer to Removal 32/ Replacement 22) one after another. Go to step 6.

End of work.

Checking the Sub Motor Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-7] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-7] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Checking after reseating the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-7] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag].

Check the installation situation of printer.

Go to step 7.

End of work.

Go to step 8.

End of work.

1 - 368

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Remedy Yes Try replacing the PHD UNIT (refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50), FUSER ASSY (refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49) and DRIVE ASSY SUB (refer to Removal 33/ Replacement 21) one after another. No

Checking after reseating the DRIVE ASSY SUB Reseat the DRIVE ASSY SUB. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-7] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag].

End of work.

1 - 369

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.N2 During Standby

Step Possible causative parts: FAN (PL8.1.1) PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)

Check

Remedy Yes No

Checking the FAN Does the noise arise from the Fan? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1E] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.

Replace the FAN. (Refer to Removal 40/ Replacement 14.)

Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43.)

1 - 370

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-1.N3 During Printing

Step

Check Possible causative parts: HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) FAN (PL8.1.1) FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1)

Remedy Yes No

Checking the paper feeding Does the noise arise from the printer when the paper is fed from the Tray 1? Checking the paper condition in the Paper Cassette Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Checking noise when the paper is fed from the Tray 1 Does the noise arise from the printer? Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR in the Paper Cassette for rotation Remove the Paper Cassette from the printer. Does the SEPARATOR ROLLER rotate smoothly? Turning it with your finger. Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for rotation Remove the Paper Cassette from the printer. Enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag], and then enter the [Digital Output] - [CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID ON(Auto OFF)] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Does the noise arise from this Roller? NOTE: After checking is completed, turn off [CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID ON(Auto OFF)] check first, and then turn off [MAIN MOTOR ON] check. Checking the paper guide sides setting and paper setting of SSF Were the paper guide sides of SSF correctly set, and was the paper correctly inserted into SSF?

Go to step 2.

Go to step 6. Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 3. End of work. Replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52.)

Go to step 4.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 5.

Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45.)

Go to step 12.

Go to step 7.

Reset the paper guide sides, and correctly insert the paper to SSF, then go to step 7. Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 8. Go to step 9.

Checking the paper condition Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Checking noise when the paper is fed from the SSF Does the noise arise from the printer?

Go to step 12.

Go to step 12.

1 - 371

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step 9 Check Checking the Duplex Does the noise arise when feeding the paper from the Duplex? Checking the DUPLEX ASSY for installation Reseat the DUPLEX ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checking the Duplex Motor (MOTOR ASSY DUP) Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] and [DO-12] in [IOT Diagnosis]. Checking the Main Motor Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Checking after reseating the PHD UNIT Reseat the PHD UNIT. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [MAIN MOTOR ON] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Checking the foreign substances on the surfaces of the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL Are there any foreign substances on the surfaces of these parts? Checking noise when printing Does the noise arise from the printer? Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for rotation Enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag], and then enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-27] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Does the noise arise from the Roller(s)? Remedy Yes Go to step 10. Try replacing the FEEDER ASSY DUP. Try replacing the FEEDER ASSY DUP. No Go to step 12.

10

Go to step 11.

11

End of work.

12

Go to step 13.

Go to step 19.

13

Go to step 14.

End of work.

14

Go to step 15.

End of work.

15

Remove the foreign substances, then go to step 16. Go to step 17. Replace the ROLL ASSY REGI and/ or ROLL REGI METAL. Try replacing the PHD UNIT (refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50), TRANSFER ASSY (refer to Removal 21/ Replacement 33) and DRIVE ASSY MAIN (refer to Removal 32/ Replacement 22) one after another. Go to step 20.

Go to step 17.

16

End of work.

17

Go to step 18.

18

Checking the DRIVE ASSY MAIN for installation Reseat the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]..

End of work.

19

Checking the Sub Motor Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-7] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag].

Check the installation situation of the printer.

1 - 372

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Step Check Checking the PHD ASSY for installation Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-7] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Checking the FUSER ASSY for installation Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-7] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Remedy Yes No

20

Go to step 21.

End of work.

21

Go to step 22.

End of work.

22

Checking the DRIVE ASSY SUB for installation Reseat the DRIVE ASSY SUB. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-7] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag].

Try replacing the PHD UNIT (refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50), FUSER ASSY (refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49) and DRIVE ASSY SUB (refer to Removal 33/ Replacement 21) one after another.

End of work.

1 - 373

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

6. Other FIP
Other FIP covers the Electrical Noise FIP, Power Supply FIP and Multiple Feed FIP, except Eerror Code FIP, Abnormal Noise FIP and Image Quality FIP.

FIP-Electrical Noise

Step

Check Checking the external noise Are there any other electrical appliances within 3 meters form the printer, such as generators, radio and appliances with motors? Either turn off the other electrical appliances, or relocate the printer at least 6 meters away from other appliances. Does the electrical noise error still occur? Checking the AC ground Is AC power supply outlet wired and grounded appropriately? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed? Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY. Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or deformed? Checking after reseating the PHD ASSY Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the electrical noise error still occur? Checking after reseating the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the electrical noise error still occur?

Remedy Yes No

Go to step 2.

End of work.

Go to step 3. Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s). Clean and/or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING(s). Go to step 6. Reseat the PWBA HVPS.

Request the client to fix AC power supply outlet.

Go to step 4.

Go to step 5.

End of work.

End of work.

1 - 374

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-AC

Step 1

Check Checking the printer Does the motor noise arise when turning on the power? During this test, close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Checking the power supply on wall outlet Connect the power cord with other wall outlet. Does the printer operate normally? Checking the power code for connection Reconnect the power cord. Does the printer operate normally? Checking the BREAKER GFI for operation Does the BREAKER GFI operate normally? Checking the connector of PWBA LVPS for connection Disconnect the power cord and wait for one minute. Reconnect the all connectors of PWBA LVPS. Does the printer operate normally? Checking the connector of MAIN SWITCH for connection Disconnect the power cord and wait for one minute. Reconnect the connector of MAIN SWITCH. Does the printer operate normally?

Remedy Yes Go to FIP-DC. No Go to step 2.

End of work.

Go to step 3.

3 4

End of work. End of work.

Go to step 4. Go to step 5.

End of work.

Go to step 6. Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43.)

End of work.

1 - 375

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-DC

Step

Check Checking the connector of the PWBA LVPS for connection Disconnect the power cord and wait for one minute. Reconnect the all connectors of the PWBA LVPS. Does the printer operate normally? Checking the connector of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL for connection Reconnect the connector (P/J220) of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL. Does the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL operate normally? Checking after reseating the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU. Does the printer operate normally?

Remedy Yes End of work. No Go to step 2.

End of work.

Go to step 3.

End of work.

Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43.)

1 - 376

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-Multiple Feed
.This multiple feed trouble occurs only when the paper is fed from the Paper Cassette.

Step

Check Possible causative parts HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10)

Remedy Yes No

1 2

Checking the using paper Does the using paper meet the specifications? Does the multi feed still occur when printing? Checking paper condition Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Does the multi feed still occur when printing?

Go to step 3. Go to step 3.

Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 2. End of work. Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 4. End of work. Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED (refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45) and/or SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY (refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52).

Go to step 5.

Go to step 5.

Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED and HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR for rotation Does the ROLL ASSY FEED and HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR rotate smoothly and operate correctly?

End of work.

1 - 377

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting

FIP-Control Panel Freezes

Step Possible causative parts PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7) 1 2

Check

Remedy Yes No

Checking the operating environment. Is the printer connected to the Network? Checking the IP address. Can you change the IP address? Checking the internet connectivity. Is there any internet connection available for your PC? Updating the firmware to the latest version. Download the latest version of the firmware from the DELL Support Website, and execute the update. NOTE: Before updating the firmware to the latest version, reset the error following the steps of procedure described below. In addition, update the firmware by way of a USB storage. 1) Remove the network cable. 2) Connect the USB cable. 3) Turn the power off and on. Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on? Changing the IP address. Contact your system administrator for obtaining a new IP address. Refer to Reference_1 for details of how to change the IP address. Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on?

Go to step 2. Go to step 5.

Replace the Printer. Go to step 3. Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12)

Go to step 4.

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12)

End of work.

Replace the PWBA ESS. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12)

End of work.

Reference_1:Changing the IP address 1) Remove the network cable, and power off the printer and then on 2) Change the IP address on the Control Panel. 3) Plug the network cable back into the printer, and then turn the power on. 4) On the Control Panel, open [Admin] > [Network] > [TCP/IP], and confirm that the IP address has been changed.

1 - 378

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. CONTENTS 1. Overview......................................................................................................................2 - 1


1.1 Position of the Diag. in the Whole System........................................................................................ 2 - 1

2. Configuration ...............................................................................................................2 - 2 3. How to use Diag. Customer Mode...............................................................................2 - 4


3.1 Roles of the control panel in Diag. .................................................................................................... 2 - 4 3.2 Entering diag. Customer mode ......................................................................................................... 2 - 5 3.3 Selecting Diag. item .......................................................................................................................... 2 - 5 3.4 Change method parameters value.................................................................................................... 2 - 5 3.5 Executing/Exiting Diag. mode ........................................................................................................... 2 - 5 3.6 Diag. mode menu tree ...................................................................................................................... 2 - 6

4. The Kind of Diag. and Contents of a Test ...................................................................2 - 8


4.1 IOT Diag............................................................................................................................................ 2 - 8 4.1.1 Digital Input (DI) Test ................................................................................................................ 2 - 8 4.1.2 Executing digital input (DI) test ................................................................................................. 2 - 8 4.1.3 Digital Output (DO) Test ......................................................................................................... 2 - 16 4.1.4 Executing digital output (DO) test ........................................................................................... 2 - 16 4.2 Print Info.......................................................................................................................................... 2 - 33 4.2.1 Executing Print Info................................................................................................................. 2 - 33 4.2.2 Config Page ............................................................................................................................ 2 - 33 4.2.3 Print Settings........................................................................................................................... 2 - 33 4.3 Complete......................................................................................................................................... 2 - 33 4.3.1 Executing Complete................................................................................................................ 2 - 33 4.3.2 Complete................................................................................................................................. 2 - 33 4.4 Installation Set ................................................................................................................................ 2 - 34 4.4.1 Executing Installation Set........................................................................................................ 2 - 34 4.5 Test Print......................................................................................................................................... 2 - 35 4.5.1 Executing test print ................................................................................................................. 2 - 35 4.5.2 No Image IOT ......................................................................................................................... 2 - 35 4.5.3 Pattern 600 IOT ...................................................................................................................... 2 - 35 4.5.4 Grid 2 ...................................................................................................................................... 2 - 36 4.5.5 Cyan 20% ............................................................................................................................... 2 - 37 4.5.6 Magenta 20%.......................................................................................................................... 2 - 37 4.5.7 Yellow 20% ............................................................................................................................. 2 - 38 4.5.8 Black 20% ............................................................................................................................... 2 - 38 4.5.9 CMY 20%................................................................................................................................ 2 - 39 4.5.10 Gradation .............................................................................................................................. 2 - 40 4.5.11 Toner Pallet........................................................................................................................... 2 - 41 4.5.12 Contamination Check............................................................................................................ 2 - 42 4.5.13 Parameter Setting ................................................................................................................. 2 - 43 4.5.14 Printing the parameter list ..................................................................................................... 2 - 45

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. CONTENTS

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

1. Overview
1.1 Position of the Diag. in the Whole System
Major functions of this diag. are as follows: IOT Diag Setting of parameters for registration in paper feeding direction and so on.

2-1

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

2. Configuration
The diagnosis provides three modes that have their respective uses (purposes), target operators, and functions. This manual describes the Control Panel Operation of "Customer Mode". Shippper Mode: This mode intends to be used in the production line with the purpose to locate a chip that causes a problem. Diagnosis time in the mode shall be as short as possible with consideration of production cost. The mode shifts to the Developer mode (described later) after the ESS Diag. This mode is protected password. Customer Mode: This mode intends to be used by customer who handle problems in field with the purpose to locate a replaceable unit that causes a problem. Sorting problems on the basis of parts that can be replaced by the customer support center. This is the base of this mode design, and that is why so many features. The mode allows the user to execute the ESS diagnosis, test prints, parameter settings FAX, Scanner and so on through the control panel. Developer/CE (Customer Engineer) Mode: This mode is for debugging by developers or CEs. It intends to be partially used in the production line. The mode allows the user to execute the ESS diagnosis, test prints, parameter settings and so on through the debug terminal. The functions are activated by commands sent from the serial terminal.Special tool (FX internal debugging terminal) is required to operate Developer mode. This mode is protected password.

2-2

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

Blank Page

2-3

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

3. How to use Diag. Customer Mode


3.1 Roles of the control panel in Diag.
LCD

Rio02001KA
CANCEL

[LCD]: [ ], [ ]: [ ], [ ]: [3 ]:

Displaying a diagnosis item and its result Selecting a diagnosis item/Selecting data at parameter setting Key moves the cursor to the left/right Determining a diagnosis item/Executing a diagnosis/Determining a parameter at parameter setting

[CANCEL]: Resetting a diagnosis item (Returning to the menu one level higher) Terminating each digital input/output

2-4

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

3.2 Entering diag. Customer mode


1) 2) 3) 4) Turn off the power. Turn on the power while holding down and keys. Release the fingers from these keys when Diagnosing... is displayed. The "Customer Mode" and "IOT Diag" are displayed. (Entered the Diag. mode.)

3.3 Selecting Diag. item


The diagnosis setting items are configured as menus, which can be operated with the control panel keys. Arrow keys select menu items and 3 key activates functions.

3.4 Change method parameters value


For parameter setting, pressing 3 key after selecting an item from the menu displays the current setting value of the item. Then a numeric value selected by into the NVM by 3 key. and keys are written

3.5 Executing/Exiting Diag. mode


The diagnosis can be executed by as follows. 1) 2) A test item is displayed. 3 key fixed the test item. The display prompts the user to start the test. Press 3 key and start the test.

The diagnosis can be stopped by as follows. 1) 2) During the diagnosis test, press CANCEL key. The diagnosis is stopped, and the display indicates the one step higher menu. When error occurred during Diag. operations, the display returns to the menu selective state after displaying the error for about three seconds.

2-5

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

3.6 Diag. mode menu tree


Menu Tree of the Customer Mode is as follows

Customer Mode

Press the 2 key

Press the CANCEL key IOT Diag Digital Input

Digital Output Press the key Press the key

Print Info

Config Page Print Settings

Complete

Complete

Installation Set

Toner Low Alert

Test Print

No Image IOT Pattern 600 IOT Grid 2 Cyan 20% Magenta 20% Yellow 20% Black 20% CMY 20% Gradation Toner Pallet ContaminationChk

2-6

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

Parameter

SlowScanReg KtoP SlowScanReg 600M SlowScanReg 600Y SlowScanReg 600C FastScanReg KtoM FastScanReg KtoY FastScanReg KtoC FastScanReg SSF FastScanRegTray1 FastScanRegTray2 FastScanReg Dup FastScanReg2KtoM FastScanReg2KtoY FastScanReg2KtoC Life Y Toner Life M Toner Life C Toner Life K Toner Life Fuser Sheet Life Print Sheet Life DTB Waste Life YwasteToner Life MwasteToner Life CwasteToner Life KwasteToner Life Drum Y Time Life Drum M Time Life Drum C Time Life Drum K Time Life Drum Xero Life Drum Deve K Life SSF Sheet Life Tray1 Sheet Life Tray2 Sheet Life DuplexSheet Life Custom In Life Custom Out Print

2-7

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

4. The Kind of Diag. and Contents of a Test


4.1 IOT Diag
4.1.1 Digital Input (DI) Test This function checks whether the DI components operate normally or not. The DI test is performed for all the DI components. Exit operation of the DI test makes the control panel display the Customer diag. function menu. During the DI test, other Customer diag. functions can not be performed simultaneously. Therefore, the printer does not accept any operation except operations for the DI components and exit operation of the DI test. At the start of the DI test, number 0 is displayed on the control panel. This number is counted up when a DI component is turned on from off, therefore it allows the user to know the component is active. When a paper jam is occurred, or an error message or code is displayed, execute this test to locate the damaged parts. The test will execute the DI Test codes of the components that are supposed to be faulty from the error details. (Refer to each FIP on Chapter 1.) Test result: NG (Go to each FIP or replace the parts.) OK (Turn off/on the main power.) 4.1.2 Executing digital input (DI) test 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) Turn off the power. Turn on the power while holding down and keys. Release the fingers from these keys when Diagnosing... is displayed. The Customer Mode and IOT Diag are displayed. (Entered the Diag. mode.) Press 3 key. Press Press key to select Digital Input, and then press 3 key. or key to select the test item.

Press 3 key twice to execute the test. - To exit the test or to return to one step higher menu, press the "CANCEL" key. - From the menu which performed DI test, to return to one step higher menu, press the "MENU" key.

Parameters for the Digital Input Test are as follows. Code DI-0 DI-1 DI-2 DI-3 DI-4 DI-6 DI-7 DI-9 DI-a Components MPF No Paper Sensor CASSETTE 1 No Paper Sensor Regi Sensor Exit Sensor K Mode Sensor Side Switch Interlock Switch CASSETTE 2 No Paper Sensor CASSETTE 2 Paper Path Sensor

2-8

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

Interlock Switch [DI-7]

Exit Sensor [DI-3]

Side Switch [DI-6] K Mode Sensor [DI-4]

Regi Sensor [DI-2] MPF No Paper Sensor [DI-0]

CASSETTE1 No Paper Sensor [DI-1] CASSETTE2 Paper Path Sensor [DI-a] CASSETTE2 No Paper Sensor [DI-9]

Rio02002KA

2-9

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. - About Sensor A transmissive type sensor is composed of the light-emitting side and the light-receiving side that are placed opposite to each other allowing the light to pass from the former to the latter. On the basis of whether or not the light path is blocked due to the actuator, etc., the sensor detects the paper absence/presence or the moving part position such as at the home position or elsewhere.

Actuator

Leg_Sec02_016FA

- About Switch A micro-switch closes the internal contacts via the button which is pushed down under the provided leaf spring which is held down by the actuator of the cover or door that is being closed. When the door or cover has being opened, the leaf spring returns to its original position and the button is pushed up by the spring in the switch, allowing the internal contacts to open.

Actuator Button

Contact

Blade

Leg_Sec02_018FA

2 - 10

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. -Checking the Sensor and Switch Sensor name (Diag. Code) Confirmation procedures NOTE: Remove the paper of the MPF before executing the test. 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 2) Execute the DI-0. 3) Check the sensor.

Operator Panel

MPF No Paper Sensor (DI-0)


Normal

Rio02003KA

4) 1) 2) 3) 4)

Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. Execute the DI-1. Remove the paper cassette. Check the sensor.
Operator Panel

Normal

CASSETTE 1 No Paper Sensor (DI-1)

Rio02004KA

5) 6)

Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the paper cassette.

2 - 11

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Sensor name (Diag. Code) 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Confirmation procedures Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. Execute the DI-2. Open the Front Cover. Remove the PHD ASSY. Check the sensor by an actuator operation.
Operator Panel Actuator

Normal

Regi Sensor (DI-2)

Rio02005KA

6) 7) 8)

Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the PHD ASSY. Close the Front Cover.

NOTE: Fuser is very hot, so pay sufficient attention at work to above burns, etc. 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 2) Execute the DI-3. 3) Open the Front Cover. 4) Check the sensor.
Operator Panel

Exit Sensor (DI-3)

Normal

Rio02006KA

5) 6)

Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Close the Front Cover.

2 - 12

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Sensor name (Diag. Code) Confirmation procedures NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH. 2) Cheat the safety Interlock System. 3) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 4) Execute the DI-4. 5) Check the sensor.
Actuator

K Mode sensor (DI-4) (Color Mode Switching Sensor)

K Mode Solenoid

Operator Panel

Paper Normal K Mode Sensor

Mnt02007KA

6) 7) 8) 1) 2) 3)

Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Turn off the printer power. Attach the DRIVE ASSY PH. Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. Execute the DI-6. Check the Switch.
Operator Panel

Side Switch (DI-6)

Normal

Rio02008KA

4) 5)

Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Close the Toner Cover.

2 - 13

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Sensor name (Diag. Code) 1) 2) 3) Confirmation procedures Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. Execute the DI-7. Open and close the Front Cover to check the switch.
Operator Panel

Normal

Interlock Switch (DI-7)

Rio02009KA

4) 5)

Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Close the Front Cover.

NOTE: The No paper sensor is in the option feeder. 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 2) Execute the DI-9. 3) Remove the paper cassette. 4) Check the sensor.
Operator Panel

CASSETTE 2 No Paper Sensor(DI-9)

Normal

Rio02050KA

5) 6)

Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the paper cassette.

2 - 14

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Sensor name (Diag. Code) Confirmation procedures NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff. 1) Remove the COVER CHUTE (PL12.1.5). 2) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 3) Execute the DI-a. 4) Remove the CASSETTE 1 paper cassette and CASSETTE 2 paper cassette. 5) Check the sensor.
Operator Panel Actuator

Normal

CASSETTE 2 Paper Path Sensor(DI-a)

Rio02051KA

6) 7) 8) 9)

Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the CASSETTE 1 paper cassette and CASSETTE 2 paper cassette. Turn off the power. Replace the COVER CHUTE (PL12.1.5).

2 - 15

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. 4.1.3 Digital Output (DO) Test This function checks whether the DO components operate. When the interlock is opened while the DO test is performed, each component ends to operate. In this Test Mode, each DO component can be turned individually. Therefore it allows the customer to check a component's operation from outside, and judge whether the component is normal or not. When all the diag. functions are stopped, all the DO components can be turned off. DO test can make each of the DO component's operate simultaneously. When a paper jam or PQ problem is occurred, or an error message or code is displayed, this test enables to look for the broken or damaged parts. Test result: NG (Go to each FIP or replace the parts.) OK (Turn off/on the main power.) 4.1.4 Executing digital output (DO) test 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) Turn off the power. Turn on the power while holding down and keys. Release the fingers from these keys when Diagnosing... is displayed. The Customer Mode and IOT Diag are displayed. (Entered the Diag. mode.) Press 3 key. Press Press key to select Digital Output, and then press 3 key. or key to select test item.

Press 3 key to execute the test. - To exit the test or to return to one step higher menu, press the "CANCEL" key. - From the menu which performed DO test, to return to one step higher menu, press the "MENU" key.

Parameters for the Digital Output Test are as follows. Code DO-0,1,2 DO-5,6,7 DO-a DO-b ,c DO-d,e,f,10 DO-12,13,14,15 DO-17,18,19,1a DO-1e,1f DO-21 DO-23 DO-25 DO-27 DO-29 DO-2f DO-31 DO-33 Main Motor Sub Motor K Mode SOLENOID CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID (Half / Full Rotation) DUPLEX EXIT MOTOR DUPLEX MOTOR CASSETTE 2 FEED MOTOR Fan (HIGH/LOW) Yellow Toner Motor Magenta Toner Motor Cyan Toner Motor Black Toner Motor Regi Clutch CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID (Auto OFF) CASSETTE 2 FEED SOLENOID (Auto OFF) CASSETTE 2 TURN CLUTCH Components

2 - 16

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Code DO-35 DO-3d DO-3f DUPLEX CLUTCH Black Drum Erase Lamp Yellow, Magenta and Cyan Drum Erase Lamp Components

Fan (HIGH / LOW) [DO-1e/1f]

Black Toner Motor [DO-27] Cyan Toner Motor [DO-25] Magenta Toner Motor [DO-23] Yellow Toner Motor [DO-21]

Sub Motor [DO-5/6/7] Main Motor [DO-0/1/2] K Mode SOLENOID [DO-a] Regi Clutch [DO-29] CASSETTE2 FEED MOTOR [DO-17/18/19/1a] CASSETTE2 TURN CLUTCH [DO-33] CASSETTE2 FEED SOLENOID (Auto OFF) [DO-31]

Black Drum Erase Lamp [DO-3d] Yellow, Magenta and Cyan Drum Erase Lamp [DO-3f]

CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID (Half / Full Rotation) [DO-b /c] CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID (Auto OFF) [DO-2f] Rio02010KB

2 - 17

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

Duplex Clutch [DO-35]

DUPLEX EXIT MOTOR [DO-d/e/f/10]

DUPLEX MOTOR [DO-12/13/14/15]

Rio02052KA

2 - 18

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. - About Clutch The electromagnetic clutch in the printer controls the rotation of the roller by transferring or cutting the torque from the motor to the roller. The electromagnetic clutch becomes an electromagnet by the passage of electric current through the coil inside the case and attracts the armature and gear to the rotating rotor, thereby rotating the gear. Upon the loss of power to the coil, electromagnetic force is lost and the armature comes off the rotor, and the gear comes to rest. The clutch makes so soft noises that you must be close the component to audibly confirm the operation of the component.

OFF
Case Shaft

Coil Gear Rotor Armature

ON

Leg_Sec02_050FA

2 - 19

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. - About Solenoid The solenoid in the printer opens/closes the shutter or controls the position of the gear for transferring the torque of the motor to the roller. A solenoid becomes an electromagnet by the passage of electric current through the coil inside the case and attracts the plunger. Upon the loss of power to the coil, electromagnetic force is lost and the plunger is returned to its original position by spring action, thereby allowing the shutter to operate or the gear to move to the predefined position. Unlike a clutch, a solenoid generates a loud operation noise.

Plunger

Magnetic coil Leg_Sec02_051FA

2 - 20

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. - Checking Motor, Clutch and Solenoid Before executing the DO test, close all covers and doors.

Clutch and Solenoid name (Diag. Code)

Confirmation procedure NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff. The customer check is the procedure 1, 4 and 5. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. The rotational speed of the motor is as follows. DO-2<DO-0<DO-1 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 2) Open the Front Cover 3) Cheat the safety Interlock System. 4) Execute the DO-0. (The customer can confirm the motor noise only.)

Main Motor (DO-0/DO-1/DO2)


Drum Belt

Rio02011KA

5) 6) 7) 8)

Check the drum rotation. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Remove the cheater and replace the black toner cartridge. Close the Front Cover.

2 - 21

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Clutch and Solenoid name (Diag. Code) Confirmation procedure The rotational speed of the motor is as follows. DO-7<DO-5<DO-6 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 2) Execute the DO-5.
Exit Roll

Sub Motor (DO-5/DO-6/DO-7)

Rio02012KA

3) 4)

Check the Exit Roll rotation. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test.

NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH. 2) Cheat the safety Interlock System. 3) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 4) Execute the DO-a.

K Mode SOLENOID (DO-a) (Color Mode Switching Sensor)

K Mode Solenoid

Mnt02013KA

5) 6) 7) 8) 9)

Check the K Mode SOLENOID movement. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Turn off the printer power. Attach the DRIVE ASSY PH. Remove the cheater and turn on the printer power.

2 - 22

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Clutch and Solenoid name (Diag. Code) 1) 2) 3) Confirmation procedure Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. Remove the CASSETTE1 paper cassette. Execute the DO-b.
Feed Roll

CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID (Half / Full Rotation) (DO-b ,c)

Rio02014KA

4) 5) 6)

Check the Feed Roll rotation. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the paper cassette.

The rotational speed of the motor is as follows. DO-10<DO-f<DO-e<DO-d 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnosis Mode. 2) Execute the DO-d.
Exit Roll

DUPLEX EXIT MOTOR (DOd,e,f,10)

Rio02053KA

3) 4)

Check the Exit Roll rotation. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test.

2 - 23

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Clutch and Solenoid name (Diag. Code) Confirmation procedure NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff. The customer check is the procedure 1, 4 and 5. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. The rotational speed of the motor is as follows. DO-15<DO-14<DO-13<DO-12 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnosis Mode. 2) Open the Front Cover and CHUTE DUP IN (PL11.1.2). 3) Cheat the safety Interlock System. 4) Execute the DO-12. (The customer can confirm the motor noise only.)

CHUTE DUP IN

DUPLEX MOTOR (DO12,13,14,15)

Duplex Roll

Rio02054KA

5) 6) 7) 8)

Check the Duplex Roller rotation. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Remove the cheater. Close the CHUTE DUP IN (PL11.1.2) and Front Cover.

2 - 24

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Clutch and Solenoid name (Diag. Code) Confirmation procedure NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. The customer check is the procedure 1, 4 and 5. The rotational speed of the motor is as follows. DO-1a<DO-19<DO-18<DO-17 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 2) Remove the CASSETTE 2 paper cassette. 3) Remove the COVER REAR OPT (PL12.1.6) and COVER SIDE L OPT (PL12.1.4). 4) Execute the DO-17. (The customer can confirm the motor noise only.)

CASSETTE 2 FEED MOTOR (DO-17,18,19,1a)

CASSETTE2 Feed Motor


Rio02055KA

5) 6) 7) 1) 2)

Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the COVER REAR OPT (PL12.1.6) and COVER SIDE L OPT (PL12.1.4). Replace the CASSETTE 2 paper cassette. Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. Execute the DO-1e.

Fan (HIGH)/ FAN (LOW) (DO-1e ,1f)

Rio02015KA

3) 4)

Check the FAN rotation. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test.

2 - 25

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Clutch and Solenoid name (Diag. Code) Confirmation procedure NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff. Described below is the check procedure common among the four toner motor. Note the operation for the toner in the PHD ASSY spills if the motor is rotated for a long time. 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 2) Open the Cover and remove the toner cartridge. 3) Open the toner cartridge holder. 4) Execute the DO-21, DO-23, DO-25 or DO-27.

Yellow Toner Motor(DO-21) Magenta Toner Motor (DO23) Cyan Toner Motor (DO-25) Black Toner Motor (DO-27)

Gear
Rio02016KA

5) 6) 7) 8)

Check the TONER MOTER rotation. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the toner cartridge and close the toner cartridge holder. Close the Cover.

2 - 26

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Clutch and Solenoid name (Diag. Code) Confirmation procedure NOTE: When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY , and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 2) Execute the DO-29. Upon hitting the " 3 " key, the operating noise of the clutch will be heard. 3) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch. Combination test is as follows. NOTE: The Regi Roll rotates when the DO-0 and the DO-29 are executed. These procedures are for the technical staff. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Turn on the power and enter the Printer Diag. 2) Open the Front Cover. 3) Cheat the safety Interlock System. 4) Execute the DO-0 and the DO-29.
Regi Roll

Regi Clutch (DO-29)

Rio02017KA

5) 6) 7) 8) 9)

Check the Regi Roll rotation. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Press the " " key to display the DO-0. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the motor. Remove the cheter and close the Front Cover.

2 - 27

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Clutch and Solenoid name (Diag. Code) Confirmation procedure NOTE: This test should be carried out in the case where the Feed Roll fails to rotate under the CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID (DO-b or DOc) (Feed Roll Rotation) status. These procedures are for the technical staff. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Remove the COVER ASSY SIDE L. 2) Cheat the safety Interlock System. 3) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 4) Execute the DO-2f.

CASSETTE1 FEED SOLENOID (Auto OFF) (DO-2f)

Cassette1 Feed Solenoid

Rio02018KA

5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10)

Check the FEED SOLENOID movement. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Turn off the printer power. Attach the COVER ASSY SIDE L. Remove the cheter and close the Front Cover. Turn on the printer power.

2 - 28

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Clutch and Solenoid name (Diag. Code) Confirmation procedure NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. The customer check is the procedure 1, 3 and 4. 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnosis Mode. 2) Remove the COVER REAR OPT (PL12.1.6) and COVER SIDE L OPT (PL12.1.4). 3) Execute the DO-31. (The customer can confirm the Solenoid click sound only.)

CASSETTE 2 FEED SOLENOID(Auto OFF) (DO-31)

CASSETTE2 Feed Solenoid

Rio02056KA

4) 5) 6)

Check the FEED SOLENOID movement. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the COVER REAR OPT (PL12.1.6) and COVER SIDE L OPT (PL12.1.4).

2 - 29

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Clutch and Solenoid name (Diag. Code) 1) 2) 3) Confirmation procedure Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. Execute the DO-33. Upon hitting the "return" key, the operating noise of the clutch will be heard. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch.

Combination test is as follows. NOTE: CASSETTE 2 turn roll rotates when the DO-17 and the DO-33 are executed. This procedure is for the technical staff. 1) Remove the COVER CHUTE (PL12.1.5). 2) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 3) Remove the CASSETTE 1 paper cassette and CASSETTE 2 paper cassette. 4) Execute the DO-17 and the DO-33.
CASSETTE2 Turn Roll

CASSETTE 2 TURN CLUTCH (DO-33)

Rio02057KA

5) 6) 7) 8) 9)

Confirm the CASSETTE 2 Turn Roll rotation. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch. Press the " " key to display the DO-17. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the motor. Replace the CASSETTE 1 paper cassette and CASSETTE 2 paper cassette. 10) Turn off the power. 11) Replace the COVER CHUTE (PL12.1.5).

2 - 30

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Clutch and Solenoid name (Diag. Code) 1) 2) 3) Confirmation procedure Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. Execute the DO-35. Upon hitting the "return" key, the operating noise of the clutch will be heard. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch.

Combination test is as follows. NOTE: The duplex gear rotates when the DO-d and the DO-35 are executed. This procedure is for the technical staff. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 2) Open the Front Cover. 3) Cheat the safety Interlock System. 4) Execute the DO-d and the DO-35.

Duplex CLUTCH (DO-35)

Rio02058KA

5) 6) 7) 8) 9)

Confirm the gear rotation. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch. Press the " " key to display the DO-d. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the motor. Remove the cheater and close the Front Cover.

2 - 31

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Clutch and Solenoid name (Diag. Code) Confirmation procedure NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff. 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 2) Open the Front Cover. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 4) Cheat the safety Interlock System. 5) Execute the DO-3d.

Black Drum Erase Lamp (DO-3d)

Black Drum Erase Lamp

Rio02019KA

6) 7) 8) 9)

Check the lamp lighting. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the PHD ASSY. Remove the cheter and close the Front Cover.

NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff. 1) Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode. 2) Open the Front Cover. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 4) Cheat the safety Interlock System. 5) Execute the DO-3f.

Yellow, Magenta and Cyan Drum Erase Lamp (DO-3f)

Cyan Drum Erase Lamp

Magenta Drum Erase Lamp

Yellow Drum Erase Lamp

Rio02020KA

6) 7) 8) 9)

Check the lamps lighting. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the PHD ASSY. Remove the cheter and close the Front Cover.

2 - 32

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

4.2 Print Info


Prints out the detailed printer settings and configuration information. 4.2.1 Executing Print Info 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Turn off the power. Turn on the power while holding down and keys. Release the fingers from these keys when Diagnosing... is displayed. The Customer Mode and IOT Diag are displayed. (Entered the Diag. mode.) Press Press to select Print Info, and then press 3 key. and key to select the item.

Press 3 key twice to execute the setting. - To exit the test or to return to one step higher menu, press the "CANCEL" key. - A test is not performed when an obstacle is in IOT.

4.2.2 Config Page The version of software of IOT and the printer configuration can be confirmed by executing this test. 4.2.3 Print Settings The service tag, printing count value and error count value can be confirmed by executing this test.

4.3 Complete
Completes the diagnosis operation and reboot the data. 4.3.1 Executing Complete 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Turn off the power. Turn on the power while holding down and keys. Release the fingers from these keys when Diagnosing... is displayed. The Customer Mode and IOT Diag are displayed. (Entered the Diag. mode.) Press to select Complete, and then press 3 key. Press 3 key twice to execute the setting. To exit the test or to return to one step higher menu, press the "CANCEL" key.

4.3.2 Complete Completes the diagnosis operation and reboot the data.

2 - 33

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

4.4 Installation Set


Specifies whether or not Alarm display of Toner residual quantity is performed. 4.4.1 Executing Installation Set 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Turn off the power. Turn on the power while holding down and keys. Release the fingers from these keys when Diagnosing... is displayed. The Customer Mode and IOT Diag are displayed. (Entered the Diag. mode.) Press Press to select Installation Set, and then press 3 key. key to select the ON or OFF.

Press 3 key to execute the setting. To exit the test or to return to one step higher menu, press the "CANCEL" key.

2 - 34

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag.

4.5 Test Print


Print an internal test pattern of the printer. If paper jam or paper empty occurs during the print, the test waits until they are resolved. 4.5.1 Executing test print 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Turn off the power. Turn on the power while holding down and keys. Release the fingers from these keys when Diagnosing... is displayed. The Customer Mode and IOT Diag are displayed. (Entered the Diag. mode.) Press Press key to select Test Print, and then press 3 key. or key to select the test item.

Press 3 key twice to execute the test. - To exit the test or to return to one step higher menu, press the "CANCEL" key. - A test is not performed when an obstacle is in IOT.

4.5.2 No Image IOT Prints the blanked paper. 4.5.3 Pattern 600 IOT Prints the IOT built-in 600dpi pattern. When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the printing process or the PWBA ESS related. Compare the sample chart with the print. Check result: NG (Check the printing process.) OK (Check the PWBA ESS related.)

Kmy02001KA

2 - 35

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. 4.5.4 Grid 2 Prints the ESS built-in grid pattern. When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as printer-related or otherwise. Compare the sample chart with the print. Check result: NG (Check the printing process and PWBA ESS-related.) OK (Check the network, cable, PC and so on.)

Leg_Sec02_004FA

2 - 36

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. 4.5.5 Cyan 20% Outputs cyan 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper. When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the cyan toner or another color. Compare the sample chart with the print. Check result: NG (Check the cyan toner-related.) OK (Check another toner.)

Leg_Sec02_005FA

4.5.6 Magenta 20% Outputs magenta 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper. When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the magenta toner or another color. Compare the sample chart with the print. Check result: NG (Check the magenta toner-related.) OK (Check another toner.)

Leg_Sec02_006FA

2 - 37

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. 4.5.7 Yellow 20% Outputs yellow 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper. When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the yellow toner or another color. Compare the sample chart with the print. Check result: NG (Check the yellow toner-related.) OK (Check another toner.)

Leg_Sec02_007FA

4.5.8 Black 20% Outputs black 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper. When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the black toner or another color. Compare the sample chart with the print. Check result: NG (Check the black toner-related.) OK (Check another toner.)

Leg_Sec02_008FA

2 - 38

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. 4.5.9 CMY 20% Outputs C/M/Y 20% paint on the whole area of a A4 paper. When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the balance of three color toners or otherwise. Compare the sample chart with the print. Check result: NG (Check the yellow, magenta or cyan toner-related.) OK (Check black toner.)

Leg_Sec02_009FA

2 - 39

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. 4.5.10 Gradation Outputs the tone pattern from 2% to 100% on a A4 paper for each of 4 colors. When the PQ problem occurred, this test enables to identify the problem as the printing process or PWBA ESS-related. Compare the sample chart with the print. Check result: NG (Check the printing process.) OK (Check the PWBA ESS-related.)

Leg_Sec02_010FA

2 - 40

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. 4.5.11 Toner Pallet Outputs each 100% density color pattern of Y/M/C/K. When the PQ problem occurred in the picture or photo printing, this test enables to identify the problem as the toner or another. Compare the sample chart with the print. Check result: NG (Check the problem toner-related.) OK (Check the print job or print data.)

Leg_Sec02_011FA

2 - 41

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. 4.5.12 Contamination Check Allows you to check the print for any regular lines or toner spots when encountering PQ problems. From the difference in the interval of regular lines or spots, you can determine the parts that have caused the trouble. Page 1 to 4: Prints the scale patterns in vertical and horizontal directions for evaluating regularity and intervals. Page 5: Prints the list of intervals by component fault. Page 1 Page 2

13

13

Wsb02028KA

Wsb02027KA

Page 3

Page 4

13 13

Wsb02029KA

Wsb02030KA

Page 5

Wsb02025KA

2 - 42

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. 4.5.13 Parameter Setting This function reads/writes the following parameters stored in the printer. Item Slow Scan K to P Slow Scan 600 M,Y,C First Scan K to M,Y or C First Scan SSF, Tray 1, Tray 2, Dup First Scan 2 K to M,Y or C Life Counter Range -128 to 127 -128 to 127 -30 to 30 -1 to 2 Description Sets the registration in the paper feeding direction Sets the registration in the scanning direction. Reads the life counter and the printer.

Print the parameter list using the Print function of Parameter Menu in diagnosis before changing the value of the registration.

Parameter Slow Scan K to P (Shifts 0.17mm/1count) Slow Scan 600 M,Y,C (Shifts 0.042mm/1count) Fast Scan K to M, Y or C (Shifts 0.042mm/1count) Fast Scan 2 K to M, Y or C (Shifts 0.01mm/1count)

Function Black registration adjustment Color registration adjustment (600 dpi) Color registration adjustment Calculation of adjustment is shown below. (exp. Yellow) (Value of Fast Scan K to Y + Value of Fast Scan 2 K to Y )/4

Default ------

Adjustable range -128 to 127 -128 to 127 -128 to 127 -1 to 2 -30 to 30

First Scan SSF, Tray 1, Tray 2, Dup Black registration adjustment at side (Shifts 0.17mm/1count) 1 print

2 - 43

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. The default values are different in each printer.

Shifts the print area in this direction by reducing the value.

Shifts the print area in this direction by increasing the value.

Fast Scan K to M, Y, C Fast Scan 2 K to M, Y, C Fast Scan SSF, Tray1, Tray2, Dup

Slow Scan K to P Slow Scan 600 M, Y, C

Default Value

Shifts the print area in this direction by reducing the value.

Image Side

Shifts the print area in this direction by increasing the value.

Default Value

Rio02021KA

2 - 44

Chapter 2 Operation of Diag. Reference Counter Values These counter values are reference only. Do not use as the official value.

Counter Name Life Y Toner (Dispense time) Life M Toner (Dispense time) Life C Toner (Dispense time) Life K Toner (Dispense time) Life Fuser (Paper feeding count) Life Printer (Paper feeding count) Life DTB (Transfer Belt) 2 (Waste Toner cleaning count) Life Y Waste Toner (Waste Toner cleaning count) Life M Waste Toner (Waste Toner cleaning count) Life C Waste Toner (Waste Toner cleaning count) Life K Waste Toner (Waste Toner cleaning count) Life Y Drum (Cycle count) Life M Drum (Cycle count) Life C Drum (Cycle count) Life K Drum (Cycle count) Life Drum Xero Life Drum Deve K Life SSF (MPF) Sheet Life Tray 1 Sheet Life Tray 2 Sheet Life Duplex Sheet Life Custom In Life Custom Out Print

Value of life warning 100000 200000 18000 18000 18000 18000 3000000 3000000 3000000 3000000 -

4.5.14 Printing the parameter list This function prints the parameter values and life counter values stored in the IOT.

2 - 45

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

1. Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)


1.1 Before starting service procedure
- Start the procedure after turning off the power and removing the power cord from the outlet. - When performing the service operation around the FUSER ASSY, ensure that FUSER ASSY and its surrounding area have cooled down sufficiently. - Pay sufficient attention to the parts during the procedure because they may be broken or may not perform their functions properly if unreasonable force is applied. - Since various types of screws are used, ensure that the right screws are used in their right positions. Use special caution not to confuse the screws for plastic and the ones for sheet metal, because using the wrong type of screw may result in damage to the screw threads or other troubles. Major How to distinguish Points to be noted application locations Silver-colored Thread is coarser than that of the sheet metal type. Screw tip is thin. Oblique screwing damages the thread because this screw cuts female threads in the base material as it goes in.

No.

Type

Application Plastic

Shape

Screw for plastic Silver, tap


Parts etc Plastic

Coarse

Sheet metal Screw for metal sheet Silver


Parts etc Sheet metal

Silver-colored Diameter of the thread section is uniform. Silver-colored Provided with an external tooth washer. Diameter of the thread section is uniform.

Sheet metal Screw for metal sheet Silver, with an external tooth washer Parts etc Sheet metal

Mounting positions of the ground wires.

  

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) - Wear a wristband or the like as far as possible to remove static electricity of the human body. - Keep the front cover closed. Buzzer goes off when the machine is left powered on with the front cover open for five minutes or longer to prevent the drum deterioration due to exposure to light. - When opening the front door in a removal/replacement operation, cover the drum to keep it from being exposed to light. - Remove PAPER TRAY, PHD unit, TONER CARTRIDGE, and FUSER, and put them in a place where they do not affect the procedure. (Note that the service procedures can be performed with those parts in place depending on the target section of removal/replacement.)
Fuser

PHD Unit

Black Cartridge

Tray 1

Cyan Cartridge

Magenta Cartridge

Yellow Cartridge Rio03001KA

  

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

1.2 General notes


The string (PL X.Y.Z) suffixed to the part name in the procedure denotes that the part corresponds to the plate (PL) X.Y, item Z of [Engineering Parts list], and its shape and fitting position can be checked in [Engineering Parts list]. Directional descriptions used in the procedures are defined as follows: -Front -Rear -Left -Right : Direction toward you when facing the front of the printer. : Direction opposite to the front when facing the front of the printer. : Left-hand direction when facing the front of the printer. : Right-hand direction when facing the front of the printer.

Rio03002KA
Figure: Definitions of Printer Orientation The string (RRP X.Y) that appears in or at the end of the procedure denotes that the related service procedure is described in [RRP X.Y]. Screws shown in the illustrations are to be unscrewed and removed using a Phillips head (cross-slot) screwdriver, unless otherwise specified. Black arrows shown in the illustrations denote moving directions. When numbers are assigned to these arrows, they refer to the order in the procedure. Refer to [Chapter 4 Plug/Jack (P/J) Connector Locations] for the positions of connectors (P/J).

  

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal Flows
The components not connected with arrows in the flow below can be removed independently.

Removal FLOW (Removal 1~45)


Tray 1 (Removal 1) Separator Roller (Removal 2) HANDLE ASSY CST (Removal 3) Opening COVER ASSY FRONT PHD Unit (Removal 4) KIT FUSER ASSY (Removal 5) KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Removal 9) COVER ASSY TOP (Removal 10) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Removal 8) COVER SIDE L (Removal 17) SWITCH (Removal 14) LED ASSY ERASE (Removal 15) KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (Removal 16) HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (Removal 18) SENSOR HUM (Removal 19) KIT SHAFT PIVOT (Removal 24) COVER ASSY FRONT (Removal 25) CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (Removal 26) LATCH ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.5), BUTTON LATCH FRONT (PL1.2.11) (Removal 27) HARNESS ASSY PNL A (Removal 28) KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (Removal 34) KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH (Removal 35) DUCT FAN (Removal 41) KIT PWBA ESS (Removal 42) KIT PWBA MCU (Removal 43) DISPENSER ASSY (Removal 44) KIT ROS (Removal 45) HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Removal 39) FAN (Removal Tray 40) 1 (Removal 1) COVER REAR (Removal 29) CLUTCH ASSY DRV, BEARING REGI (Removal 30 ) KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (Removal 31) KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Removal 32) DRIVE ASSY SUB (Removal 33) BREAKER GFI (Removal 36) COVER CST (Removal 37) STOPPER CST (Removal 38) PWBA LVPSY (Removal 11) COVER SIDE R (Removal 13) COVER SIDE L (Removal 17) KIT PIVOT (Removal 20) KIT TRANSFER ASSY (Removal 21) SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (Removal 22) ACTUATOR SSI (Removal 23) PWB ASSY FAN (Removal 12) Opening COVER ASSY FRONT KIT FUSER ASSY (Removal 5) Opening COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Removal 6) TRAY EXT (Removal 7) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Removal 8)

  

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal FLOW (Removal 46~58)


Tray 1 (Removal 1) Opening COVER ASSY FRONT PHD Unit (Removal 4) KIT FUSER ASSY (Removal 5) Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Removal 6) COVER ASSY TOP (Removal 10) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Removal 8) COVER SIDE R (Removal 13) COVER SIDE L (Removal 17) COVER REAR (Removal 29) BREAKER GFI (Removal 36) FAN (Removal 40) KIT PWBA ESS (Removal 42) KIT PWBA MCU (Removal 43) CLUTCH ASSY DRV, BEARING REGI (Removal 30 ) KIT TRANSFER ASSY (Removal 21) UPPER UNIT (Removal 46) PWBA HVPS (Removal 47) SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (Removal 49) ROLL ASSY REGI (Removal 50) ACTUATOR REGI IN (Removal 51) SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (Removal 52) ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (Removal 53)

COVER ASSY FRONT (Removal 25) FEEDER ASSY (Removal 48) WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (Removal 54) MEMORY CARD (Removal 55)

NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER (Removal 56)

FEEDER ASSY DUP (Removal 57) 250 OPTION FEEDER (Removal 58)

  

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement Flows
The components not connected with arrows in the flow below can be replaced independently. However, the rear cover is an exception when it was removed together with other parts.

Replacement FLOW (Replacement 1~8)


FEEDER ASSY (Replacement 6) ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (Replacement 1) SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (Replacement 2) ACTUATOR REGI IN (Replacement 3) ROLL ASSY REGI (Replacement 4) COVER ASSY FRONT (Replacement 29) SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (Replacement 5) PWBA HVPS (Replacement 7)

UPPER UNIT (Replacement 8) KIT TRANSFER ASSY (Replacement 32) CLUTCH ASSY DRV, BEARING REGI (Replacement 24) KIT PWBA MCU (Replacement 11) KIT PWBA ESS (Replacement 12) FAN (Replacement 14) BREAKER GFI (Replacement 18) COVER REAR (Replacement 25) COVER SIDE L (Replacement 37) COVER SIDE R (Replacement 41) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Replacement 46) COVER ASSY TOP (Replacement 44) Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Replacement 48) KIT FUSER ASSY (Replacement 49) PHD Unit (Replacement 50) Closing COVER ASSY FRONT Tray 1 (Replacement 53)

  

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement FLOW (Replacement 9~58)


KIT ROS (Replacement 9) DISPENSER ASSY (Replacement 10) KIT PWBA MCU (Replacement 11) KIT PWBA ESS (Replacement 12) DUCT FAN (Replacement 13) FAN (Replacement 14) HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Replacement 15) STOPPER CST (Replacement 16) COVER CST (Replacement 17) BREAKER GFI (Replacement 18) KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH (Replacement 19) KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (Replacement 20) HARNESS ASSY PNL A (Replacement 26) DRIVE ASSY SUB (Replacement 21) KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Replacement 22) KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (Replacement 23) CLUTCH ASSY DRV, BEARING REGI (Replacement 24) COVER REAR (Replacement 25) ACTUATOR SSI (Replacement 31) SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (Replacement 32) KIT TRANSFER ASSY (Replacement 33) KIT PIVOT (Replacement 34) COVER SIDE L (Replacement 37) COVER SIDE R (Replacement 41) PWB ASSY FAN (Replacement 42) PWBA LVPSY (Replacement 43) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Replacement 46) COVER ASSY TOP (Replacement 44) KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Replacement 45) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Replacement 46) TRAY EXT (Replacement 47) Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Replacement 48) Closing COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR KIT FUSER ASSY (Replacement 49) Closing COVER ASSY FRONT KIT FUSER ASSY (Replacement 49) PHD Unit (Replacement 50) Closing COVER ASSY FRONT HANDLE ASSY CST (Replacement 51) Separator Roller (Replacement 52) LATCH ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.5), BUTTON LATCH FRONT (PL1.2.11) (Replacement 27) CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (Replacement 28) COVER ASSY FRONT (Replacement 29) KIT SHAFT PIVOT (Replacement 30) SENSOR HUM (Replacement 35) HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (Replacement 36) KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (Replacement 38) LED ASSY ERASE (Replacement 39) SWITCH (Replacement 40) COVER SIDE L (Replacement 37) WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (Replacement 54) MEMORY CARD (Replacement 55) NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER (Replacement 56) FEEDER ASSY DUP (Replacement 57) 250 OPTION FEEDER (Replacement 58)

Tray 1 (Replacement 53)

  

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 1 Tray 1 (PL2.1.1)


1) Pull out the Tray 1 (PL2.1.1) from the printer.

3-8

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 2 Separator Roller (PL2.1.99)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Release the two hooks of the Separator Roller (PL2.1.5).

3) Pull up the Separator Roller to remove the Separator Roller from the Tray 1 (PL2.1.1).

3-9

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 3 HANDLE ASSY CST (PL2.1.19)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Release the left side holes of the HANDLE ASSY CST (PL2.1.19) from the bosses of the Tray 1 (PL2.1.1), using a miniature screwdriver.

3) Release the right side holes of the HANDLE ASSY CST from the bosses of the Tray 1, remove the HANDLE ASSY CST.

3 - 10

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 4 PHD Unit (PL4.1.21)


Note: Remove the Tray 1 before working. Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). 3) Open the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7).

4) Put the paper on the TRANSFER ASSY to protect the belt. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, take care not to cover the left and right of the belt guards with the paper.

3 - 11

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Rotate the four stoppers of the PHD UNIT (PL4.1.21) to the counter clock wise direction, to release the lock.

6) Remove the PHD UNIT toward you by pulling it by the left and right handles.

7) Lift up the PHD Unit from the printer.

3 - 12

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 5 KIT FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.97)


1) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 2) Open the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7).

3) Pull the LEVER to release the lock.

4) Disengage the connector of the FUSER ASSY by pulling the right side of the FUSER ASSY toward you with the LEVER released.

3 - 13

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Lift up the FUSER ASSY, move the FUSER ASSY to the right side.

3 - 14

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 6 Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow Cartridge (PL5.1.21~24)


Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the four Toner Cartridges. 1) Open the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.7). 2) Move the handle of the toner cartridge to backward, to release the lock.

3) Open the HOLDER ASSY TCRU K (PL5.1.17).

4) Remove the toner cartridge from the HOLDER ASSY TCRU.

3 - 15

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 7 TRAY EXT (PL1.1.2)


1) Open the TRAY EXT (PL1.1.2).

2) Release the boss of the TRAY EXT from the hole of the COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1), using a miniature screwdriver.

3) Remove the TRAY EXT.

3 - 16

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 8 KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.99)


1) Open the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.7).

2) Press the upper hinge of the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR to release the boss on the hinge from the hole of the printer, move the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR to arrow direction.

3) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR.

3 - 17

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 9 KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.99)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) 4) Release the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI (PL3.2.3) on the left of the ROLL ASSY FEED (PL 3.2.4), and move the ROLL CORE MSI to left until it stops.

5) Release the groove on the ROLL ASSY FEED from the vertical pin mounted on the SHAFT ASSY FEED (PL3.2.2) by sliding the ROLL ASSY FEED to the left.

6) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.

3 - 18

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED from the SHAFT ASSY FEED by rotating the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees.

3 - 19

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 10 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) to the printer.

6) Lift up the front side of the COVER ASSY TOP to release the COVER ASSY TOP from the two pegs on the printer.

3 - 20

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Release the inside hooks of the COVER ASSY TOP from the COVER REAR (PL1.1.3), remove the COVER ASSY TOP from the printer.

3 - 21

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 11 PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Disengage all the connectors of the PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1).

7) Remove the five screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the PWBA LVPS to the printer.

3 - 22

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 8) Remove the PWBA LVPS from the printer.

3 - 23

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 12 PWB ASSY FAN (PL8.2.20)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Disengage all the connectors of the PWB ASSY FAN (PL8.2.20).

7) Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the PWB ASSY FAN to the printer, remove the PWB ASSY FAN.

3 - 24

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 13 COVER SIDE R (PL1.1.6)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) Accesses Position (The 8) show the procedure number.)

8)

7) Remove the six screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the COVER SIDE R (PL1.1.6) to the printer.

3 - 25

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 8) Release the front hook of the COVER SIDE R.

9) Release the inside hooks of the COVER SIDE R from the COVER REAR (PL1.1.3), remove the COVER SIDE R from the printer.

3 - 26

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 14 SWITCH (PL5.1.9)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Release the hooks of the SWITCH (PL5.1.9) by using the miniature screwdriver, remove the SWITCH from the printer.

9) Disengage the connector (P/J291) of the SWITCH.

3 - 27

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 15 LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8) to the printer.

9) Remove the LED ASSY ERASE from the printer.

3 - 28

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 10) Disengage the connector (P/J141) of the LED ASSY ERASE.

3 - 29

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 16 KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (PL4.1.97)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the LED ASSY ERASE. (Removal 15) Accesses Position (The 9), 10), 11) and 12) show the procedure number.)

9), 10) 11), 12)

Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the upper and lower BLOCK STOPPER PHD ADs (PL4.1.7). 9) Release the hook of the BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD (PL4.1.7), using a miniature screwdriver.

3 - 30

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 10) Remove the BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD from the printer.

11) Remove the SPRING PHD (PL4.1.4) from the printer.

12) Rotate the LEVER PHD (PL4.1.5) slightly, remove the LEVER PHD from the printer.

3 - 31

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 17 COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) Accesses Position (The 7) show the procedure number.)

7)

6) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19) to the printer.

3 - 32

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Release the front hook of the COVER SIDE L.

8) Release the inside hook of the COVER SIDE L from the COVER REAR (PL1.1.3), remove the COVER SIDE L from the printer.

3 - 33

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 18 HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 7) Disengage the connector (P/J44) of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5) on the PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1), release the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK from the GUIDE HARNESS FSR (PL8.2.2).

8) Release the clamps that fix the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK, remove the harness.

3 - 34

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 9) Remove the one screw (sliver, tap, 16mm) that fixes the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK to the printer, remove the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK.

3 - 35

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 19 SENSOR HUM (PL8.2.7)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 7) Remove the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the SENSOR HUM (PL8.2.7) to the printer, remove the SENSOR HUM.

8) Disengage the connector (P/J201) of the SENSOR HUM.

3 - 36

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 20 KIT PIVOT (PL6.1.99)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)

14), 15)

9), 10), 11), 12), 13)

Note: When performing the step described below, it is not necessary to disengage the connector of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. 9) Release the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) from the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4).

3 - 37

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 10) Remove the E-ring that fixes the CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the shaft, using a miniature screwdriver, remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.

11) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT (PL6.1.3), mate the tabs of the STOPPER PIVOT with the notches of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2).

12) Remove the STOPPER PIVOT from the printer.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop the GEAR T4.

3 - 38

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Pull out the PIVOT TRANS L (PL6.1.4), remove the GEAR T4 (PL6.1.5) from the printer.

14) Remove the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT (PL6.1.6) to the printer.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, keep the TRANSFER ASSY slightly lifted for ease of work. 15) Pull out the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT from the printer.

3 - 39

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 21 KIT TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.98)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Close the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7). Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to scratch the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY. 10) Release the hooks of the COVER HARNESS (PL6.1.8), using a miniature screwdriver, and then remove the COVER HARNESS.

Note: When carrying out the work described below, leave the relay connector on the TRANSFER ASSY harness side.

3 - 40

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 11) Release the harness from the pegs of he TRANSFER ASSY, disengage the connector (P/J281) of the TRANSFER ASSY.

12) Release the harness coming from printer from hook of the TRANSFER ASSY.

13) Tilt the TRANSFER ASSY slowly. 14) Remove the KIT PIVOT. (Removal 20) 15) Remove the TRANSFER ASSY from the printer.

3 - 41

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 22 SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 21) Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to move the BRACKET SNS from the printer too far because they are connected with the harness. 10) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the BRACKET SNS (PL3.2.28) to the printer, remove the BRACKET SNS.

11) Lift the rear part of the BRACKET SNS up to release the two holes of the BRACKET SNS from the bosses of the printer.

3 - 42

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 12) Shift the BRACKET SNS to frontward, release the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS from the printer. Remove the BRACKET SNS.

13) Release the three hooks that fix the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (PL3.2.13) to the BRACKET SNS, and remove the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER.

14) Disengage the connector (P/J233) of the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER.

3 - 43

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 23 ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 21) Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to move the BRACKET SNS from the printer too far because they are connected with the harness. 10) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the BRACKET SNS (PL3.2.28) to the printer, remove the BRACKET SNS.

11) Lift the rear part of the BRACKET SNS up to release the two holes of the BRACKET SNS from the bosses of the printer.

3 - 44

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 12) Shift the BRACKET SNS to frontward, release the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS from the printer. Remove the BRACKET SNS.

13) Release the left shaft of the ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14) from the hook of the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26).

14) Remove the ACTUATOR SSI and the SPRING ACT SSI (PL3.2.15) by releasing the right shaft of the ACTUATOR SSI from the hole of the CHUTE UP.

3 - 45

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 15) Remove the SPRING ACT SSI from the ACTUATOR SSI.

3 - 46

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 24 KIT SHAFT PIVOT (PL1.2.98)


Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right SHAFT PIVOTs (PL1.2.23). 1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Release the hook of the SHAFT PIVOT (PL1.2.23) to pull out the SHAFT PIVOT.

3 - 47

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 25 COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)

12) 9), 10), 11)

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, leave the relay connector on the printer harness side. 9) Release the relay connector from the rib of the printer, disengage the connecter (P/J231) of the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (PL1.2.13).

3 - 48

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: When carrying out the work described below, leave the relay connector on the COVER ASSY FRONT side. 10) Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY PNL A (PL1.1.20) from the rib of the printer, disengage the connector (P/J2900) of the HARNESS ASSY B (PL9.1.12).

11) Release the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY and the HARNESS ASSY PNL A from the hooks of the printer.

12) Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) that fixes the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GND (PL1.2.22), release the HARN ASSY GND from the GUIDE HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6) and the hooks of the printer.

Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right COVER LINK FRONTs (PL1.2.30).

3 - 49

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Release the two hooks of the COVER LINK FRONT (PL1.2.30), using a miniature screwdriver.

14) Shift the COVER LINK FRONT to front, remove the COVER LINK FRONT from the LINK ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.18).

Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right SPRING LINK FRONTs (PL1.2.24). 15) Lift the COVER ASSY FRONT slightly up to remove the SPRING LINK FRONT (PL1.2.24) from the LINK ASSY FRONT, using a miniature screwdriver.

3 - 50

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 16) Remove the SPRING LINK FRONT from the printer.

Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right SHAFT LINK FRONT FDRs (PL1.2.26). 17) Release the hook of the SHAFT LINK FRONT FDR (PL1.2.26) using a miniature screwdriver, to pull out the SHAFT LINK FRONT FDR.

Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right SHAFT PIVOTs (PL1.2.23). 18) Release the hook of the SHAFT PIVOT (PL1.2.23) to pull out the SHAFT PIVOT.

3 - 51

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Lift the COVER ASSY FRONT slightly up to remove the COVER ASSY FRONT from the printer.

3 - 52

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 26 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (PL1.2.3)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT. (Removal 25) 10) Release the two hooks of the COVER CONNECTOR (PL1.2.4).

11) Remove the COVER CONNECTOR from the COVER ASSY FRONT.

3 - 53

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 12) Disengage the connector (P/J220) of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (PL1.2.3).

13) Release the four hooks of the COVER FRONT BAND.

14) Release the left and right hooks of the COVER FRONT BAND.

3 - 54

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 15) Remove the COVER FRONT BAND from the COVER ASSY FRONT.

16) Release the two hooks of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL, using a miniature screwdriver.

17) Release the tab of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL from the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT, remove the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL.

3 - 55

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 27 LATCH ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.5), BUTTON LATCH FRONT (PL1.2.11)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT. (Removal 25) 10) Remove the three screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R (PL1.2.28) to the COVER ASSY FRONT.

11) Release the one hook of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R, using a miniature screwdriver.

3 - 56

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 12) Remove the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R from the COVER ASSY FRONT.

13) Remove the three screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L (PL1.2.29) to the COVER ASSY FRONT.

14) Release the two hooks of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L, using a miniature screwdriver.

3 - 57

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 15) Remove the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L from the COVER ASSY FRONT.

16) Remove the SPRING LATCH FRONT (PL1.2.10) from the LATCH ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.5).

17) Remove the LATCH ASSY FRONT from the COVER ASSY FRONT together with the BUTTON LATCH FRONT (PL1.2.11).

3 - 58

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 18) Remove the BUTTON LATCH FRONT from the LATCH ASSY FRONT.

3 - 59

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 28 HARNESS ASSY PNL A (PL1.2.12)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT. (Removal 25) 10) Release the two hooks of the COVER CONNECTOR (PL1.2.4).

11) Remove the COVER CONNECTOR from the COVER ASSY FRONT.

3 - 60

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 12) Disengage the connector (P/J220) of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (PL1.2.3).

13) Remove the three screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R (PL1.2.28) to the COVER ASSY FRONT.

14) Release the one hook of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R, using a miniature screwdriver.

3 - 61

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 15) Remove the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R from the COVER ASSY FRONT.

16) Release the HARNESS ASSY PNL A (PL1.2.12) from the hooks of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R, remove the HARNESS ASSY PNL A.

3 - 62

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 29 COVER REAR (PL1.1.3)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the COVER REAR (PL1.1.3) to the printer.

10) Remove the COVER REAR from the printer.

3 - 63

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 30 CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1), BEARING REGI (PL3.1.2)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Release the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) from the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4).

Note: When carrying out the work described below, leave the relay connector on the printer harness side. 11) Disengage the connector (P/J262) of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.

3 - 64

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 12) Remove the E-ring that fixes the CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the shaft, using a miniature screwdriver, remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.

13) Release the two hooks of the BEARING REGI (PL3.1.2), remove the BEARING REGI from the shaft.

3 - 65

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 31 KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.99)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)

11)

11) Disengage the two connectors (P/J24, 26) on the PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13), release the harness from the GUIDE HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6).

3 - 66

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 12) Disengage the connector (P/J211) of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2), release all the harness from the hooks of the DRIVE ASSY PH.

13) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm), the one screw (silver, M3, 6mm) and the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the DRIVE ASSY PH to the printer.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop the coupling gear to inside.

3 - 67

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 14) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH from the printer.

15) Disengage the connector (P/J261) of the color mode sensor on the DRIVE ASSY PH, release the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL10.8.9) from the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH.

16) Remove the GEAR P2 (PL7.1.3) from the shaft of the DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1).

3 - 68

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 32 KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.98)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 11) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. (Removal 31) 12) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT (PL6.1.3), mate the tabs of the STOPPER PIVOT with the notches of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2).

13) Remove the STOPPER PIVOT from the printer.

3 - 69

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 14) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and the five screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the printer.

15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN from the printer.

3 - 70

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 33 DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 11) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. (Removal 31) 12) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Removal 32) Note: When performing the step described below, it is not necessary to disengage the connector of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK. 13) Remove the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK. (Removal 18) 14) Disengage the connector (P/J221) of the DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1).

3 - 71

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 15) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the printer.

16) Remove the DRIVE ASSY SUB from the printer.

3 - 72

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 34 KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (PL4.1.98)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 11) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. (Removal 31) 12) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Removal 32) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)

12), 13) 14), 15)

Note: Described next procedure is the removal procedure common among the upper and lower BLOCK STOPPER PDH Ds (PL4.1.7).

3 - 73

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Release the hook of the BLOCK STOPPER PHD D (PL4.1.6), using a miniature screwdriver.

14) Remove the BLOCK STOPPER PHD D from the printer.

15) Remove the SPRING PHD (PL4.1.4) from the printer.

3 - 74

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 16) Rotate the LEVER PHD (PL4.1.5) slightly, remove the LEVER PHD from the printer.

3 - 75

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 35 KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH (PL3.1.99)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 11) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. (Removal 31) 12) Release the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI (PL3.2.3) on the left of the ROLL ASSY FEED (PL 3.2.4), and move the ROLL CORE MSI to left until it stops.

13) Release the groove on the ROLL ASSY FEED from the vertical pin mounted on the SHAFT ASSY FEED (PL3.2.2) by sliding the ROLL ASSY FEED to the left.

14) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.

3 - 76

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 15) Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED from the SHAFT ASSY FEED by rotating the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees.

16) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. 17) Remove the SPRING FEED OUT (PL3.1.15) from the printer.

3 - 77

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 18) Release the hook of the GEAR ASSY FEED (PL3.1.19), remove the GEAR ASSY FEED from the SHAFT ASSY FEED (PL3.2.2). Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, pushing down the LEVER FEED (PL3.1.13).

19) Release the harness of the SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11) from the hooks of the printer.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, leave the relay connector on the printer harness side. 20) Release the relay connector from the rib of the printer, disengage the connecter (P/J231) of the SOLENOID FEED MSI.

3 - 78

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 21) Remove the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the SOLENOID FEED MSI to the printer, remove the SOLENOID FEED MSI.

3 - 79

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 36 BREAKER GFI (PL8.2.11)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the BRACKET SW (PL8.2.8) to the printer.

Note: The MAIN SWITCH and the printer are connected with the harness, so they should not be far apart when carrying out the work described next procedure. 11) Release the BRAKET SW from the hook together with the MAIN SW.

3 - 80

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 12) Remove the one screw (silver, with washer, 6mm) that fixes the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GFI GND (PL8.2.10), release the HARN ASSY GFI GND from the GUIDE HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6).

13) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 12mm) that fix the BREAKER GFI (PL8.2.11) to the printer.

14) Pull out the BREAKER GFI, disengage the three connectors (P/J482, 483, 484). Remove the BREAKER GFI from the printer.

3 - 81

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 37 COVER CST (PL3.1.22)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the BREAKER GFI. (Removal 36) 11) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the BRACKET GFI (PL3.1.21) to the printer.

12) Release the two hooks of the BRACKET GFI, using a miniature screwdriver.

3 - 82

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Release the tab of the BRACKET GFI from the COVER CST (PL3.1.22), remove the BRACKET GFI from the printer.

14) Depress the COVER CST to release the hook of the COVER CST. Remove the COVER CST from the printer.

3 - 83

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 38 STOPPER CST (PL3.1.10)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the BREAKER GFI. (Removal 36) 11) Remove the COVER CST. (Removal 37) 12) Remove the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the STOPPER CST (PL3.1.10) to the printer.

13) Remove the STOPPER CST from the printer.

3 - 84

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 39 HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (PL5.1.17~20)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the four HOLDER ASSY TCRU. 10) Press the central part of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU to release the hole of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU from the boss of the FRAME DISP (PL5.1.12). Open the HOLDER ASSY TCRU by 90 degrees.

11) Press the boss part of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU, remove the HOLDER ASSY TCRU from the printer.

3 - 85

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 40 FAN (PL8.1.1)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Disengage the FAN (PL8.1.1) connector (P/J510) on the PWB ASSY FAN, release the harness of the FAN from the hooks of the DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2).

11) Release the four hooks of the DUCT FAN, remove the FAN from the printer.

3 - 86

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 41 DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 11) Loosen the SCREW KNURLING (PL8.1.13) and then open the PLATE ESS (PL8.1.12).

12) Swing the PLATE ESS to upward slightly, to release the upper tab of the PLATE ESS from the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS (PL8.1.3) after releasing the lower tab of the PLATE ESS from the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS. Remove the PLATE ESS from the printer.

3 - 87

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Remove the eleven screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the SHIELD ASSY ESS to the printer.

14) Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS from the printer.

3 - 88

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 15) Disengage the two connectors (P/J101, 111) on the PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7), release the harness from the hooks of the DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2).

16) Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) that fixes the DUCT FAN to the printer.

17) Release the two hooks of the DUCT FAN, using a miniature screwdriver, and then remove the DUCT FAN from the printer.

3 - 89

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 42 KIT PWBA ESS (PL8.1.99)


Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 11) Loosen the SCREW KNURLING (PL8.1.13) and then open the PLATE ESS (PL8.1.12).

12) Swing the PLATE ESS to upward slightly, to release the upper tab of the PLATE ESS from the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS (PL8.1.3) after releasing the lower tab of the PLATE ESS from the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS. Remove the PLATE ESS from the printer.

3 - 90

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Remove the eleven screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the SHIELD ASSY ESS to the printer.

14) Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS from the printer.

3 - 91

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 15) Disengage all the connectors of the PWBA ESS (PL8.1.7).

16) Pull out the connector (J401) of the HANESS ASSY ESS POWER (PL9.1.10) and the connector (J29) of the HARNESS ASSY B (PL9.1.12) through the hole of the FRAME ESS (PL8.1.5).

17) Remove the six screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the PWBA ESS and the PLATE IF (PL8.1.6) to the printer, remove the PWBA ESS from the printer together with the PLATE IF.

3 - 92

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 18) Remove the one screw (silver, 4mm) that fixes the USB connector of the PWBA ESS to the PLATE IF.

19) Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the PWBA ESS to the PLATE IF, remove the PWBA ESS from the PLATE IF.

3 - 93

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 43 KIT PWBA MCU (PL8.2.99)


Note: Never fail to perform the diagnostic operation. Otherwise the data will be lost in the worst case. Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Perform the NVM Save to evacuate the MCU data. 2) Turn on the power while pressing the "" key, "" key, and [MENU] key on the control panel. 3) Enter the password, press the "" key twice, and press the " comes up. 4) Press the " " key once. " key once. " key once. " key once. " key once. The diagnostic screen

5) Press the "" key several times until "IOT Diag" is displayed. Press the "

6) Press the "" key several times until "NVM Settings" is displayed. Press the " 7) Press the "" key several times until "SaveNVM to ESS" is displayed. Press the " 8) Press the " " key once, and NVM Save is performed.

9) After NVM Save is complete, press the [CANCEL] key several times until "IOT Diag" is displayed. 10) Press the "" key several times until "Complete" is displayed. 11) Press the " " key two times. COPY, SCAN and FAX are displayed.

12) Turn off the power to exit. 13) Remove the POWER CORD from outlet. 14) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 15) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 16) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 17) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 18) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 19) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 20) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 21) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 22) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 23) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 24) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS. (Removal 42)

3 - 94

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 25) Remove the five screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the FRAME ESS (PL8.1.5) to the printer.

26) Swing the FRAME ESS slightly up and back as if it were hinged at the top.

27) Remove the hole of the FRAME ESS from the hook of the FRAME ASSY LVPS (PL8.2.3) by lifting the FRAME ESS slightly. Remove the FRAME ESS from the printer together with the DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2).

3 - 95

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 28) Disengage all the connectors of the PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13).

29) Remove the six screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the PWBA MCU to the printer.

3 - 96

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 30) Remove the PWBA MCU from the printer.

3 - 97

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 44 DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 39) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the PWBA LVPS. (Removal 11) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)
16) 26) 18) 21), 22)

27) 17)

19), 20)

3 - 98

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 16) Disengage the two connectors (P/J520, 530) on the PWB ASSY FAN (PL8.2.20), release the harness of the HARN ASSY TEST RL2 (PL5.1.28) and the harness of the HARN ASSY MCU HAN (PL9.1.13) from the GUIDE HARNESS FSR (PL8.2.2).

17) Remove the one screw (silver, with washer, 6mm) that fixes the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GFI GND (PL8.2.10).

Note: The GUIDE HARNESS AC and the printer are connected with the harness, so they should not be far apart when carrying out the work described next procedure. 18) Release the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6), remove the GUIDE HARNESS AC from the printer.

3 - 99

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the BRACKET MCU R (PL8.2.15) to the printer.

20) Remove the BRACKET MCU R from the printer.

21) Release the harness of the HARN ASSY FUSER2 (PL6.1.2) and the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5) from the GUIDE HARNESS FSR (PL8.2.2).

3 - 100

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 22) Release the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS FSR, move the GUIDE HARNESS FSR to remove it from the printer.

23) Remove two screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and six screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the FRAME ASSY LVPS (PL8.2.3) to the printer.

24) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) that fixes the DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1) to the FRAME ASSY LVPS.

3 - 101

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 25) Remove the FRAME ASSY LVPS from the printer together with the PWB ASSY FAN.

26) Release the hook of the connector of the HARN ASSY TEST RL2 (PL5.1.28), using pliers, and then remove it from the DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1).

3 - 102

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 27) Remove the HARN ASSY FUSER2 (PL6.1.2), HARN ASSY LVPS2 (PL9.1.3), HARN ASSY ESS POWER (PL9.1.10), HARNESS ASSY B (PL9.1.12) and HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) from the hooks of the DISPENSER ASSY.

28) Remove the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the DISPENSER ASSY to the printer.

3 - 103

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 29) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) that fixes the rear side of the DISPENSER ASSY to the printer.

30) Release the hole of the DISPENSER ASSY from the boss of the printer, move the DISPENSER ASSY to backward. Remove the DISPENSER ASSY from the printer.

3 - 104

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 45 KIT ROS (PL4.1.99)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 11) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS. (Removal 42) 12) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 13) Remove the PWBA LVPS. (Removal 11) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)
14) 19), 20)

16)

15)

17), 18)

3 - 105

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 14) Disengage the two connectors (P/J520, 530) on the PWB ASSY FAN (PL8.2.20), release the harness of the HARN ASSY TEST RL2 (PL5.1.28) and the harness of the HARN ASSY MCU HAN (PL9.1.13) from the GUIDE HARNESS FSR (PL8.2.2).

15) Remove the one screw (silver, with washer, 6mm) that fixes the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GFI GND (PL8.2.10).

Note: The GUIDE HARNESS AC and the printer are connected with the harness, so they should not be far apart when carrying out the work described next procedure. 16) Release the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6), remove the GUIDE HARNESS AC from the printer.

3 - 106

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 17) Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the BRACKET MCU R (PL8.2.15) to the printer.

18) Remove the BRACKET MCU R from the printer.

19) Release the harness of the HARN ASSY FUSER2 (PL6.1.2) and the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5) from the GUIDE HARNESS FSR (PL8.2.2).

3 - 107

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 20) Release the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS FSR, move the GUIDE HARNESS FSR to remove it from the printer.

21) Remove two screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and six screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the FRAME ASSY LVPS (PL8.2.3) to the printer.

22) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) that fixes the DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1) to the FRAME ASSY LVPS.

3 - 108

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 23) Remove the FRAME ASSY LVPS from the printer together with the PWB ASSY FAN.

24) Disengage the two connectors (P/J411, 412) of the ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1).

25) Remove the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the left and right sides of the SPRING ROSs (PL4.1.2) to the printer. Remove the SPRING ROSs from the printer.

3 - 109

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 26) Lift up the ROS ASSY slowly from the printer.

3 - 110

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 46 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the BREAKER GFI. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 21) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)

19), 20)

21), 22) 17), 18)

3 - 111

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 17) Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) that fixes the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GND (PL1.2.22), release the HARN ASSY GND and all the harnesses from the GUIDE HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6).

18) Disengage the connector (P/J48) of the HARN ASSY SW POWER (PL8.2.9) on the PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1), release the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC.

19) Remove the GUIDE HARNESS AC from the printer together with the HARN ASSY SW POWER.

3 - 112

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 20) Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the BRACKET MCU R (PL8.2.15) to the printer.

21) Remove the BRACKET MCU R from the printer.

22) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the front side of the printer frame.

3 - 113

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 23) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the under part of the DISPENSER ASSY.

24) Open the HOLDER TCRU (K), (C), (M), and (Y), remove the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the right side of the printer frame.

25) Remove the HARNESS ASSY B (PL9.1.12) and HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) from the hooks of the DISPENSER ASSY.

3 - 114

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 26) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) that fixes the rear side of the DISPENSER ASSY and the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the BRACKET MCU L (PL8.2.18).

27) Remove the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the left side of the printer frame and the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the BRACKET MCU L.

28) Remove the UPPER UNIT.

3 - 115

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 47 PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)


Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the BREAKER GFI. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 21) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Remove the HARN ASSY HVPS (PL9.1.5) from the PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19).

3 - 116

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Remove the seven screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the PWBA HVPS to the FRAME HVPS (PL4.1.20).

20) Remove the PWBA HVPS from the FRAME HVPS.

3 - 117

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 48 FEEDER ASSY (PL3.1.98)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1) Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the BREAKER GFI. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 21) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT. (Removal 25) 19) Remove the eight screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the FRAME HVPS (PL4.1.20) to the FEEDER ASSY (PL3.1.98).

3 - 118

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 20) Remove the FRAME HVPS from the FEEDER ASSY together with the PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19), remove the FEEDER ASSY.

3 - 119

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 49 SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (PL3.2.13)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the BREAKER GFI. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 21) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Release the hook of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT (PL3.2.6), shift the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL (PL3.2.8) to right side.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop and lose the SPRING REGI OUT (PL3.2.7).

3 - 120

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Release the ACTUATOR REGI OUT from the hook on the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26), open the ACTUATOR REGI OUT.

20) Release the three hooks that fix the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (PL3.2.13) to the FEEDER ASSY (PL3.1.98), and remove the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ACTUATOR.

21) Disengage the connector (P/J232) of the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI.

3 - 121

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 50 ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the BREAKER GFI. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 21) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Release the hook of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT (PL3.2.6), shift the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL (PL3.2.8) to right side.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop and lose the SPRING REGI OUT (PL3.2.7).

3 - 122

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Release the ACTUATOR REGI OUT from the hook on the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26), open the ACTUATOR REGI OUT.

20) Remove the E-ring that fixes the GEAR REGI R (PL3.2.22) to the ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9), using a miniature screwdriver.

21) Remove the GEAR REGI R from the ROLL ASSY REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) to frontward.

3 - 123

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 22) Remove the BEARING EARTH REGI (PL3.2.21) from the ROLL ASSY REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) to frontward.

23) Remove the E-ring that fixes the BEARING R (PL3.2.31) to the ROLL ASSY REGI, using a miniature screwdriver.

24) Remove the BEARING R from the ROLL ASSY REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) to frontward.

3 - 124

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 25) Shift the ROLL ASSY REGI to left to remove the right shaft of the ROLL ASSY REGI, remove the ROLL ASSY REGI from the FEEDER ASSY (PL3.1.98) together with the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, move the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to right until it stops.

3 - 125

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 51 ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the BREAKER GFI. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16 Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 21) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Remove the ROLL ASSY REGI. (Removal 50) 19) Release the left shaft of the ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) from the hook of the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26).

3 - 126

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 20) Remove the ACTUATOR REGI IN and the SPRING ACT REGI (PL3.2.12) by releasing the right shaft of the ACTUATOR REGI IN from the hole of the CHUTE UP.

21) Remove the SPRING ACT REGI from the ACTUATOR REGI IN.

3 - 127

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 52 SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the BREAKER GFI. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 21) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Release the three hooks that fix the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (PL3.2.13) to the FEEDER ASSY (PL3.1.98), and remove the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER.

3 - 128

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Disengage the connector (P/J234) of the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER.

3 - 129

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 53 ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (PL3.2.32)


1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD unit to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD Unit. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the KIT FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the Toner Cartridge (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 13) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 17) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the BREAKER GFI. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 21) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Remove the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER. (Removal 52) 19) Release the right shaft of the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (PL3.2.32) from the hole of the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26), using a miniature screwdriver.

3 - 130

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 20) Remove the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER and the SPRING STP (PL3.2.16) by releasing the left shaft of the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER from the hole of the CHUTE UP.

21) Remove the SPRING STP from the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER.

3 - 131

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 54 WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (PL8.1.16)


1) Loosen the SCREW KNURLING (PL8.1.13) and then open the PLATE ESS (PL8.1.12).

2) Release the one hook of the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (PL8.1.16).

3) Remove the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER.

3 - 132

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 55 MEMORY CARD (PL8.1.15)


Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Loosen the SCREW KNURLING (PL8.1.13) and then open the PLATE ESS (PL8.1.12).

2) Push the release latches of the socket to release the MEMORY CARD (PL8.1.15).

3) Remove the MEMORY CARD.

3 - 133

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 56 NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER (PL8.1.18)


1) Loosen the SCREW KNURLING (PL8.1.13) and then open the PLATE ESS (PL8.1.12).

2) Release the two hooks of the NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER (PL8.1.18).

3) Remove the NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER.

3 - 134

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 57 FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1)


1) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1). 2) Push the LATCH BUTTON on the COVER ASSY FRONT to release the FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1).

3) Lift up the FEEDER ASSY DUP from the printer.

3 - 135

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Removal 58 250 OPTION FEEDER (PL12.1.1)


Note: The printer must be lifted by two people. 1) Remove the Tray 1. (Removal 1) 2) Remove the two SCREW JOINTs (PL12.1.2) that fix the 250 OPTION FEEDER (PL12.1.1) to the printer.

3) Lift up the printer to separate it from the 250 OPTION FEEDER.

3 - 136

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 1 ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (PL3.2.32)


1) Attach the SPRING STP to the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, ensure that the SPRING STP is hung to ACTUATOR NO PAPER and the CHUTE UP correctly.

SPRING STP

2) Insert the left shaft of the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER into the hole of the CHUTE UP, hang the SPRING STP to the CUHTE UP.

3 - 137

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Insert the right shaft of the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER into the hole of the CHUTE UP. Attach the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER.

Check the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER movement, after the procedure 3 is completed. Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 2 SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)

3 - 138

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 2 SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)


1) Engage the connector (P/J234) of the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER.

2) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER to the FEEDER ASSY V by mating the hook of the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER with its mounting position.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 8 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)

3 - 139

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 3 ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11)


1) Attach the SPRING ACT REGI to the ACTUATOR REGI IN.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, ensure that the SPRING ACT REGI is hung to ACTUATOR REGI IN and the CHUTE UP correctly.

SPRING ACT REGI

2) Insert the right shaft of the ACTUATOR REGI IN into the hole of the CHUTE UP, hang the SPRING ACT REGI to the CUHTE UP.

3 - 140

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Fix the left shaft of the ACTUATOR REGI IN with the hook of the CHUTE UP to attach the ACTUATOR REGI IN.

Check the ACTUATOR REGI IN movement, after the procedure 3 is completed. Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 4 ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)

3 - 141

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 4 ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)


1) After the inserting the left shaft of the ROLL ASSY REGI into the hole of the FEEDER ASSY NV AIO, insert the right shaft of the ROLL ASSY REGI into the hole. Attach the ROLL ASSY REGI together with the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, move the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to right until it stops.

2) Attach the BEARING R to the ROLL ASSY REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) to frontward.

3) Secure the BEARING R to the ROLL ASSY REGI with the E-ring by using the pliers.

3 - 142

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Attach the BEARING EARTH REGI to the ROLL ASSY REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) to frontward.

5) Attach the GEAR REGI R to the ROLL ASSY REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) to frontward.

6) Secure the GEAR REGI R to the ROLL ASSY REGI with the E-ring by using the pliers.

3 - 143

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Close the ACTUATOR REGI OUT by inserting the boss of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT into the SPRING REGI OUT.

8) Shift the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to left, fix the CHUTE UP using the hook.

9) Attach the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL by mating the hole of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL with the tab of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT. Fix it using the hook of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT.

Note: Check the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI IN movement, after the procedure 9 is completed. Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 8 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)

3 - 144

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 5 SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (PL3.2.13)


1) Engage the connector (P/J232) of the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI.

2) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI to the FEEDER ASSY V by mating the three hooks of the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) to downward.

3) Close the ACTUATOR REGI OUT by inserting the boss of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT into the SPRING REGI OUT.

3 - 145

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Shift the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to left, fix the CHUTE UP using the hook.

5) Attach the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL by mating the hole of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL with the tab of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT. Fix it using the hook of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT.

Note: Check the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI IN movement, after the procedure 5 is completed. Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 8 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)

3 - 146

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 6 FEEDER ASSY (PL3.1.98)


1) Mate the four holes of the FRAME HVPS with the bosses of the FEEDER ASSY, attach the FRAME HVPS to the FEEDER ASSY together with the PWBA HVPS.

2) Secure the FRAME HVPS to the FEEDER ASSY with the eight screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 8 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)

3 - 147

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 7 PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)


Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Mate the notch and hole of the PWBA HVPS with the tabs of the FRAME HVPS, attach the PWBA HVPS.

2) Secure the PWBA HVPS to the FRAME HVPS with the seven screws (silver, 6mm).

3) Engage the connector (P/J161) of the HARN ASSY HVPS to the PWBAHVPS.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 8 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)

3 - 148

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 8 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)


Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)

10)

8)

11)

9)

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, route the harness of the TRANSFER ASSY through the groove of the UPPER UNIT.

1) Mate the two holes of the UPPER UNIT with the bosses of the FEEDER ASSY and attach it.

3 - 149

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 2) Secure the BRACKET MCU L and the left side of the printer frame with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

3) Secure the rear side DISPENSER ASSY with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and BRACKET MCU L with the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).

4) Route the HARNESS ASSY B and the HARN ASSY OOPTION to the DISPENSER ASSY. Secure the harnesses using the hooks on the DISPENSER ASSY.

3 - 150

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Open the HOLDER TCRU (K), (C), (M) and (Y), secure the right side of the printer frame with the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).

6) Secure the under side of the DISPENSER ASSY with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

7) Secure the front side of the printer frame with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

3 - 151

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 8) Mate the two holes of the BRACKET MCU R with the bosses of the printer, secure it with the two screws (silver, 6mm).

9) Insert the tab on the under side of the GUIDE HARNESS AC into the hole of the printer, attach the GUIDE HARNESS AC to the printer.

10) Secure the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC to the printer, engage the connector (P/J48) of the HARN ASSY SW POWER to the PWBA LVPS.

3 - 152

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 11) Route the HARN ASSY GND and all the harnesses along the GUIDE HARNESS AC, secure the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GND with the one screw (silver, 6mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 33 KIT TRANSFER ASSY

3 - 153

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 9 KIT ROS (PL4.1.99)


Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)
12) 7), 8)

10)

9)

11)

1) Mate the under side boss of the ROS ASSY with the hole of the printer, attach the ROS ASSY.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, ensure that the SPRING ROS is oriented to the direction shown in the right.

3 - 154

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 2) Mate the holes of the SPRING ROSs with the bosses of the printer, secure it with the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

3) Engage the two connectors (P/J411, 412) of the ROS ASSY.

4) Mate the three holes of the FRAME ASSY LVPS with the bosses of the printer, attach the FRAME ASSY LVPS to the printer together with the PWB ASSY FAN.

. Note: Since two types of screws are used for securing the FRAME ASSY LVPS, ensure that the right screws are used at their right securing positions. The securing positions for tap screws are marked with [T]. The securing positions for metal screws are marked with [M].

3 - 155

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Secure the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the FRAME ASSY LVPS with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm).

6) Secure the FRAME ASSY LVPS to the printer with the two screws (silver, M4, 6mm) and the six screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

7) Mate the hooks of the GUIDE HARNESS FSR with the holes of the FRAME ASSY LVPS, move the GUIDE HARNESS FSR to secure it.

3 - 156

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 8) Route the harness of the HARN ASSY FUSER2 and the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK along the GUIDE HARNESS FSR.

9) Mate the two holes of the BRACKET MCU R with the bosses of the printer, secure it with the two screws (silver, 6mm).

10) Secure the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC to the printer.

3 - 157

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 11) Secure the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GFI GND with the one screw (silver, with washer, 6mm).

12) Route the harness of the HARN ASSY TEST RL2 and the harness of HARN ASSY MCU HAN along the GUIDE HARNESS FSR, engage the two connectors (P/J520, 530) with the PWB ASSY FAN.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 43 PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)

3 - 158

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 10 DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1)


Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)
14) 5) 12) 9), 10)

4) 13)

11)

1) Insert the AUGER part of the DISPENSER ASSY into the hole of the printer, mate the hole of the DISPENSER ASSY with the boss of the printer, and then attach the DISPENSER ASSY.

2) Secure the rear side of DISPENSER ASSY to the printer with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm).

3 - 159

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Secure the DISPENSER ASSY to the printer with the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

4) Route the HARN ASSY FUSER2, HARN ASSY LVPS2, HARN ASSY ESS POWER, HARNESS ASSY B and HARN ASSY OPTION through the hooks of the DISPENSER ASSY.

3 - 160

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Attach the connector of the HARN ASSY TEST RL2 to the DISPENSER ASSY.

6) Mate the three holes of the FRAME ASSY LVPS with the bosses of the printer, attach the FRAME ASSY LVPS to the printer together with the PWB ASSY FAN.

Note: Since two types of screws are used for securing the FRAME ASSY LVPS, ensure that the right screws are used at their right securing positions. The securing positions for tap screws are marked with [T]. The securing positions for metal screws are marked with [M]. 7) Secure the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the FRAME ASSY LVPS with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm).

3 - 161

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 8) Secure the FRAME ASSY LVPS to the printer with the two screws (silver, M4, 6mm) and the six screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

9) Mate the hooks of the GUIDE HARNESS FSR with the holes of the FRAME ASSY LVPS, move the GUIDE HARNESS FSR to secure it.

10) Route the harness of the HARN ASSY FUSER2 and the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK along the GUIDE HARNESS FSR.

3 - 162

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 11) Mate the two holes of the BRACKET MCU R with the bosses of the printer, secure it with the two screws (silver, 6mm).

12) Secure the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC to the printer.

13) Secure the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GFI GND with the one screw (silver, with washer, 6mm).

3 - 163

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 14) Route the harness of the HARN ASSY TEST RL2 and the harness of HARN ASSY MCU HAN along the GUIDE HARNESS FSR, engage the two connectors (P/J520, 530) with the PWB ASSY FAN.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 43 PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)

3 - 164

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 11 KIT PWBA MCU (PL8.2.99)


Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Mate the holes of the PWBA MCU with the tabs of the printer, attach it.

2) Secure the PWBA MCU to the printer with the six screws (silver, 6mm).

3 - 165

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Engage all the connectors of the PWBA MCU.

4) Mate the hole of the FRAME ESS with the hook of the FRAME ASSY LVPS.

3 - 166

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Attach the DUCT FAN to the printer together with the FRAME ESS.

6) Secure the FRAME ESS to the printer with the five screws (silver, 6mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 12 KIT PWBA ESS (PL8.1.99) Note: When the PWBA MCU is replaced with a new one, perform the following steps. (After completing all steps up to Replacement 58.) 7) Plug in the power cord to the printer. 8) Execute diagnostic operation of NVM Load, and write the data into PWBA MCU. 9) Turn off the power. 10) Perform the diagnostic operation of NVM Load, and write the data into the MCU. 11) Turn on the power while pressing the "" key, "" key, and [MENU] key on the control panel. 12) Enter the password, press the ""key twice, and press the " comes up. 13) Press the "" key several times until "IOT Diag" is displayed. Press the " " key once. " key once. " key " key once. The diagnostic screen

14) Press the "" key several times until "NVM Settings" is displayed. Press the "

15) Press the "" key several times until "LoadNVM from ESS" is displayed. Press the " once. 16) Press the " " key once, and NVM Load is performed.

3 - 167

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 17) After NVM Load is complete, press the [CANCEL] key several times until "IOT Diag" is displayed. 18) Press the "" key several times until "Complete" is displayed. 19) Press the " " key twice. Ready to Print is displayed.

20) Turn off the power to exit.

3 - 168

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 12 KIT PWBA ESS (PL8.1.99)


Note: Ensure proper electrostatic discharge procedures are followed to prevent damage to the PWBA ESS and options during replacement.

Note: The replacement steps of procedure 1) to 3) are to be required for changing the PWBA ESS. Those steps are not required for only removing it.

Note: There are two ROM chips that must be moved from the original PWBA ESS to the replacement PWBA. Ensure both these chips are installed into the same locations on the replacement PWBA.

Note: Avoid applying excessive pressure when removing and replacing the ROM chips.

Note: Take care not to bend the terminal section of ROM when carrying out the job described below. 1) Remove the ROMs, using a miniature screwdriver or the like, from the IC sockets on old PWBA ESS that was removed from the printer.

2) Remove the ROMs from IC socket on new PWBA ESS using a miniature screwdriver or the like.

Note: Do not use ROMs removed from new PWBA ESS.

3 - 169

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: Carefully check the correct orientation of ROM when carrying out the following job.

Old PWBA ESS

New PWBA ESS

3) Attach the ROMs that were removed from old PWBA ESS on IC sockets of new PWBA ESS with its notch aligned with the notch in IC socket.

4) Secure the PLATE IF to the PWBA ESS with the two screws (silver, 6mm).

3 - 170

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Secure the USB connector of the PWBA ESS to the PLATE IF with the one screw (silver, 4mm).

6) Mate the hole of the PLATE IF with the tab of the printer, attach the PWBA ESS together with the PLATE IF.

7) Secure the PWBA ESS to the printer with the six screws (silver, 6mm).

3 - 171

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 8) Insert the connector (J401) of the HARN ASSY ESS POWER and the connector (J29) of the HARNESS ASSY B into the FRAME ESS through the hole.

9) Engage all the connectors of the PWBA ESS.

10) Mate the five bosses of the printer with the holes of the SHIELD ASSY ESS, secure it with the eleven screws (silver, 6mm).

3 - 172

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 11) Insert the lower tab of the PLATE ESS into the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS, after inserting the upper tab of the PLATE ESS into the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS.

12) Close the PLATE ESS and secure the SCREW KNURLING.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 14 FAN (PL8.1.1)

3 - 173

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 13 DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2)


1) Secure the DUCT FAN to the printer with the two hooks.

2) Secure the DUCT FAN to the printer with the one screw (silver, 6mm).

3) Route the HARN ASSY ESS and HARN ASSY ESS VIDEO through the hooks of the DUCT FAN, engage the two connectors (P/J101, 111) on the PWBA ESS.

3 - 174

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Mate the five bosses of the printer with the holes of the SHIELD ASSY ESS, secure it with the eleven screws (silver, 6mm).

5) Insert the lower tab of the PLATE ESS into the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS, after inserting the upper tab of the PLATE ESS into the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS.

3 - 175

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 6) Close the PLATE ESS and secure the SCREW KNURLING.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 14 FAN (PL8.1.1)

3 - 176

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 14 FAN (PL8.1.1)


Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care to check the orientation of the FAN. (Attach the FAN so that its labeled surface faces front.) 1) Secure the FAN to the DUCT FAN with the four hooks.

2) Route the harness of the FAN through the hooks of the DUCT FAN, engage the connector (P/J510) of the FAN to the PWB ASSY FAN.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 25 COVER REAR (PL1.1.3)

3 - 177

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 15 HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (PL5.1.17~20)


Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the four HOLDER ASSY TCRU. 1) Mate the lower boss of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU with the hole of the FRAME DISP.

2) Bend the HOLDER ASSY TCRU, mate the upper boss of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU with the hole of the FRAME DISP.

3) Press the central part of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU, mate the hole of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU with the boss of the FRAME DISP.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 25 COVER REAR (PL1.1.3)

3 - 178

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 16 STOPPER CST (PL3.1.10)


1) Mate the two holes of the STOPPER CST with the bosses of the printer, attach the STOPPER CST.

2) Secure the STOPPER CST to the printer with the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 17 COVER CST (PL3.1.22)

3 - 179

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 17 COVER CST (PL3.1.22)


1) Attach the COVER CST to the printer.

2) Attach the BRACKET GFI to the COVER CST.

3) Secure the two hooks of the BRACKET GFI to the printer.

3 - 180

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Secure the BRACKET GFI to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 18 BREAKER GFI (PL8.2.11)

3 - 181

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 18 BREAKER GFI (PL8.2.11)


1) Engage the three connectors (P/J482, 483, 484) to the BREAKER GFI, attach the BREAKER GFI to the printer. Note: Take care not to engage the connectors to wrong position.

2) Secure the BREAKER GFI to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 12mm).

3) Route the HARN ASSY GFI GND along the GUIDE HARNESS AC, secure the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GFI GND with the one screw (silver, with washer, 6mm).

3 - 182

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Mate the notch of the BRACKET SW with the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC.

5) Mate the holes of the BRACKET SW with the two bosses of the printer, secure the BRACKET SW with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 25 COVER REAR (PL1.1.3)

3 - 183

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 19 KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH


1) Mate the holes of the SOLENOID FEED MSI with the two bosses of the printer, secure the SOLENOID FEED MSI with the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).

2) Engage the connecter (P/J231) of the SOLENOID FEED MSI, secure the relay connector with the rib of the printer.

3) Route the harness of the SOLENOID FEED MSI through the hooks of the printer.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, it is easier to put the D-cut surface of the SHAFT ASSY FEED on the front.

3 - 184

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Attach the GEAR ASSY FEED to the SHAFT ASSY FEED by pushing down the LEVER FEED, mate the hook of the GEAR ASSY FEED with the groove of the SHAFT ASSY FEED.

5) Hang the SPRING FEED OUT to the GEAR ASSY FEED and the printer. Note: Ensure that the SPRING FEED OUT is oriented to the direction shown in the right.

6) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.

3 - 185

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Fit the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT ASSY FEED with the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED facing upward, rotate the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees so that the pin on the SHAFT ASSY FEED is aligned with the groove on the ROLL ASSY FEED.

8) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. 9) Move the ROLL ASSY FEED to the right side, put the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED on the pin of the SHAFT ASSY FEED.

3 - 186

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 10) Move the ROLL CORE MSI to the right side, to secure the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI with the groove of the SHAFT ASSY FEED.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 23 KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.99)

3 - 187

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 20 KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (PL4.1.98)


Accesses Position (The 1), 2) and 3) show the procedure number.)

3) 1), 2)

1) Tilt the LEVER PHD slightly, attach the LEVER PHD to the printer.

2) Attach the SPRING PHD to the printer.

3 - 188

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the upper and lower of the BLOCK STOPPER PHD Ds. 3) Push the BLOCK STOPPER PHD D to the printer until it is locked.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 22 KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.98)

3 - 189

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 21 DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1)


1) Attach the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the printer.

Note: Since two types of screws are used for securing the DRIVE ASSY SUB, ensure that the right screws are used at their right securing positions. The securing positions for tap screws are marked with [T]. The securing positions for metal screws are marked with [M]. 2) Secure the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the printer with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

3 - 190

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Engage the connecter (P/J221) of the DRIVE ASSY SUB.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 22 KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.98)

3 - 191

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 22 KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.98)


1) Attach the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the printer.

Note: Since two types of screws are used for securing the DRIVE ASSY MAIN, ensure that the right screws are used at their right securing positions. The securing positions for tap screws are marked with [T]. The securing positions for metal screws are marked with [M]. 2) Secure the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the printer with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and the five screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

3 - 192

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Attach the GEAR P2 to the shaft of DRIVE ASSY SUB. Note: Ensure that the GEAR P2 is oriented to the direction shown in the right.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, ensure that the flat face of the PIVOT TRANS L is oriented to the direction shown in the right.

4) Mate the tab of the STOPPER PIVOT with the notch of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN, attach the STOPPER PIVOT to the PIVOT TRANS L.

3 - 193

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT to the left, secure the STOPPER PIVOT to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN frame.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 23 KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.99)

3 - 194

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 23 KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.99)


Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)

6)

1) Attach the GEAR P2 to the shaft of DRIVE ASSY SUB. Note: Ensure that the GEAR P2 is oriented to the direction shown in the right.

2) Engage the connector (J261) of the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL with the Color mode switching sensor of the DRIVE ASSY PH, route the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL through the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH.

3 - 195

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop the coupling gear to inside.

3) Attach the DRIVE ASSY PH to the printer.

Note: Since three types of screws are used for securing the DRIVE ASSY PH, ensure that the right screws are used at their right securing positions. The securing positions for tap screws are marked with [T]. The securing positions for metal screws are marked with [M]. 4) Secure the DRIVE ASSY PH to the printer with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm), the one screw (silver, M3, 6mm) and the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).

3 - 196

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Route all the harness through the hooks of the DRIVE ASSY PH, engage the connector (P/J211) of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.

6) Route the harness of the DRIVE ASSY PH and HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL along the GUIDE HARNESS AC, engage the two connectors (P/J24, 26) with the PWBA MCU.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 25 COVER REAR (PL1.1.3)

3 - 197

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 24 CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1), BEARING REGI (PL3.1.2)


1) Attach the BEARING REGI to the shaft of the ROLL ASSY REGI, secure the BEARING REGI with the hooks.

2) Mate the notch of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV with the rib of the DRIVE ASSY PH, secure the CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the ROLL ASSY REGI with the E-ring by using a pliers.

3) Route the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV through the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH.

3 - 198

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Engage the connector (P/J262) of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV, secure the relay connector with the pegs of the DRIVE ASSY PH.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 25 COVER REAR (PL1.1.3)

3 - 199

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 25 COVER REAR (PL1.1.3)


1) Attach the COVER REAR to the printer.

2) Secure the COVER REAR to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 37 COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19)

3 - 200

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 26 HARNESS ASSY PNL A (PL1.2.12)


1) Route the HARNESS ASSY PNL A through the hooks of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R.

2) Mate the three tabs of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT, attach the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, take care not to damage the harness by pinching it between the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R and the COVER ASSY FRONT.

3 - 201

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Secure the one hook of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R to the COVER ASSY FRONT.

4) Secure the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R to the COVER ASSY FRONT with the three screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

5) Engage the connector (P/J220) of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, route the HARNESS ASSY PNL A so that the core on the HARNESS ASSY PNL A fits into the housing space located on the COVER ASSY FRONT.

3 - 202

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 6) Attach the COVER CONNECTOR to the COVER ASSY FRONT.

7) Secure the two hooks of the COVER CONNECTOR to the COVER ASSY FRONT.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 29 COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1)

3 - 203

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 27 LATCH ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.5), BUTTON LATCH FRONT (PL1.2.11)


1) Mate the boss of the BUTTON LATCH FRONT with the hole of the LATCH ASSY FRONT.

2) Attach the LATCH ASSY FRONT to the COVER ASSY FRONT together with the BUTTON LATCH FRONT.

3) Attach the SPRING LATCH FRONT to the LATCH ASSY FRONT.

3 - 204

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Mate the two tabs of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT, attach the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, take care not to damage the harness by pinching it between the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L and the COVER ASSY FRONT.

5) Secure the two hooks of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L to the COVER ASSY FRONT.

6) Secure the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L to the COVER ASSY FRONT with the three screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

3 - 205

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Mate the three tabs of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT, attach the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, take care not to damage the harness by pinching it between the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R and the COVER ASSY FRONT.

8) Secure the one hook of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R to the COVER ASSY FRONT.

9) Secure the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R to the COVER ASSY FRONT with the three screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 29 COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1)

3 - 206

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 28 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (PL1.2.3)


1) Mate the tab of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL with the holes of the COVER ASSY FRONT, attach it.

2) Secure the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL to the COVER ASSY FRONT with the two hooks.

3 - 207

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Attach the COVER FRONT BAND to the COVER ASSY FRONT.

4) Secure the left and right hooks of the COVER FRONT BAND to the COVER ASSY FRONT.

5) Secure the four hooks of the COVER FRONT BAND.

3 - 208

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 6) Engage the connector (P/J220) of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, route the HARNESS ASSY PNL A so that the core on the HARNESS ASSY PNL A fits into the housing space located on the COVER ASSY FRONT.

7) Attach the COVER CONNECTOR to the COVER ASSY FRONT.

8) Secure the two hooks of the COVER CONNECTOR to the COVER ASSY FRONT.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 29 COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1)

3 - 209

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 29 COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.1)


Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)

7) 8), 9)

1) Lift the COVER ASSY FRONT slightly up to attach it to the printer.

Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the left and right sides of the SHAFT PIVOTs (PL1.2.23).

3 - 210

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 2) Mate the flat face of the SHAFT PIVOT with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT, push the SHAFT PIVOT until the hook is locked.

Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the left and right sides of the SHAFT LINK FRONT FDRs (PL1.2.26). 3) Mate the flat face of the SHAFT LINK FRONT FDR with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT, push the SHAFT LINK FRONT FDR until the hook is locked.

Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the left and right SPRING LINK FRONTs (PL1.2.24).

3 - 211

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Lift the COVER ASSY FRONT slightly up to insert the SPRING LINK FRONT into the LINK ASSY FRONT.

Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the left and right COVER LINK FRONTs (PL1.2.30). 5) Attach the COVER LINK FRONT to the LINK ASSY FRONT.

3 - 212

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 6) Secure the two hooks of the COVER LINK FRONT to the LINK ASSY FRONT.

7) Route the HARN ASSY GND along the GUIDE HARNESS AC, secure the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GND with the one screw (silver, 6mm).

8) Route the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY and the HARNESS ASSY PNL A through the hooks of the printer.

3 - 213

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 9) Engage the connector (P/J2900) of the HARNESS ASSY PNL A and engage the connector (P/J231) of the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY. Secure the two connectors to the printer.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 37 COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19)

3 - 214

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 30 KIT SHAFT PIVOT (PL1.2.98)


Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the left and right sides of the SHAFT PIVOTs (PL1.2.23). 1) Mate the flat face of the SHAFT PIVOT with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT, push the SHAFT PIVOT until the hook is locked.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 53 Tray 1 (PL2.1.1)

3 - 215

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 31 ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14)


1) Attach the SPRING ACT SSI to the ACTUATOR SSI.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, ensure that the SPRING ACT SSI is hung to ACTUATOR SSI and the CHUTE UP correctly.

SPRING ACT SSI

2) Insert the right shaft of the ACTUATOR SSI into the hole of the CHUTE UP, hang the SPRING ACT SSI to the CUHTE UP.

3 - 216

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Secure the left shaft of the ACTUATOR SSI with the hook of the CHUTE UP, attach the ACTUATOR SSI.

Check the ACTUATOR SSI movement, after the procedure 3 is completed. 4) Mate the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS with the printer.

5) Mate the two holes of the BRACKET SNS with the bosses of the printer.

3 - 217

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 6) Route the harness of the BRACKET SNS through the hooks of the printer.

7) Secure the BRACKET SNS to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 33 KIT TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.98)

3 - 218

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 32 SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)


1) Engage the connector (P/J233) of the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER.

2) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER to the BRACKET SNS by mating the hook of the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER with its mounting position.

3) Mate the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS with the printer.

3 - 219

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Mate the two holes of the BRACKET SNS with the bosses of the printer.

5) Route the harness of the BRACKET SNS through the hooks of the printer.

6) Secure the BRACKET SNS to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 33 KIT TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.98)

3 - 220

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 33 KIT TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.98)


1) Attach the TRANSFER ASSY to the printer.

2) Replacement the KIT PIVOT. (Replacement 34) 3) Close the TRANSFER ASSY. Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to scratch the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY. 4) Route the harness of the printer through the hooks of the TRANSFER ASSY.

3 - 221

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Engage the connector (P/J281) of the TRANSFER ASSY, secure the relay connector with the pegs of the TRANSFER ASSY.

5) Attach the COVER HARNESS to the TRANSFER ASSY.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 37 COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19)

3 - 222

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 34 KIT PIVOT (PL6.1.99)


Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)

1), 2)

3), 4), 5), 6), 7)

1) Mate the hole of the TRANSFER ASSY with the hole of the printer frame, attach the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT.

2) Secure the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT to the printer with the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).

3 - 223

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, make sure that the position of the GEAR T4 is correctly.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, keep the TRANSFER ASSY slightly lifted for ease of work. 3) Attach the GEAR T4 to the printer, align the holes of the GEAR T4, the printer frame, and the TRANSFER ASSY, and then insert the PIVOT TRANS L.

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, ensure that the flat face of the PIVOT TRANS L is oriented to the direction shown in the right.

3 - 224

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Mate the tab of the STOPPER PIVOT with the notch of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN, attach the STOPPER PIVOT to the PIVOT TRANS L.

5) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT to the left, secure the STOPPER PIVOT to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN frame.

6) Mate the notch of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV with the rib of the DRIVE ASSY PH, secure the CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the ROLL ASSY REGI with the E-ring by using a pliers.

3 - 225

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Route the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV through the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 37 COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19)

3 - 226

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 35 SENSOR HUM (PL8.2.7)


1) Engage the connecter (P/J201) of the SENSOR HUM.

2) Secure the SENSOR HUM to the printer with the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 37 COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19)

3 - 227

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 36 HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5)


1) Mate the hole of the switch with the boss of the printer, secure the switch with the one screw (silver, tap, 16mm).

2) Secure the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK with the clamps.

3) Route the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK along the GUIDE HARNESS FSR, engage the connector (P/J44) of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK to the PWBA LVPS.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 37 COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19)

3 - 228

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 37 COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19)


Accesses Position (The 2) shows the procedure number.)

2)

1) Insert the inside hooks of the COVER SIDE L into the hole of the COVER REAR, attach the COVER SIDE L to the printer.

2) Secure the front hook of the COVER SIDE L to the printer.

3 - 229

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Secure the COVER SIDE L to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 44 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1)

3 - 230

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 38 KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (PL4.1.97)


Accesses Position (The 1), 2) and 3) show the procedure number.)

3) 1), 2)

1) Tilt the LEVER PHD slightly, attach the LEVER PHD to the printer.

2) Attach the SPRING PHD to the printer.

3 - 231

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the upper and lower of the BLOCK STOPPER PHD ADs. 3) Push the BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD to the printer until it is locked.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 39 LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)

3 - 232

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 39 LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)


1) Engage the connecter (P/J141) of the LED ASSY ERASE.

2) Attach the LED ASSY ERASE to the printer.

3) Secure the LED ASSY ERASE to the printer with two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 41 COVER SIDE R (PL1.1.6)

3 - 233

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 40 SWITCH (PL5.1.9)


1) Engage the connecter (P/J291) of the SWITCH.

2) Attach the SWITCH to the printer, secure the SWITCH with the two hooks.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 41 COVER SIDE R (PL1.1.6)

3 - 234

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 41 COVER SIDE R (PL1.1.6)


Accesses Position (The 2) shows the procedure number.)

2)

1) Insert the inside hooks of the COVER SIDE R into the hole of the COVER REAR, attach the COVER SIDE R to the printer.

2) Secure the front hook of the COVER SIDE R to the printer.

3 - 235

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Secure the COVER SIDE R to the printer with the six screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 46 KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.99)

3 - 236

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 42 PWB ASSY FAN (PL8.2.20)


1) Secure the PWB ASSY FAN to the printer with the two screws (silver, 6mm).

2) Engage all the connectors of the PWB ASSY FAN.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 44 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1)

3 - 237

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 43 PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)


1) Attach the PWBA LVPS to the printer.

2) Secure the PWBA LVPS to the printer with the five screws (silver, 6mm).

3) Engage all the connectors of the PWBA LVPS.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 44 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1)

3 - 238

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 44 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1)


1) Mate the hooks of the COVER TOP with the notch of the COVER REAR.

2) Mate the two holes of the COVER TOP with the pegs of the printer by pulling down the COVER TOP.

3) Secure the COVER TOP to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 49 KIT FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.97)

3 - 239

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 45 KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.99)


1) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT. 2) Fit the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT ASSY FEED with the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED facing upward, rotate the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees so that the pin on the SHAFT ASSY FEED is aligned with the groove on the ROLL ASSY FEED.

3) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. 4) Move the ROLL ASSY FEED to the right side, put the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED on the pin of the SHAFT ASSY FEED.

3 - 240

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Move the ROLL CORE MSI to the right side, to secure the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI with the groove of the SHAFT ASSY FEED.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 50 PHD Unit (PL4.1.21)

3 - 241

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 46 KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.99)


1) Mate the lower boss of the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR with the hole of the COVER REAR.

2) Bend the upper hinge of the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR, mate the upper boss of the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR with the hole of the COVER REAR. Attach the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR.

3) Close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR.

3 - 242

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 47 TRAY EXT (PL1.1.2)


1) Mate the boss of the TRAY EXT with the hole of the COVER ASSY TOP.

2) Mate the other boss of the TRAY EXT with the hole of the COVER ASSY TOP.

3) Close the TRAY EXT.

3 - 243

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 48 Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow Cartridge (PL5.1.21~24)


Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the four Toner Cartridges. 1) Shake the Toner Cartridge five or six times for the distributing toner evenly.

2) Insert the Toner Cartridge into the HOLDER ASSY TCRU slowly, attach it.

Note: Check that the Toner Cartridge is secured. 3) Close the HOLDER ASSY TCRU.

3 - 244

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: When performing the step described next procedure, mate the delta mark of the Handle with the lock mark on the cartridge holder.

4) Move the handle to the front.

5) Close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR.

3 - 245

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 49 KIT FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.97)


1) Insert the two studs of the FUSER ASSY into the holes of the printer.

2) Engage the connector (P/J171) of the FUSER ASSY by pushing the FUSER ASSY.

3) Close the TRANSFER ASSY. 4) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT. Note: When the FUSER ASSY is replaced with a new one, perform the following steps. 5) Plug in the power cord to the printer. 6) Initialize the Life Counter of the FUSER ASSY. 7) Turn off the power. 8) Turn on the power while pressing the "" key and"" key on the control panel. 9) Press the "" key several times until "Parameter" is displayed. Press the " " key once. " key once.

10) Press the "" key several times until "Life Fuser Sheet" is displayed. Press the " 11) Press the "" key several times until "Initializing" is displayed. Press the " 12) Press the "

" key once.

" key once, and Initializing the Life Counter of the FUSER ASSY is performed.

13) Turn off the power to exit.

3 - 246

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 50 PHD Unit (PL4.1.21)


1) Put the paper on the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) to protect the belt. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, take care not to cover the left and right of the belt guards with the paper.

2) Mate the left and right arrows on the Handle of the PHD Unit with the guides of the printer.

3) Push the PHD Unit into the printer until it is stopped.

Note: Check that the PHD Unit is secured.

3 - 247

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Rotate the four Stoppers of the PHD Unit to clockwise.

5) Remove the paper from the TRANSFER ASSY.

6) Close the TRANSFER ASSY.

7) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT. 8) Insert the Tray 1 into the printer.

3 - 248

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 51 HANDLE ASSY CST (PL2.1.19)


1) Mate the right side holes of the HANDLE ASSY CST with the bosses of the Tray 1.

2) Mate the left side holes of the HANDLE ASSY CST with the bosses of the Tray 1, attach the HANDLE ASSY CST.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 53 Tray 1 (PL2.1.1)

3 - 249

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 52 Separator Roller (PL2.1.99)


1) Mate the under tab of the Separator Roller with the hole of the Tray 1.

2) Secure the left and right hooks of the Separator Roller.

Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 53 Tray 1 (PL2.1.1)

3 - 250

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 53 Tray 1 (PL2.1.1)


1) Insert the Tray 1 into the printer.

3 - 251

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 54 WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (PL8.1.16)


1) Attach the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER to the PWBA ESS and fix it.

3 - 252

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 55 MEMORY CARD (PL8.1.15)


Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Fit the MEMORY CARD into the socket by mating the notch of the MEMORY CARD with the lug on the socket.

2) Insert the MEMORY CARD to the socket until it locks.

3) Close the PLATE ESS and secure the SCREW KNURLING.

3 - 253

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 56 NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER (PL8.1.18)


1) Engage the NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER to the connector (P16) on the PWBA ESS and fix it.

2) Close the PLATE ESS and secure the SCREW KNURLING.

3 - 254

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 57 FEEDER ASSY DUP (PL11.1.1)


1) Align the arrow on the FEEDER ASSY DUP with the one on the COVER ASSY FRONT, attach the FEEDER ASSY DUP.

2) Push the FEEDER ASSY DUP to secure it.

3) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT.

3 - 255

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

Replacement 58 250 OPTION FEEDER (PL12.1.1)


Note: The printer must be lifted by two people. 1) Place the printer on the 250 OPTION FEEDER with the five holes on the bottom of the printer aligned with the studs on the 250 OPTION FEEDER.

2) Secure the printer to the 250 OPTION FEEDER using the two SCREW JOINTs.

3) Insert the Tray 1 into the printer.

3 - 256

Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations

Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations CONTENTS 1. Connector [P (plug) / J (jack)].....................................................................................4 - 1


1.1 List of P/J ......................................................................................................................................... 4 - 1 1.2 IOT P/J layout diagram .................................................................................................................... 4 - 4 1.3 DUPLEX P/J layout diagram............................................................................................................ 4 - 8 1.4 OPTION FEEDER P/J layout diagram............................................................................................. 4 - 9

Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations

1. Connector [P (plug) / J (jack)]


1.1 List of P/J Printer
P/J 10 11 14 15 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 29 29 30 31 40 40 41 42 44 47 48 101 101 111 141 144 161 171 181 182 191 192 201 211 Coordiates I-156 I-156 H-157 H-156 D-139 I-158 H-157 H-158 H-158 J-158 J-157 J-157 J-158 J-158 J-158 I-158 J-158 C-141 H-158 I-158 H-157 D-133 I-156 I-156 J-157 D-133 G-133 G-133 D-139 I-157 E-139 H-107 G-151 F-153 H-107 C-152 C-151 C-151 C-150 H-141 I-139 Remarks Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ESS Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ESS VIDEO Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LVPS2 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LVPS2 Connects PWBA ESS and NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY HVPS Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER2 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY HUM Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY SUB MOT Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY PH (Color Mode Switching solenoid) Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY OPTION Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects PWBA ESS and HARNESS ASSY B Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY SIDE SW Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TEST RL2 Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY ESS POWER Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ROS RE Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ROS VIDEO Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY PHD XPRO Connects PWBA LVPS and INTERLOCK SWITCH Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY FUSER2 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY SW POWER Connects PWBA ESS and HARNESS ASSY ESS Not Connect (Debug only) Connects PWBA ESS and HARNESS ASSY ESS VIDEO Connects LED ASSY ERASE and HARNESS ASSY LVPS2 Connects PWBA EEPROM and HARNESS ASSY PHD XPRO Connects PWBA HVPS and HARNESS ASSY HVPS Connects FUSER and HARNESS ASSY FUSER2 Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP Y) and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP M) and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP C) and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP K) and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT Connects FEEDER ASSY (HUM Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY HUM Connects DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor) and HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT

41

Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations P/J 220 221 231 232 233 234 261 262 271 272 273 281 291 311 312 313 314 401 411 412 422 482 483 484 501 502 503 504 510 520 530 2811 5041 2200/ 2900 Coordiates F-106 H-139 C-125 F-125 G-125 F-124 H-140 I-140 I-110 F-109 H-142 C-108 H-107 H-110 H-109 H-108 H-108 C-140 D-122 D-123 G-150 F-141 G-141 G-142 E-133 D-133 D-133 D-133 C-137 C-137 C-137 D-107 I-107 H-111 Remarks Connects CONSOLE ASSY PANEL and HARNESS ASSY PNL A Connects DRIVE ASSY SUB (Sub Motor) and HARNESS ASSY SUB MOT Connects FEEDER ASSY (Feed Solenoid) and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects FEEDER ASSY (REGI Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects FEEDER ASSY (SSI No Paper Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects FEEDER ASSY (Tray No Paper Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects DRIVE ASSY PH (Color Mode Switching Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL Connects CLUTCH ASSY DRV and HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL Connects HARNESS ASSY DUP RELAY and HARNESS ASSY OPTION Connects HARNESS ASSY DUP RELAY and DUPLEX MODULE (HARNESS ASSY DUP) Connects HARNESS ASSY OPTION and 250 OPTION FEEDER (HARNESS ASSY TRAY) Connects TRANSFER BELT (Harness Assy CTD SNR2) and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Side Cover Switch) and HARNESS ASSY SIDE SW Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM Y) and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM M) and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM C) and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM K) and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM Connects PWBA ESS and HARNESS ASSY ESS POWER Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS RE Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS VIDEO Connects PHD UNIT ( Eeprom PHD) and HARNESS ASSY PHD XPRO Connects BREAKER GFI and HARNESS ASSY SW POWER Connects BREAKER GFI and HARNESS ASSY SW POWER Connects BREAKER GFI and HARNESS ASSY GFI GND Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LVPS2 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LVPS2 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY TEST RL2 Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY TEST RL2 Connects PWB ASSY FAN and FAN Connects PWB ASSY FAN and HARNESS ASSY TEST RL2 Connects PWB ASSY FAN and HARNESS ASSY TEST RL2 Connects ADC Sensor and HARNESS ASSY CTD SNR2 (TRANSFER BELT) Not Connects (Used in production process only) Connects HARNESS ASSY PNL A and HARNESS ASSY B

42

Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations

Duplex
P/J 272 601 602 603 604 605 610 Coordiates I-169 E-169 D-168 D-168 E-168 E-169 D-169 Remarks Connects DUPLEX MODULE (HARNESS ASSY DUP) and PRINTER Connects PWBA DUP and HARNESS ASSY DUP Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY EXIT (Exit Motor) Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY DUP (DUP Motor) Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY EXIT (DUP Clutch) Not Connects Not Connects

Option Feeder
P/J 211 273 419 420 421 422 4200 4201 4212 4213 Coordiates E-179 D-184 C-179 D-179 C-180 D-180 D-185 H-181 F-185 F-180 Remarks Connects MOTOR ASSY SUB (OPT FDR Motor) and HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT Connects 250 OPTION FEEDER (HARNESS ASSY TRAY) and PRINTER Connects PWBA FEED H and HARNESS ASSY TRAY Connects PWBA FEED H and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP Connects PWBA FEED H and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP Connects PWBA FEED H and HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT Connects Paper Paht Senser and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP Connects Turn Clutch and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP Connects Tray2 No PaperSenser and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP Connects Feed Solenoid and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP

43

Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations

1.2

IOT P/J layout diagram

101

102

103

220 171 291

104

105

106

2811

5041 141 314

107

108

281
109

313 312

110

311

111

271
112

2200/2900 272

113

114

115

Rio04001KA

44

Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

411

123

412
124

125

126

231
127

233 234 232

128

129

130

Rio04002KA

45

Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations

131

502 504
132

44 503 40

501 48 47

133

134

135

136

520
137

530 510

138

221 101

139

111 16

211

140

401
141

29

142

262 261 201 273 483 482 484

143

144

145

Rio04003KA

46

Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations

146

144 422

147

148

149

150

192 191

151

182
152

181
153

154

155

40
156

41

10 11 42 22 21 24 26 23 28

161

157

158

15 14 17 101 31 19 18 29 30 16 27 20

159

160

Rio04004KA

47

Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations

1.3

DUPLEX P/J layout diagram

161

162

163

603 604

164

165

166

167

602
168

601 610

169

272
170

605
171

172

173

174

175

Rio04005KA

48

Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations

1.4

OPTION FEEDER P/J layout diagram

176

177

419 211

178

179

420 421

180

181

422 4213

182

4201 273

183

184

185

186

187

4200
188

4212

189

190

Rio04006KA

49

Chapter 5 Parts List

Chapter 5 Parts List CONTENTS 1. Parts List.....................................................................................................................5 - 1


1.1 Caution for use of spare parts illustration ........................................................................................ 5 - 1 1.2 Caution for use of engineering parts list .......................................................................................... 5 - 1 Customer Replaceable Parts Illustration................................................................................................. 5 - 2 Engineering parts list .............................................................................................................................. 5 - 8 PL1.1 Cover (1/2) [Illustration] ............................................................................................................... 5 - 8 PL1.1 Cover (1/2) [List] .......................................................................................................................... 5 - 9 PL1.2 Cover (2/2) [Illustration] ............................................................................................................. 5 - 10 PL1.2 Cover (2/2) [List] ........................................................................................................................ 5 - 11 PL2.1 Paper Cassette [Illustration] ...................................................................................................... 5 - 12 PL2.1 Paper Cassette [List] ................................................................................................................. 5 - 13 PL3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [Illustration]................................................................................................. 5 - 14 PL3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [List]............................................................................................................ 5 - 15 PL3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [Illustration]................................................................................................. 5 - 16 PL3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [List]............................................................................................................ 5 - 17 PL4.1 Xerographics [Illustration] .......................................................................................................... 5 - 18 PL4.1 Xerographics [List]..................................................................................................................... 5 - 19 PL5.1 Dispenser [Illustration] ............................................................................................................... 5 - 20 PL5.1 Dispenser [List]........................................................................................................................... 5 - 21 PL6.1 Transfer & Fuser [Illustration] .................................................................................................... 5 - 22 PL6.1 Transfer & Fuser [List] ............................................................................................................... 5 - 23 PL7.1 Drive [Illustration]....................................................................................................................... 5 - 24 PL7.1 Drive [List].................................................................................................................................. 5 - 25 PL8.1 Electrical (1/2) [Illustration] ........................................................................................................ 5 - 26 PL8.1 Electrical (1/2) [List] ................................................................................................................... 5 - 27 PL8.2 Electrical (2/2) [Illustration] ........................................................................................................ 5 - 28 PL8.2 Electrical (2/2) [List] ................................................................................................................... 5 - 29 PL9.1 Harness [Illustration].................................................................................................................. 5 - 30 PL9.1 Harness [List]............................................................................................................................. 5 - 31 PL11.1 Duplex (Option) (1/2) [Illustration]............................................................................................ 5 - 32 PL11.1 Duplex (Option) (1/2) [List] ...................................................................................................... 5 - 33 PL11.2 Duplex (Option) (2/2) [Illustration]............................................................................................ 5 - 34 PL11.2 Duplex (Option) (2/2) [List] ...................................................................................................... 5 - 35 PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [Illustration] .................................................................................... 5 - 36 PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [List] ............................................................................................... 5 - 37 PL12.2 250 Feeder (Option) (2/5) [Illustration] .................................................................................... 5 - 38 PL12.2 250 Feeder (Option) (2/5) [List] ............................................................................................... 5 - 39 PL12.3 250 Feeder (Option) (3/5) [Illustration] .................................................................................... 5 - 40 PL12.3 250 Feeder (Option) (3/5) [List] ............................................................................................... 5 - 41 PL12.4 250 Feeder (Option) (4/5) [Illustration] .................................................................................... 5 - 42 PL12.4 250 Feeder (Option) (4/5) [List] ............................................................................................... 5 - 43 PL12.5 250 Feeder (Option) (5/5) [Illustration] .................................................................................... 5 - 44 PL12.5 250 Feeder (Option) (5/5) [List] ............................................................................................... 5 - 45

Chapter 5 Parts List

Chapter 5 Parts List CONTENTS

Chapter 5 Parts List

1. Parts List
1.1 Caution for use of spare parts illustration
- Available spare parts are shown in the illustration by name. - [Ref PL X.Y.Z] shown below the part name denotes the item is "Z" in the plate "PL X.Y" of the engineering part list. - For the detailed composition of the KIT parts, check with the engineering part list.

1.2 Caution for use of engineering parts list


- The figures indicating the illustrations are the item No. in the list and present correspondence between the illustrations and parts. - The notation of PL "X.Y.Z" is composed of the plate (PL), item "X.Y", and parts "Z". - The alphabet characters in the illustrations represent screws and clips as follows: "S": screw, "E": E-ring, "KL": KL clip, "C": C-ring, and "N": nut - " " mark in the illustrations are attached to items indicating assembly parts in the illustrations. - Encircled alphabetical figures in the illustrations indicate interrupted leader lines. Same characters in the illustrations represent lines to be connected. - The mark "(with 2-5)" attached to assembly parts on the illustrations and lists represents that the items "2, 3, 4, and 5" of that plate are contained and the mark "(with 2-5, PL6.1.1) represent that the item "2, 3, 4, and 5" of that plate and the item "1" of the plate "6.1" are contained. - The mark "[Ref PLX.Y.Z]" attached to parts in the illustrations and lists resents that the parts is the same as the parts of the item "Z" of the plate "X.Y". - The mark "*" attached to parts in the list represents "Note" or "Reference" about that parts is contained in the same page. For spare parts, refer to the "Spare parts list" which is issued separately.

For the connector (P/J), parts such as harness, wire, etc. in the list, refer to "Chapter 7, Electric wiring" It should be noted that configuration of parts may be different or some parts are not used depending on specifications of OEM.

51

Chapter 5 Parts List

Customer Replaceable Parts Illustration


Fuser [Ref PL6.1.97]

PHD Unit [Ref PL4.1.21]

HOLDER ASSY TCRU K [Ref PL5.1.17] HOLDER ASSY TCRU C [Ref PL5.1.18] HOLDER ASSY TCRU M [Ref PL5.1.19] HOLDER ASSY TCRU Y [Ref PL5.1.20] Black Cartridge [Ref PL5.1.21]

Separator Roller [Ref PL2.1.99]

Cyan Cartridge [Ref PL5.1.22]

Magenta Cartridge [Ref PL5.1.23]

Yellow Cartridge [Ref PL5.1.24]

HANDLE ASSY CST [Ref PL2.1.19]

Tray 1 [Ref PL2.1.1]

Rio05101KA

52

Chapter 5 Parts List

CONSOLE ASSY PANEL [Ref PL1.2.3] TRAY EXT [Ref PL1.1.2] COVER ASSY TOP [Ref PL1.1.1] HARNESS ASSY PNL A [Ref PL1.2.12]

LATCH ASSY FRONT [Ref PL1.2.5] BUTTON LATCH FRONT [Ref PL1.2.11] KIT FRONT COVER [Ref PL1.2.99] KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR [Ref PL1.1.99]

KIT DUP CONNECTOR CAP [Ref PL1.2.97]

COVER SIDE R [Ref PL1.1.6] KIT SHAFT PIVOT [Ref PL1.2.98]

COVER REAR [Ref PL1.1.3]

COVER SIDE L [Ref PL1.1.19]

Rio05102KB

53

Chapter 5 Parts List

KIT ROS [Ref PL4.1.99] HARN ASSY INTERLOCK [Ref PL8.2.5]

SWITCH [Ref PL5.1.9] KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT [Ref PL4.1.98]

LED ASSY ERASE [Ref PL4.1.8]

KIT PIVOT [Ref PL6.1.99] KIT BLOCK PHD RIGTH [Ref PL4.1.97]

KIT TRANSFER ASSY [Ref PL6.1.98] PWBA LVPS [Ref PL8.2.1]

PWB ASSY FAN [Ref PL8.2.20]

FAN [Ref PL8.1.1]

KIT PWBA MCU [Ref PL8.2.99]

KIT PWBA ESS [Ref PL8.1.99]

PWBA HVPS [Ref PL4.1.19]

NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER [Ref PL8.1.18]

SENSOR HUM [Ref PL8.2.7]

MEMORY CARD [Ref PL8.1.15]

WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER [Ref PL8.1.16]

BREAKER GFI [Ref PL8.2.11] Rio05103KA

54

Chapter 5 Parts List

DISPENSER ASSY [Ref PL5.1.1]

SENSOR PHOTO : CST NO PAPER [Ref PL3.2.13] DRIVE ASSY SUB [Ref PL7.1.1] ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER [Ref PL3.2.32] KIT ROLL ASSY FEED [Ref PL3.2.99] SENSOR PHOTO : SSI NO PAPER [Ref PL3.2.13] ACTUATOR SSI [Ref PL3.2.14] KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH [Ref PL3.1.99] ACTUATOR REGI IN [Ref PL3.2.11] SENSOR PHOTO: REGI [Ref PL3.2.13]

KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN [Ref PL7.1.98]

KIT DRIVE ASSY PH [Ref PL7.1.99]

STOPPER CST [Ref PL3.1.10]

COVER CST [Ref PL3.1.22]

FOOT [Ref PL3.1.5] FEEDER ASSY [Ref PL3.1.98] Rio05104KA

55

Chapter 5 Parts List

FEEDER ASSY DUP [Ref PL11.1.1]

FEEDER ASSY OPT [Ref PL12.1.3]

CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT [Ref PL12.5.1]

250 OPTION FEEDER [Ref PL12.1.1]

Rio05105KA

56

Chapter 5 Parts List

Blank Page

57

Chapter 5 Parts List

Engineering parts list PL1.1 Cover (1/2) [Illustration]

3 19

7
Rio05001KB

58

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL1.1 Cover (1/2) [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 99 Parts name COVER ASSY TOP TRAY EXT COVER REAR --COVER SIDE R COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR -----------COVER SIDE L --KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (with 7, Instruction)

59

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL1.2 Cover (2/2) [Illustration]

3 99 (with 1,4) 1 (with 2,5,10,11,28,29) 6 5 (with 6-9) 8 2 4 10 9 11 27 7 12 19 20 17 22 17 14


(P272) (J220)

15 16 18

(P/J2200-P2900)

18

(J271)

13 28 (with 12-18)

23 98 (with 23x2pcs)

23

26 24

26 30

24 30
Rio05002KB

5 10

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL1.2 Cover (2/2) [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 97 98 99 Parts name COVER ASSY FRONT (with 2,5,10,11,28,29) COVER FRONT CONSOLE ASSY PANEL COVER CONNECTOR LATCH ASSY FRONT (with 6-9) LATCH FRONT L LATCH FRONT DUP PLATE LATCH LATCH FRONT R SPRING LATCH FRONT BUTTON LATCH FRONT HARNESS ASSY PNL A (J220-P/J2200-P2900) HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (J271-P272) HOLDER FRONT R COVER DRAWER BRACKET HOLDER R SHAFT LINK FRONT LINK ASSY FRONT HOLDER FRONT L BRACKET HOLDER L -HARN ASSY GND SHAFT PIVOT SPRING LINK FRONT -SHAFT LINK FRONT FDR DUP CONNECTOR CAP HOLDER ASSY FRONT R (with 12-18) HOLDER ASSY FRONT L (with 17-20,22) COVER LINK FRONT KIT DUP CONNECTOR CAP (with 27x20pcs) KIT SHAFT PIVOT (with 23x2pcs) KIT COVER ASSY FRONT (with 1.4)

5 11

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL2.1 Paper Cassette [Illustration]

1 (with 19,21)

21 (with 2-8,14-18,20)

3 4 5 14 16 6 7 8 17 15 16

20 18

19

Rio05003KB

5 12

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL2.1 Paper Cassette [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 99 Parts name CASSETTE ASSY 250 (with 19,21) PLATE ASSY BOTTOM SPRING N/F L SPRING N/F R HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR GUIDE SIDE L GEAR PINION GUIDE SIDE ASSY R -----LATCH BOTTOM L LATCH BOTTOM R SPRING LATCH B TRAY ASSY EXTENSION HOUSING CST 250 HANDLE ASSY CST PLATE LOCK KST CST TRAY ASSY CST 250 (with 2-8,14-18,20) KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (with 5, Instruction)

5 13

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [Illustration]

99 (with 1,2,11,15,PL3.2.4)
(J262)

(J23) (J28) (J281)

(J27)

20

18
(P231) (J234) (J232) (J233) (P273) (P271)

15 16 17 14 13 12

19 (with 16,17) 9

21 22 23

(J231)

10 11 8 5
[Ref PL3.2.1]

24

27

4 6

25

98 (with 4-6,8-15,18-25,27,PL3.2.1,PL4.1.20,PL8.2.7,PL9.1.6)

Rio05004KB

5 14

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 98 99 Parts name CLUTCH ASSY DRV BEARING REGI -CHASSIS FDR R FOOT PLATE EARTH PH -CHASSIS FDR L BEARING STOPPER CST SOLENOID FEED MSI SPRING LEVER LEVER FEED SPRING FEED IN SPRING FEED OUT GEAR FEED OUT GEAR FEED IN HARN ASSY L SIDE (J23,J28-P231,J232,J233,J234,J281) GEAR ASSY FEED (with 16,17) HARN ASSY OPTION (J27-P271,P273) BRACKET GFI COVER CST PLATE LOCK KST FDR BRACKET FDR R PLATE EARTH FDR R -PLATE TIE FEEDER ASSY (with 4-6,8-15,18-25,27,PL3.2.1,PL4.1,PL8.2.7,PL9.1.6) KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH (with 1,2,11,15,PL3.2.4)

5 15

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [Illustration]

1 (with 2-16,20-33,36) 3 99 (with 4, Instruction) 4 2 6 7 10


(P232)

3 8

9 33 32 (with 17-19) 16 17 13 18 19

11

12

31

REGI SENSOR

13

14 15
(P234)

29

30 26

20 21 22

CST NO PAPER SENSOR

28
(P233) SSI NO PAPER SENSOR

36 13

36

24

23 25

34

35 27 (with 34,35)

Rio05005KB

5 16

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 99 Parts name CHUTE ASSY FDR REGI (with 2-16,20-33, 36) SHAF ASSY FEED ROLL CORE MSI ROLL ASSY FEED BEARING EARTH ACTUATOR REGI OUT SPRING REGI OUT ACTUATOR REGI ROLL ROLL ASSY REGI ROLL REGI METAL ACTUATOR REGI IN SPRING ACT REGI SENSOR PHOTO ACTUATOR SSI SPRING ACT SSI SPRING STP STOPPER ACT SPRING ACT NP ACTUATOR NO PAPER BEARING M EARTH BEARING EARTH REGI GEAR REGI R GEAR REGI M SPRING REGI R M PLATE EARTH REGI CHUTE UP CHUTE ASSY LOW (with 34,35) BRACKET SNS SPRING REGI L M BEARING M BEARING R ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (with 17-19) PLATE WEIGHT CHUTE ASSY LOW SSI CHUTE LOW CST FILM CHUTE UP KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (with 4, Instruction)

5 17

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL4.1 Xerographics [Illustration]


99 (with 1,2x2pcs) 2 22 23
(J41) (J40) (J411)

(J412)

98 (with 4,5,6x2pcs) 6 4 5 6 9 9 9 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 14 19 7 5 8 3 97 (with 4,5,7x2pcs) 7


(P141)

21

(P161)

20

Rio05006KB

5 18

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL4.1 Xerographics [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 97 98 99 Parts name ROS ASSY SPRING ROS HOLDER CRUM SPRING PHD LEVER PHD BLOCK STOPPER PHD D BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD LED ASSY ERASE SPRING TRACKING SPRING CF SPRING TR4 SPRING TR3 SPRING TR2 SPRING TR1 SPRING D4 SPRING D3 SPRING D2 SPRING D1 PWBA HVPS FRAME HVPS PHD ASSY HARN ASSY ROS RE (J40-J411) HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO (J41-J412) KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (with 4,5,7 x 2pcs) KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (with 4,5,6 x 2pcs) KIT ROS (with 1,2 x 2pcs)

5 19

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL5.1 Dispenser [Illustration]

1 (with 2,9-11,14-16,25-27) 2 (with 3-8) 5 3


(J192) (J191) (J182) (J181) (J19) (J18) (P192) (P191) (P182) (P181)

3 3 3

6 6 6 6

7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8

(J530) (J520) (J503) (J504) (J30)

28
(P5041)

25

27

26

10 10 10
(J314)

11 (with 12,13) 12
(J29)

(J291) (P291)

(J31)

14 (P314) 14 (J313) (P313) 14 (J312) (P312) 14 (J311)


(P311)

10

13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13

15 15 15 15

16 16 16 16

17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 29

Rio05007KB

5 20

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL5.1 Dispenser [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Parts name DISPENSER ASSY (with 2,9-11,14-16,25-27) FRAME ASSY MOT (with 3-8) MOTOR ASSY DISP CONDUCTOR MOTOR FRAME MOTOR GEAR IDLER GEAR IDLER AUG GEAR IDLER AGI SWITCH HOUSING ASSY AUGER FRAME ASSY DISP (with 12,13) FRAME DISP SEAL DISP AUG CONNECTOR CRUM SPRING DISP JOINT ASSY DISP HOLDER ASSY TCRU K HOLDER ASSY TCRU C HOLDER ASSY TCRU M HOLDER ASSY TCRU Y TONER CARTRIDGE (K) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) HARN ASSY TNR MOT (J18,J19-J181,J182,J191,J192) HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (J31-J311,J312,J313,J314) HARN ASSY SIDE SW (J29-J291) HARN ASSY TEST RL2 (J503,J504,J530-J30,J520,P5041) LABEL HOLDER

5 21

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL6.1 Transfer & Fuser [Illustration]

97 (with 1, Label) 1
(P171)

(J171) (J17) (J47)

99 (with 3-6) 3 4 5

6
(P281)

7 8 98 (with 3-8)
Rio05008KB

5 22

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL6.1 Transfer & Fuser [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 97 98 99 Parts name FUSER ASSY HARN ASSY FUSER2 (J17,J47-P171) STOPPER PIVOT PIVOT TRANS L GEAR T4 SHAFT ASSY PIVOT TRANSFER ASSY COVER HARNESS KIT FUSER ASSY (with 1, Label) KIT TRANSFER ASSY (with 3-8) KIT PIVOT (with 3-6)

5 23

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL7.1 Drive [Illustration]

98 (with 2,3) 2

(P221)

(P211)

3
COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR (P261) (J24)

4 99 (with 3,4)
Rio05009KB

5 24

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL7.1 Drive [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 98 99 Parts name DRIVE ASSY SUB DRIVE ASSY MAIN GEAR P2 DRIVE ASSY PH KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (with 2,3) KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (with 3,4)

5 25

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL8.1 Electrical (1/2) [Illustration]

(J510)

1 3

12

14 6 13 18 8 5 16 7 (with 8) 15 99 (with 7, Instruction)


(P16) (P401) (P29) Rio05010KB (P101) (P111)

5 26

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL8.1 Electrical (1/2) [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 99 Parts name FAN DUCT FAN SHIELD ASSY ESS -FRAME ESS PLATE IF PWBA ESS (with 8) NVM ROM ---PLATE ESS SCREW KNURLING WASHER MEMORY CARD (OPTION) WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER (OPTION) -NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER (OPTION) KIT PWBA ESS (with 7, Instruction)

5 27

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL8.2 Electrical (2/2) [Illustration]

20
(P530) (P510) (P502) (P44) (P504) (P501) (P503) (P40) (P48) (P520) (J44)

1
(P47)

5 2

(P41) (P10) (P15) (P11) (P14) (P42) (P17) (P22) (P101) (P21) (P31) (P24) (P19) (P26) (P18) (P23) (P29) (P28) (P30) (P16) (P27) (P20)

(P40)

4 6

15
(P144)

16 7 17

(J48) (P201) (J482) (J483) (T484)

14

21 19 18 11 8

9 10

13 12 99 (with 13, Instruction)

(J484)

Rio05011KB

5 28

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL8.2 Electrical (2/2) [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 99 Parts name PWBA LVPS GUIDE HARNESS FSR FRAME ASSY LVPS PLATE EARTH HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (SW-J44) GUIDE HARNESS AC SENSOR HUM BRACKET SW HARN ASSY SW POWER (SW-J48,J482,J483) HARN ASSY GFI GND (J484-T484) BREAKER GFI POWER CORD PWBA MCU EDGING SADDLE BRACKET MCU R PWBA EEPROM (XPRO) CLAMP BRACKET MCU L GUIDE HARNESS MCU PWB ASSY FAN CLAMP MST-10V0 KIT PWBA MCU (with 13, Instruction)

5 29

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL9.1 Harness [Illustration]

[Ref PL8.2.1] (P502) (P44) (P504) (P501) (P503) (P47) (P40)


(P48) (J10)

(P40) (P15) (P14) (P17) (P101) (P31) (P19) (P18) (P29) (P30)

(P41)

(P10)

[Ref PL8.2.13]
(P11) (P42) (P22) (P21) (P24) (P26) (P23) (P28) (P20) (J22)

(P16)

(P27)

1
(J11) (J101)

8
(J221) (J26)

2
(J14) (J15) (J261)

(J111)

3
(J501) (J141) (J502) (J161)

(P262)

(J40)

10 5
(J16) (J20) (J401) (J42)

11
(P422)

6
(J21) (J201)

(J144)

(J29)

7
(J2900)

12

(J211)

Rio05012KB

5 30

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL9.1 Harness [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Parts name HARN ASSY ESS (J10-J101) HARN ASSY ESS VIDEO (J11-J111) HARN ASSY LVPS2 (J14,J15-J141,J501,J502) -HARN ASSY HVPS (J16-J161) HARN ASSY HUM (J20-J201) HARN ASSY MAIN MOT (J21-J211) HARN ASSY SUB MOT (J22-J221) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (J26-J261,P262) HARN ASSY ESS POWER (J40-J401) HARN ASSY PHD XPRO (J42-J144,P422) HARNESS ASSY B (J29-J2900) --

5 31

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL11.1 Duplex (Option) (1/2) [Illustration]

2 1 (with 2-16,PL11.2)

3 3 5 6 4 3 4 3 7 8 9 8 10 4 9 4
[Ref PL11.2]

(P602)

(P603)

(P604) (P601) (P605)

(P610)

11

16 8 15

9 8 9
(J601)

12

14
(J272)

12 13
Rio05013KA

5 32

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL11.1 Duplex (Option) (1/2) [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Parts name FEEDER ASSY DUP (with 2-16,PL11.2) CHUTE DUP IN SPRING PINCH DUP ROLL PINCH DUP SPRING LATCH DUP LATCH DUP FOLLOWER LATCH DUP HOLDER CHUTE DUP SPRING CHUTE DUP HOLDER HARNESS DUP COVER CONNECT DUP SPRING CONNECT DUP HOLDER CONNECT DUP HARNESS ASSY DUP (J272-J601) COVER PWBA DUP PWBA DUP

5 33

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL11.2 Duplex (Option) (2/2) [Illustration]


1 2

10

(J602) (J604)

(J603)

7 8 7

3 5 6 7 7

Rio05014KA

5 34

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL11.2 Duplex (Option) (2/2) [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Parts name COVER DRIVE EXIT DRIVE ASSY EXIT COVER DRIVE DUP -DRIVE ASSY DUP GEAR ROLL DUP BEARING DUP PLATE EARTH PWBA ROLLER ASSY DUP CHUTE DUP FRAME

5 35

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [Illustration]


1 (with 2,3,PL12.5.1) 2 2 3 (with 4-7,PL12.2-12.4) 5 6

7
[Ref PL12.2]

[Ref PL12.5.1]
Rio05015KA

5 36

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Parts name 250 OPTION FEEDER (with 2,3,PL12.5.1) SCREW JOINT FEEDER ASSY OPT (with 4-7,PL12.2-12.4) COVER SIDE L OPT COVER CHUTE COVER REAR OPT COVER SIDE R OPT

5 37

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL12.2 250 Feeder (Option) (2/5) [Illustration]

1
(P419) (P420) (P422)

(J422) (J420) (J421) (P4213)

2
(J211) (J4212) (J4200)

(P421)

20

(P4201)

19
(P211)

18 16 17

10 (with 11,12) 12 11
(J4213)

13 14 15

9
(J4201)

Rio05016KB

5 38

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL12.2 250 Feeder (Option) (2/5) [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Parts name PWBA FEED H HARN ASSY TRAY MOT (J422-J211) ---CLUTCH ASSY DRV [Same as PL3.1.1] GEAR ASSY IDLER SPRING FEED OUT [Same as PL3.1.15] SPRING FEED IN [Same as PL3.1.14] GEAR ASSY FEED (with 11,12) [Same as PL3.1.19] GEAR FEED OUT [Same as PL3.1.16] GEAR FEED IN [Same as PL3.1.17] LEVER FEED [Same as PL3.1.13] SPRING LEVER [Same as PL3.1.12] SOLENOID FEED MSI [Same as PL3.1.11] MOTOR ASSY SUB GEAR IDLE 40Z GEAR IDLE 86-20Z PLATE ASSY IDLE 1 HARN ASSY TRAY COMP (J420,J421-J4200,P4201.J4212,P4213)

5 39

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL12.3 250 Feeder (Option) (3/5) [Illustration]


1 1 2

(J273)

(J419)

22 18 16 17 21 15 19 23 20

5
[Ref PL12.4.1]

14

13

7 10

7 9

8 11
Rio05017KA

5 40

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL12.3 250 Feeder (Option) (3/5) [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Parts name SPRING EARTH OPT PLATE REAR TOP COVER CST [Same as PL3.1.22] -PLATE LOCK KST FDR [Same as PL3.1.23] BRACKET FDR R [Same as PL3.1.24] FOOT [Same as PL3.1.5] PLATE EARTH PH [Same as PL3.1.6] CHASSIS FDR R OPT PLATE REAR BOTTOM PLATE FRONT BOTTOM -CHASSIS FDR L OPT PLATE EARTH FRONT BOTTOM BRACKET SUP REGI BEARING REGI [Same as PL3.1.2] PLATE EARTH REAR BOTTOM PLATE EARTH REAR TOP COVER HARNESS DRAWER BRACKET CVR REAR STOPPER CST [Same as PL3.1.10] BEARING [Same as PL3.1.9] HARN ASSY TRAY (J273-J419)

5 41

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL12.4 250 Feeder (Option) (4/5) [Illustration]


1 (with 2-13,16,20-27,29-33) 3 4 2 3 6 8 7 9 5

10
(P4200)

33 11 12 16 32 (with 17-19) 17

31 13
PAPER PAHT SENSOR (P4212)

18

19

13
CST2 NO PAPER SENSOR

30 29

20

21

22

26 24 27 23 25

Rio05018KA

5 42

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL12.4 250 Feeder (Option) (4/5) [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Parts name CHUTE ASSY TURN (with 2-13,16,20-27,29-33) SHAF ASSY FEED [Same as PL3.2.2] ROLL CORE MSI [Same as PL3.2.3] ROLL ASSY FEED [Same as PL3.2.4] BEARING EARTH [Same as PL3.2.5] ACTUATOR REGI OUT [Same as PL3.2.6] SPRING REGI OUT [Same as PL3.2.7] ACTUATOR REGI ROLL ROLL ASSY REGI [Same as PL3.2.9] ROLL REGI METAL [Same as PL3.2.10] ACTUATOR REGI IN SPRING ACT REGI [Same as PL3.2.12] SENSOR PHOTO [Same as PL3.2.13] --SPRING STP [Same as PL3.2.16] STOPPER ACT [Same as PL3.2.17] SPRING ACT NP [Same as PL3.2.18] ACTUATOR NO PAPER [Same as PL3.2.19] BEARING M EARTH [Same as PL3.2.20] BEARING EARTH REGI [Same as PL3.2.21] GEAR REGI R [Same as PL3.2.22] GEAR REGI M [Same as PL3.2.23] SPRING REGI R M [Same as PL3.2.24] PLATE EARTH REGI [Same as PL3.2.25] CHUTE UP [Same as PL3.2.26] CHUTE LOW -SPRING REGI L M [Same as PL3.2.29] BEARING M [Same as PL3.2.30] BEARING R [Same as PL3.2.31] ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (with 17-19) [Same as PL3.2.32] PLATE WEIGHT [Same as PL3.2.33]

5 43

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL12.5 250 Feeder (Option) (5/5) [Illustration]

1 (with 19,21)

21 (with 2-8,14-18,20)

3 5 4 6 7 8 17 15 16

14 16

20 18

19

Rio05019KB

5 44

Chapter 5 Parts List

PL12.5 250 Feeder (Option) (5/5) [List]


Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Parts name CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT (with 19,21) PLATE ASSY BOTTOM [Same as PL2.1.2] SPRING N/F L [Same as PL2.1.3] SPRING N/F R [Same as PL2.1.4] HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR [Same as PL2.1.5] GUIDE SIDE L [Same as PL2.1.6] GEAR PINION [Same as PL2.1.7] GUIDE SIDE ASSY R [Same as PL2.1.8] -----LATCH BOTTOM L [Same as PL2.1.14] LATCH BOTTOM R [Same as PL2.1.15] SPRING LATCH B [Same as PL2.1.16] TRAY ASSY EXTENSION [Same as PL2.1.17] HOUSING CST 250 [Same as PL2.1.18] HANDLE ASSY CST 250 OPT PLATE LOCK KST CST [Same as PL2.1.20] TRAY ASSY CST 250 (with 2-8,14-18,20) [Same as PL2.1.21]

5 45

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation CONTENTS 1. Printing Process ..........................................................................................................6 - 1


1.1 Summary of Printing Process ........................................................................................................... 6 - 1 1.2 Schematic Diagram for Printing Processes ...................................................................................... 6 - 2 1.3 Description of Printing Process Techniques ..................................................................................... 6 - 3 1.3.1 Charging with electricity ............................................................................................................ 6 - 3 1.3.2 Exposure................................................................................................................................... 6 - 4 1.3.3 Development............................................................................................................................. 6 - 6 1.3.4 Transfer (Drum -> Paper) ....................................................................................................... 6 - 10 1.3.5 Cleaning.................................................................................................................................. 6 - 12 1.3.6 Fusing ..................................................................................................................................... 6 - 14 1.3.7 Cleaning (TRANSFER BELT) ................................................................................................. 6 - 15

2. Paper Path.................................................................................................................6 - 16
2.1 Paper Path ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 16 2.2 Layout of Paper Path ...................................................................................................................... 6 - 17

3. Functions of Major Functional Components ..............................................................6 - 18


3.1 Paper Cassette ............................................................................................................................... 6 - 18 3.1.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 18 3.1.2 Reference diagram ................................................................................................................. 6 - 19 3.1.3 Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention.............................................................................................. 6 - 20 3.1.4 Reference diagram ................................................................................................................. 6 - 20 3.2 Paper Feeder .................................................................................................................................. 6 - 22 3.2.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 22 3.2.2 Reference diagram ................................................................................................................. 6 - 23 3.3 SSI & Regi Assy.............................................................................................................................. 6 - 24 3.3.1 Reference diagram ................................................................................................................. 6 - 25 3.3.2 Lead-edge Registration.......................................................................................................... 6 - 26 3.3.3 Reference diagram ................................................................................................................. 6 - 26 3.3.4 Control of paper size.............................................................................................................. 6 - 27 3.3.5 Paper detection by the Regi Sensor ....................................................................................... 6 - 27 3.4 Transfer Belt & Fuser...................................................................................................................... 6 - 28 3.4.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 28 3.4.2 Reference diagram ................................................................................................................. 6 - 29 3.5 ROS ASSY...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 30 3.5.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 30 3.5.2 Reference diagram ................................................................................................................. 6 - 31 3.6 TONER CARTRIDGE & DISPENSER ............................................................................................ 6 - 32 3.6.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 32 3.6.2 Reference diagram ................................................................................................................. 6 - 32 3.7 PHD Unit ......................................................................................................................................... 6 - 34 3.7.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 34 3.7.2 Reference diagram ................................................................................................................. 6 - 35 3.8 Drive................................................................................................................................................ 6 - 36 3.8.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 36 3.8.2 Reference diagram ................................................................................................................. 6 - 37 3.9 Electrical ......................................................................................................................................... 6 - 38

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation CONTENTS


3.9.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 38 3.9.2 Reference diagram ................................................................................................................. 6 - 40 3.9.3 Data Flow................................................................................................................................ 6 - 41 3.10 Duplex........................................................................................................................................... 6 - 43 3.10.1 Major functions...................................................................................................................... 6 - 43 3.10.2 Reference diagram ............................................................................................................... 6 - 43 3.10.3 Removing DUPLEX .............................................................................................................. 6 - 44 3.11 250 Paper Cassette ...................................................................................................................... 6 - 46 3.11.1 Major functionsiPaper Cassettej ...................................................................................... 6 - 46 3.11.2 Reference diagram ............................................................................................................... 6 - 46 3.11.3 Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention............................................................................................ 6 - 47 3.11.4 Reference diagram ............................................................................................................... 6 - 47 3.11.5 Major functions (Paper Feeder) ............................................................................................ 6 - 48 3.11.6 Reference diagram ............................................................................................................... 6 - 49

4. MODES .....................................................................................................................6 - 50
4.1 Operation Modes ............................................................................................................................ 6 - 50

5. Control .......................................................................................................................6 - 51
5.1 Control of Paper Size...................................................................................................................... 6 - 51 5.2 ROS Light Quantity Control ............................................................................................................ 6 - 51 5.3 Process Control .............................................................................................................................. 6 - 52 5.3.1 Potential Control ..................................................................................................................... 6 - 52 5.3.2 Toner Density Control ............................................................................................................. 6 - 53 5.3.3 High Area Coverage Mode ..................................................................................................... 6 - 53 5.3.4 Admix Mode ............................................................................................................................ 6 - 53 5.3.5 ADC Sensor Adjustment ......................................................................................................... 6 - 53 5.4 Color Registration Control............................................................................................................... 6 - 54 5.5 Fuser Control .................................................................................................................................. 6 - 55 5.5.1 Fuser temperature control....................................................................................................... 6 - 55 5.5.2 Cooling down .......................................................................................................................... 6 - 55 5.5.3 Sensor Warm-up..................................................................................................................... 6 - 55

6. Drive Transmission Route .........................................................................................6 - 56


6.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN ........................................................................................................................ 6 - 56 6.2 DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB DRIVE ...................................................................... 6 - 60 6.3 TONER DISPENSER (Y, M, C, K).................................................................................................. 6 - 66 6.4 DRIVE ASSY SUB .......................................................................................................................... 6 - 68 6.5 DRIVE ASSY DUP.......................................................................................................................... 6 - 72 6.6 DRIVE ASSY OPTION FDR ........................................................................................................... 6 - 74

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

1. Printing Process
1.1 Summary of Printing Process
This printer is a "Full-color laser printer" which applies the principle of an electrophotographic recording system. The tandem system comprising the four color PHD Unit of yellow, magenta, cyan and black (Y, M, C and K) creates the toner image. Printing processes of this printer is composed of the basic steps as follows. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Charge:............................. Drum surface is charged with electricity. Exposure: ......................... Image unit is exposed to laser beams. Development: ................... Image is developed with toner. Transfer: ........................... Four-color finished toner image on the Drum is transferred onto the paper. Cleaning: .......................... Remaining toner on the drum is collected. Fusing:.............................. Toner on the paper is fixed by heat and pressure. Cleaning: .......................... Remaining toner on the belt is collected.

Wsb06001KA

61

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

1.2 Schematic Diagram for Printing Processes


Outline of printing processes is shown in the figure below.
:Laserbeam PHDUNIT [(1)Charge] [(3)Development] [(4)Transfer] [(5)Cleaning] :Papertransfer

ROS [(2)Exposure]

FUSER [(6)Fusing]

TRANSFERBELT [(4)Transfer] [(7)Cleaning]

Rio06002KA

62

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

1.3 Description of Printing Process Techniques


1.3.1 Charging with electricity In the charging process, the drum surface rotating at a constant speed is charged uniformly with negative electricity by the discharge from BCR (Bias Charge Roll). This process is performed in parallel for yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors. The BCR is kept in contact with the drum and rotates following the rotations of the drum. BCR is a conductive roll, receives discharge voltage from the High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS) and discharges a negative DC voltage. The drum surface is uniformly and negatively charged with DC bias voltage. The drum surface is a photoreceptor (which is an insulator in the dark and a conductor in the light) and the drum inside is composed of a conductor. The Cleaning Roll is a sponge, which contacts with the BCR to catch the toner.

Wsb06003KA

engineprinciple0005FA

engineprinciple0006FA

63

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1.3.2 Exposure In the exposure process, the drum surface charged negatively is scanned by laser beams to form invisible electrostatic latent image on the drum surface. This process is performed in parallel for yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors. Laser beams are emitted from the laser diode in the ROS ASSY. By the rotating polygon mirror, fixed mirror and lens attached to the Scanner Motor Assy of the ROS ASSY, the surface of each color drum is scanned from end to end in the axial direction.

:Laserbeams(K) :Laserbeams(C) :Laserbeams(M) :Laserbeams(Y) Mirror Mirror Mirror

Drum(K) Lens

PolygonMirror

Mirror Drum(C) Lens

Mirror Mirror Drum(M) Lens

Lens Mirror Drum(Y)

Mirror

Lens

Mirror

Wsb06004KA

64

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation The laser beam is irradiated according to the printing data (image data) output from the printer controller. The laser beam is output only when printing data is pixels (micro points composing characters or pictures). (The laser diode lights up for parts to be developed by toner, and not for parts that are not to be developed.) The drum surface irradiated by the laser beam becomes a conductor, and the negative charge on the drum surface flows to the positive side and the charges cancel each other out so that the potential on the drum surface drops. The part on the surface where potential drops becomes the electrostatic latent image.

65

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1.3.3 Development In the development process, toner is electrically attached to the invisible electrostatic latent image on the drum surface to form visible toner image on the drum. This process is performed in parallel for yellow, magenta, cyan and black color independently. The toner in the toner cartridge is agitated by the built-in Agitator and fed into the developer. The Auger is driven by the toner motor.The amount of toner to be consumed according to the print count is calculated and that amount is fed into the developer. This is called "toner dispensation", which is controlled by two types of control, "PCDC" and "ADC". (Refer to 5.3.2 Toner Density Control) The toner fed into the developer and the carrier in the developer are agitated by the Auger, and supplied to the Magnet Roll arranged in the vicinity of the drum surface. The toner and carrier are charged by friction due to the agitation (toner in negative, carrier in positive), and they are attracted to one another electrically. As the carrier is a magnetic substance, it is attracted to the Magnet Roll having a magnetic force and a homogeneous layer is formed by the Trimmer Rod. The magnet roll is covered by a thin semi-conductive sleeve over the surface. DB (Developing Bias) voltage is supplied to this semiconductor sleeve from the High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS). DB voltage is negative DC voltage combined with AC voltage. The magnet roll is kept at a constant negative voltage against the photoreceptor layer of the drum by DC voltage. Therefore, at the area surface where the negative electric charge on the drum does not decrease, potential is lower than the magnet roll, while the potential is higher than the magnet roll at the area where the negative charge on the drum surface decreases. The AC voltage shakes the developer on the magnet roll surface stimulating the toner to fly to the drum. Thus, the toner charged negatively is attracted only to the drum surface area where the negative charge has decreased below that of the magnet roll (electrostatic latent image) and the toner image is formed on the drum. Once the toner is adhered on the drum, the negative charge of the toner-bearing portion increases, which decreases the potential and the toner-attracting force of that portion.

66

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

TonerCartridge Agitator

:Negativeelectriccharge :Positiveelectriccharge :Toner :Carrier

Paddle TrimmerRod

Drum

Auger MagnetRoll Auger HVPS

Wsb06005KA

engineprinciple0013FA

engineprinciple0014FA

67

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Toner Dispense Mechanism The toner in the toner cartridge goes through the following steps before reaching the developer. Once the toner cartridge is set and the lever is moved toward the lock position, the JOINT ASSY DISP and the toner cartridge shutter move frontward, opening the toner supply port. The toner supplied from the toner cartridge is carried toward the developer by the Auger in the HOUSING ASSY AUGER. The Auger is a spiral-shaped part that carries toner forward as it rotates driven by the Dispense Motor in the FRAME ASSY MOT. After being carried to the front side of the HOUSING ASSY AUGER, the toner is fed to the developer via the port of the HOUSING ASSY AUGER.
1)-1

Toner Cartridge

Shutter

1)-2

3)

2)

Auger

Dispense Motor

Rio06113KA

68

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

Blank Page

69

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1.3.4 Transfer (Drum -> Paper) In the transfer process, toner image formed on the drum surface is transferred onto the surface of the paper. The toner is transferred onto the paper in the order of Y, M, C, and K. BTR The BTR (Bias Transfer Roll) is a conductive roll, to which the positive voltage is applied from the High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS). The BTR contacts the rear side of the Belt and applies the positive voltage to the Belt. Belt The Belt is a conductive belt, to which the positive voltage is applied from the BTR. After the negatively charged toner image on the drum surface is drawn by the positive charge on the belt, it is transferred from the drum to the paper. The Belt feeds the paper to the direction of FUSER.
Paper :Negativeelectriccharge :Positiveelectriccharge :Toner

Drum(K)

BTR

Drum surface

Drum(C)

BTR

Drum(M)

BTR

BTR

Drum(Y)

HVPS TransferBelt

Rio06114KA

6 10

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

Kmy06007KA

6 11

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1.3.5 Cleaning In the cleaning process, excess toner is removed from the drum surfaces, while excess charge is also eliminated from the drum surface. Drum cleaning The cleaning blade contacts the surface of the drum collecting the excess toner by scraping. Cleaning Roll The Cleaning Roll contacts the surface of the BCR collecting the foreign matter by scraping. Charge cleaning When the drum is charged by BCR, any excess charge hinders the drum surface from being uniformly charged, which may lead to print quality problems. The excess charge on the surface of the drum is eliminated by irradiating the light of the Erase Lamp (LED ASSEMBLY).

Wsb06008KA

6 12

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Excess Toner Collecting AUGER CLNG SIDE by the Auger. (2) The toner is carried by the AUGER CLNG SIDE to the joint to the collection box in the toner cartridge. (3) The toner then falls into the collection box in the toner cartridge. (1) The excess toner is collected by the cleaner blade contacting the drum, and then carried to the

AUGERCLNGSIDE CollectionBox TonerCartridge 2) 1) 3) Auger CleanerBlade

Wsb06006KA

6 13

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1.3.6 Fusing In the fusing process, toner is fixed on the paper by heat and pressure. Since the finished toner image transferred from the belt can be easily broken by a finger touch, the toner image must be fixed on the paper with the FUSER (fusing unit). The toner particles are melted by the HEAT ROLL heated by the Heater lamp and is deposited on the paper under pressure given by the belt opposed against the heat roll. Conditions to be met to light up the Heater Lamp Warm up Main Heater Lamp ON Stand by ON/OFF Printing ON

SpringNip Paper

NipHead

Felt

Belt

FrameBelt

Fixedtoner

HeatRoll HeaterLamp Notfixedtoner Sheet Rio06009KA

6 14

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1.3.7 Cleaning (TRANSFER BELT) In the "Cleaning (TRANSFER BELT)" process, the transfer belt is cleaned by removing the excess toner on its surface (for the density measurement of ADC toner patch). Collecting excess toner from the transfer belt Drum. (2) The removed toner is dropped into the Cleaner BOX.

(1) Toner on the TRANSFER BELT is scraped off by the Cleaner Blade that is in contact with the

BladeAssy

TRANSFERBELT

CleanerBOX

Belt

Rio06115KA

6 15

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

2. Paper Path
2.1 Paper Path

Rio06010KA

6 16

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

2.2 Layout of Paper Path


:Laserbeam Exitroll[Fuser] ExitSensor[Fuser] DupGate[Fuser] Pressurebelt[Fuser] :Papertransfer :Papersensors

Heatroll[Fuser]

Duproll(rubber) [DuplexModule]

Belt[TransferBelt]

Regiroll(rubber) [RegiAssembly] Feedroll [FeederAssy] Tray1NoPaperSensor [FeederAssy]

Duproll(rubber) [DuplexModule] Regiroll(metal) [RegiAssembly] SSINoPaperSensor [RegiAssembly]

Feedroll [FeederAssyOpt.]

RegiSensor [RegiAssembly] Separatorroller [Tray1] Turnroll(metal) [Regiroll(metal)] Turnroll(rubber) [Regiroll(rubber)] Rio06011KA

Tray2NoPaperSensor [FeederAssyOpt.]

Separatorroller [Tray2]

PaperPathSensor [RegiSensor]

6 17

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

3. Functions of Major Functional Components


Major functional components of the printer are described below with illustrations. These components are classified into the following blocks based on the configuration of the printer. Paper Cassette Paper Feeder SSI & Regi Assy Transfer Belt & Fuser ROS ASSY TONER CARTRIDGE & Dispenser PHD Unit Drive Electrical Duplex 250 Paper Feeder

3.1 Paper Cassette


3.1.1 Major functions Guide Side (R/L) The Guide Side Assy (R/L) can move at a right angle to the paper transfer direction to align the paper width. End Guide The Guide End Assy can move in the paper transfer direction to determine the paper size. SEPARATOR ROLLER The SEPARATOR ROLLER and the FEED ROLLER pinch the paper to prevent multiple sheet feed. Bottom Plate Bottom plate is locked to the bottom side when paper cassette is pulled out from the paper feeder and unlocked when paper cassette is installed to the paper feeder. Pushes the paper against the feed roll using a spring tension.

6 18

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.1.2 Reference diagram

BottomPlate EndGuide SideGuide(R)

SideGuide(L)

SeparatorRoller Rio06012KA

6 19

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.1.3 Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention The sheets set in a tray or cassette are occasionally stuck together along the edges. The stuck sheets cause a multiple sheet feed or a jam. The sheets are fed by the Feed Roll to a position between the Feed Roll and the Separator Roll. Normally, when only one sheet is fed, both the Feed Roll and Separator Roll rotate to allow the sheet to pass. However, when two sheets are fed concurrently, only the Feed Roll rotates and the Separator Roll is locked thereby allowing the upper sheet to pass by being separated from the lower sheet that is stopped by the friction with the Separator Roll at rest. The Separator Roll is being pushed toward the Feed Roll by spring pressure, and controlled by the torque limiter (Clutch Assy Friction) with which it is coupled. 3.1.4 Reference diagram

FeedRoller

SeparatorRoller ClutchAssyFriction

SeparatorRoller

Wsb06013KA

6 20

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

Blank Page

6 21

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

3.2 Paper Feeder


3.2.1 Major functions SENSOR PHOTO (No Paper Sensor) Detects the presence/absence of paper in the paper tray based on the position of ACTUATOR NO PAPER. (No paper: Sensor beam is intercepted)
SENSORPHOTO (TrayNoPaperSensor) SENSORPHOTO (TrayNoPaperSensor)

Paper BottomPlate

ACTUATORNOPAPER (NoPaperPosition)

ACTUATORNOPAPER

Wsb06014KA

SOLENOID ASSY FEED Transmits the drive from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to FEED ROLLER. (Refer to 6.4 DRIVE ASSY SUB)

FEED ROLLER When the SOLENOID ASSY FEED operates, the FEED ROLLER starts rotating and the FEED ROLLER feeds the paper. (Refer to 6.4 DRIVE ASSY SUB)

DRIVEASSYMAIN

DRIVEASSYPH

FEEDROLLER

SOLENOIDASSYFEED Wsb06015KA

6 22

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.2.2 Reference diagram

FEEDROLLER SENSORPHOTO(TrayNoPaperSensor) SOLENOIDASSYFEED Rio06016KA

6 23

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

3.3 SSI & Regi Assy


SENSOR PHOTO (SSI No Paper Sensor) Detects presence/absence of paper in the SSI tray by the change in actuator position. SSI No Paper Sensor Upon detecting the sheet, the Regi Roll rotates for a predetermined duration to feed the sheet. The sheet is fixed between the Rolls so that it may not fall from the SSI. The Rolls stop immediately when the Regi Sensor detects the presence of paper.

SENSORPHOTO (SSINoPaperSensor)

SENSORPHOTO (SSINoPaperSensor) ACTUATORSSI

Paper RegiRoll RegiRoll

ACTUATORSSI (NoPaperPosition)

Rio06017KA

SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) It detects when the paper front end reaches the CHUTE ASSY FDR REGI. When the paper feeds from the SSI, Regi Sensor is measuring the paper length (size). The ON time of Regi Sensor is converted into the paper length. ON: The paper activates the actuator.

Regi Clutch CLUTCH ASSY REGI transmits the driving power from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to ROLL ASSY REGI, and transports the paper from the tray and SSI toward the PHD unit direction. (Refer to 6.4 DRIVE ASSY SUB) The timing of sheet feed from the Regi Assy is adjusted by the duration of the Regi Clutch operation so that the toner image on the drum can be transferred to the appropriate position on the sheet.

6 24

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.3.1 Reference diagram

Rearviewillustration ACTUATORREGIROLL ACTUATORREGIOUT SPRINGREGIOUT

SENSORPHOTO(RegiSensor) ACTUATORREGIIN SPRINGACTREGI

ROLLREGIMETAL

REGICLUTCH

SENSORPHOTO(RegiSensor) ROLLASSYREGI(Rubber) Rio06018KA

6 25

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.3.2 Lead-edge Registration When a sheet is fed from the Tray to the toner transfer position, the registration of the sheet may not be correctly maintained due to such troubles as misalignment of lead edges in the Tray.To avoid this trouble, the lead edge position needs to be aligned at the Regi part before the sheet is fed to the toner transfer position. By thrusting the edge of the sheet coming out of the Tray against the Regi Roll that is at rest, the lead edge of the sheet is registered.

3.3.3 Reference diagram

REGIROLL

Wsb06019KA

REGIROLL

SKEWEDPAPER

Wsb06020KA

6 26

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.3.4 Control of paper size The printer doesnt have switches for detecting paper size, and only length of paper is detected by the Regi Sensor when feeding paper. If printing data and paper size dont match, error is sent to the ESS. 3.3.5 Paper detection by the Regi Sensor Since the paper path from the SSI to the Regi Sensor and that from the Paper Tray to the Regi Sensor are different, the Regi Sensor is provided with the ACTUATOR REGI IN and the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL. The ACTUATOR REGI ROLL detects the sheet from the SSI and detects the tail edge of the paper from the paper tray. The ACTUATOR REGI IN detects the lead edge of the paper from the paper tray. However, the movement of ACTUATOR REGI IN does not affect that of ACTUATOR REGI ROLL.

Rear view illustration ACTUATOR REGI ROLL ACTUATOR REGI OUT SPRING REGI OUT

SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) ACTUATOR REGI IN SPRING ACT REGI

SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor)

Normal Position SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) ACTUATOR REGI ROLL

From Paper Tray ACTUATOR REGI IN

ACTUATOR REGI IN

SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) PAPER

Detection of paper (Tail Edge) ACTUATOR REGI ROLL PAPER

From SSI ACTUATOR REGI ROLL SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor)

PAPER SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor)

ACTUATOR REGI IN

ACTUATOR REGI IN Wsb06041KA

6 27

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

3.4 Transfer Belt & Fuser


3.4.1 Major functions Transfer Belt Belt Belt feeds the paper to the direction of FUSER SENSOR ADC SENSOR ADC reads the toner patch on the BELT, and converts it to voltage value. Voltage value is used to control the density of toner. (Refer to 5.3.1 Potential Control) FUSER The FUSER fixes toner which was transferred onto the paper but not fixed by the heat and pressure and feeds paper before and after being fixed. The FUSER mainly consists of the following parts: Heat Roll Heater Lamp Thermostat Temp. Sensor - Exit Sensor Detects passage of print after fixed based on the change of position of the actuator. Pressure Belt Roll Assy Exit Exit Sensor

6 28

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.4.2 Reference diagram

Rear view illustration PRESSURE BELT SENSOR PHOTO (Exit Sensor)

HEAT ROLL

THERMOSTAT TEMP. SENSOR (Un-contacting type) TEMP. SENSOR (Contacted type)

HEATER LAMP

ROLL ASSY EXIT FUSER

SENSOR ADC

BLADE ASSY

TRANSFER BELT BELT Rio06021KA

6 29

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

3.5 ROS ASSY


3.5.1 Major functions ROS ASSY ROS ASSY is an exposure unit that generates laser beams to form electrostatic latent image on the drum surface. In this manual, the ROS ASSY is referred to as ROS. The ROS mainly consists of the following parts: LD PWB Scanner ASSY SOS PWB Lens Mirror Window LD PWB The LD PWB is comprised of four LDs (laser diodes) corresponding to Y, M, C, and K. Each LD converts the electric signals of incoming image data into laser wave or pulse. In order to stabilize the laser light quantity during formation of an electrostatic latent image, the LD PWB always monitors the laser light quantity to adjust it to the appropriate level. This is called "APC (auto power control)". Scanner Assy The Scanner Assy is comprised of the Scanner Motor that rotates at a constant speed and the Polygon Mirror that is mounted on the motor shaft. The laser light output from the LD is irradiated onto the Polygon Mirror via the Mirror. The Polygon Mirror, provided with six reflecting mirror faces, changes the reflection angle of the laser light as it rotates by the Scanner Motor, thereby allowing the laser light to scan the drum along its axial direction. Scanning is performed using one reflecting mirror face for each line. SOS PWB The SOS sensor on the SOS (start of scan) PWB converts an incoming laser beam, upon detection, to an electric signal as the reference signal for starting scanning and transmits this signal to the PWBA MCU. The SOS sensor signals are used to synchronize the starting point of the laser-beam scanning with the starting point of the image writing. Lens Mirror Window The laser light reflected from the Polygon Mirror reaches the drum surface via the Lens, Mirror, and Window. The Lens corrects aberration, the Mirror secures an optical path, and the Window prevents foreign matters from entering the ROS.

6 30

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.5.2 Reference diagram

Rear view illustration Polygon Mirror Scanner Assy Mirror

Mirror

LD PWB Lens Mirror SOS PWB SOS Sensor

Mirror Lens

ROS

Window

Rio06022KA

6 31

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

3.6 TONER CARTRIDGE & DISPENSER


3.6.1 Major functions CONNECTOR CRUM (Customer Replaceable Unit Memory) The CONNECTOR CRUM reads and writes the data of the CRUM. Printer specific information is stored. DISPENSE MOTOR (Y/M/C/K) The dispense motor supplies the drive to the Agitator and Auger in the TONER CARTRIDGE, and supplies toner to the developer. 3.6.2 Reference diagram

DISPENSE MOTOR (K) TONER CARTRIDGE (K) CONNECTOR CRUM (K) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) CONNECTOR CRUM (C) DISPENSE MOTOR (Y) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) CONNECTOR CRUM (M) TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) CONNECTOR CRUM (Y) DISPENSE MOTOR (M)

DISPENSE MOTOR (C)

Rio06023KA

6 32

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

Blank Page

6 33

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

3.7 PHD Unit


3.7.1 Major functions PHD Unit PHD Unit carries out a series of operation in the print process such as charging, and transfer. PHD Unit mainly consists of the following parts. Developer is an equipment which develops images in the print process. Drum (Y) Drum (M) Drum (C) Drum (K) CRUM PHD specific information is stored. Erase Lamp (LED ASSEMBLY) The light of the LED is reflected by the HOLDER ASSY Erase. The light of the LED eliminates the charge on the drum. Developer (Y) Developer (M) Developer (C) Developer (K)

PHD UNIT

HOLDER LENS ERASE

ERASE LAMP

DRUM

LED ASSEMBLY Wsb06024KA

6 34

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.7.2 Reference diagram

Rear view illustration

CRUM

Developer (K)

Developer (C)

Developer (M)

Developer (Y)

PHD UNIT

Drum (K)

Drum (C)

Drum (M)

Drum (Y)

LED ASSEMBLY Rio06025KA

6 35

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

3.8 Drive
3.8.1 Major functions DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Refer to 6.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN) Supplies the drive to parts as follows. (C/M/Y/K) Drum Transfer Belt Regi Feeder DRIVE ASSY SUB Supplies the drive to parts as follows. Fuser Developer (C/M/Y/K) DRIVE ASSY PH DRIVE ASSY PH transmits the driving force from the DRIV ASSY SUB to relevant parts. The transmission channel is changed by the COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID in the DRIVE ASSY PH to allow the driving force of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to reach the Black Developer only. This is performed to ensure that the Yellow, Magenta, and Cyan Developers cannot be rotated by the DRIVE ASSY SUB during B/W printing. The COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR detects the status of the transmission route (whether it is set for B/W or full color).
[ FULL COLOR MODE ] CAM C GEAR D3 OUT Drive to Developer (Y, M, C) GEAR D3 IN [ BLACK and WHITE MODE ] CAM C GEAR D3 OUT DRIVE ASSY PH

Drive from Sub Motor

GEAR D3 IN

Drive from Sub Motor

[ FULL COLOR MODE ] COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR

[ BLACK and WHITE MODE ] COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR

CAM C GEAR C

CAM C GEAR C

COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID

COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID Wsb06026KA

6 36

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.8.2 Reference diagram

DRIVE ASSY MAIN DRIVE ASSY SUB

DRIVE ASSY PH

Rio06027KA

6 37

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

3.9 Electrical
3.9.1 Major functions FAN Dissipates heat out of the printer to prevent the printer from overheating. SWITCH The SWITCH turns ON/OFF the AC power supply of the printer. Low Voltage Power Supply (LVPS) The LVPS is provided in two types, 120V and 240V. Supplies AC power from the power source to the FUSER heater and generates and supplies stable low voltage DC power used for the logic circuit, etc. LVPS contains control circuit for the heater of the FUSER, in addition to the power circuit. Machine Control Unit (MCU) Controls printing operation based on the communication with the print controller and information from the sensor/switch. Major functions are as follows: Communication with the ESS. Receive of information from the sensors or switches. Control of Motor in DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB. Distributing low voltage DC power output from LVPS to each component Control of ROS High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS) Supplies high voltage to the following parts in the Transfer Belt and Developer to perform charging, development, and primary transfer. BCR BTR Developer PWBA EEPROM Information unique to the printer is stored. Electronic Sub System (ESS) The ESS connected to the MCU controls the entire system (Diagnostic, Interface and Image processing). HUMIDITY SENSOR HUMIDITY SENSOR reads the temperature/humidity within the printer and converts the values to voltage values. OPERATOR PANEL OPERATOR PANEL displays the state of the printer using LED. INTERLOCK SWITCH INTERLOCK SWITCH is a switch that cuts the +24VDC power supply to the HVPS or Motor, etc. upon the opening of the Front Cover.

6 38

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Network Protocol Adaptor The Network Protocol Adapter for making the protocol (Netware IP, WSD, SNMPv3, HTTPS) of an option possible. Wireless Printer Adapter An adapter for enabling the network connectivity of the printer by wireless. SIDE COVER SWITCH SIDE COVER SW is a switch that detects the right side cover open. BREAKER GFI Opens the circuit upon detecting any voltage or current or leakage current that exceeds the rating of the AC power supply. PWB ASSY FAN Rotation of FAN is Controlled into a half by "PWB ASSY FAN".

6 39

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.9.2 Reference diagram

OPERATOR PANEL INTERLOCK SWITCH SIDE COVER SWITCH

LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PWB ASSY FAN

FAN

PWBA EEPROM

NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER

MACHINE CONTROL UNIT

MEMORY CARD

HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY

HUMIDITY SENSOR POWER SWITCH ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD BREAKER GFI

WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER

Rio06028KA

6 40

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.9.3 Data Flow Print data (electric signal) from the printer controller flows as shown below until it is turned into a print.

Wsb06042KA

6 41

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

Blank Page

6 42

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

3.10 Duplex
3.10.1 Major functions CLUTCH ASSY EXIT Transmits the drive from the MOTOR ASSY EXIT to Roll Assy Exit in the FUSER. When the clutch operates, the Roll Assy Exit rotates in the reverse direction. The clutch is stopped when the paper reached the Duplex. MOTOR ASSY DUP The MOTOR ASSY DUP supplies the driving power to the Lower Roll (ROLLER ASSY DUP) and Upper Roll (ROLL ASSY DUP1). (Refer to 6.5 DRIVE ASSY DUP) MOTOR ASSY EXIT The MOTOR ASSY EXIT supplies the driving power to the Roll Assy Exit in the FUSER. (Refer to 6.5 DRIVE ASSY DUP) PWBA DUP The PWBA DUP controls motor and clutch. 3.10.2 Reference diagram
ROLLER ASSY DUP (Upper Roll) CLUTCH ASSY EXIT

MOTOR ASSY EXIT

MOTOR ASSY DUP

PWBA DUP ROLLER ASSY DUP (Lower Roll)

Rio06101KA

6 43

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.10.3 Removing DUPLEX The SIDE BUTTON allows you to do one of opening the FRONT COVER and removing the DUPLEX. Switching between these two functions can be made by the FOLLOWER LATCH DUP. Due to its weight balance, the FOLLOWER LATCH DUP is oriented in the same direction regardless of whether the FRONT COVER is open or not, thereby allowing the two functions to be switched.

FOLLOWER LARCH DUP Rio06116KA

<When FRONT COVER is closed: DUPLEX is upright> Since the FOLLOWER LATCH DUP is not fit into the SLOT on the DUPLEX, pushing the SIDE BUTTON causes the LATCH FRONT and LATCH DUP to move left locked together at the hooks, allowing only the FRONT COVER to open (leaving the DUPLEX secured to the FRONT COVER).

VIEW A
SIDE BUTTON

FOLLOWER LATCH DUP

VIEW A

SLOT

DUPLEX

LATCH FRONT

FOLLOWER LATCH DUP

SPRING LATCH DUP

LATCH DUP Rio06102KA

6 44

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation <When FRONT COVER is open: DUPLEX lies flat> Since the FOLLOWER LATCH DUP is not fit into the SLOT on the DUPLEX, pushing the SIDE BUTTON causes the LATCH FRONT and LATCH DUP disengaged, allowing the DUPLEX to be unlocked from the FRONT COVER.

SIDE BUTTON

VIEW B VIEW B
SLOT

FOLLOWER LATCH DUP DUPLEX

LATCH FRONT

FOLLOWER LATCH DUP

SPRING LATCH DUP

LATCH DUP Rio06112KA

6 45

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

3.11 250 Paper Cassette


3.11.1 Major functionsiPaper Cassettej Guide Side (R/L) The Guide Side Assy (R/L) can move at a right angle to the paper transfer direction to align the paper width. End Guide The Guide End Assy can move in the paper transfer direction to determine the paper size. SEPARATOR ROLLER The SEPARATOR ROLLER and the FEED ROLLER pinch the paper to prevent multiple sheet feed. Bottom Plate Bottom plate is locked to the bottom side when paper cassette is pulled out from the paper feeder and unlocked when paper cassette is installed to the paper feeder. Pushes the paper against the feed roll using a spring tension. 3.11.2 Reference diagram
Bottom Plate End Guide Side Guide (R)

Side Guide (L)

Separator Roller Rio06103KA

6 46

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.11.3 Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention The sheets set in a tray or cassette are occasionally stuck together along the edges. The stuck sheets cause a multiple sheet feed or a jam. The sheets are fed by the Feed Roll to a position between the Feed Roll and the Separator Roll. Normally, when only one sheet is fed, both the Feed Roll and Separator Roll rotate to allow the sheet to pass. However, when two sheets are fed concurrently, only the Feed Roll rotates and the Separator Roll is locked thereby allowing the upper sheet to pass by being separated from the lower sheet that is stopped by the friction with the Separator Roll at rest. The Separator Roll is being pushed toward the Feed Roll by spring pressure, and controlled by the torque limiter (Clutch Assy Friction) with which it is coupled. 3.11.4 Reference diagram
Feed Roller

Separator Roller Clutch Assy Friction

Separator Roller

Wsb06013KA

6 47

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.11.5 Major functions (Paper Feeder) SENSOR PHOTO (No Paper Sensor) Detects the presence/absence of paper in the paper tray based on the position of ACTUATOR NO PAPER. (No paper: Sensor beam is intercepted) SOLENOID ASSY FEED Transmits the drive from the MOTOR ASSY OPTIN to FEED ROLLER. (Refer to 6.6 DRIVE ASSY OPTION FDR) FEED ROLLER When the SOLENOID ASSY FEED operates, the FEED ROLLER starts rotating and the FEED ROLLER feeds the paper. (Refer to 6.6 DRIVE ASSY OPTION FDR) SENSOR PHOTO (Paper Path Sensor) It detects when the paper front end reaches the CHUTE ASSY TURN. ON: The paper activates the actuator. TURN CLUTCH Transmits the drive from the MOTOR ASSY OPTION to TURN ROLL RUBBER and TURN ROLL METAL. MOTOR ASSY OPTION The MOTOR ASSY OPTION is driving the rolls of the option feeder. (Refer to 6.6 DRIVE ASSY OPTION FDR) PWBA FEED The PWBA FEED controls motor, sensor and clutch.

6 48

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.11.6 Reference diagram

SENSOR PHOTO (Tray2 No Paper Sensor)

FEED ROLLER

SOLENOID ASSY FEED

PWBA FEED

MOTOR ASSY OPTION TURN ROLL RUBBER

TURN CLUTCH

TURN ROLL METAL SENSOR PHOTO (Tray2 Paper Path Sensor)

Rio06104KA

6 49

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

4. MODES
4.1 Operation Modes
For the operation of the printer, the following four modes are provided. READY mode The printer is ready for printing. PRINTING mode The printer is under printing. Sleep mode (Energy star) The printer is under power saving. Deep sleep mode The printer is under power saving.

6 50

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

5. Control
5.1 Control of Paper Size
The printer doesnt have switches for detecting paper size, and only length of paper is detected by the Regi Sensor when feeding paper. If printing data and paper size dont match, error is sent to the ESS.

5.2 ROS Light Quantity Control


The image data are entered to the laser diodes in the ROS as electric signals (data are expressed with high and low voltage values), and the laser diodes convert the image data from electric signals to optical signals (data are expressed with blinking laser beams). Variations in light quantity of laser beams or variations in optical system (such as lenses) or drum sensitivity cannot attain a proper electrostatic image, therefore, the laser beam light quantity is monitored and controlled by the laser diodes. The ROS in this printer has four laser diodes for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black respectively, and the light quantity is automatically adjusted for each color.

6 51

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

5.3 Process Control


For a stable printing, the parameters related to the image forming must be corrected as necessary. The control of the entire printing process including parameter correction control is called "process control". Mainly, the process control is performed in the following two methods, both of which are performed after every 25 cumulative prints upon termination of a print run or during a continuous run.: Potential control Toner density control To supplement these two controls, the following controls are provided: High Area Coverage Mode Admix Mode 5.3.1 Potential Control To attain stable printing image density, the drum charging voltage, the developing DC voltage and the ROS light amount are adjusted according to the developing capability of each color carrier that varies momentarily. The adjusted drum charging voltage, the developing DC voltage and the ROS light amount are fed back to keep the printing image density constant. The outline of control is as follows. 1) The HUMIDITY SENSOR (temperature and humidity sensor) detects the temperature and humidity. 2) The patches of respective colors (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black) for the potential control are generated and transferred on the Belt. 3) The ADC Sensor (density sensor) detects the density of the patch on Belt. 4) The drum charging voltage, the developing DC voltage and the ROS light amount are adjusted for each color according to the detected patch density.

6 52

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 5.3.2 Toner Density Control The toner density must be kept constant to attain stable printing image. The control system for this purpose is called toner density control. 1) PCDC (Pixel Count Dispense Control) The quantity of the toner to be consumed in the developing process is calculated by counting the video signals entered to the ROS. The quantity of the toner to be consumed is calculated by the toner dispensing time. The toner motor is driven based on the calculated toner dispensing time when supplying the toner to the developer. 2) ADC (Auto Density Control) The patches of respective colors (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black) for the toner density control are generated under specified potential condition, and transferred on the Belt. The ADC Sensor measures this density. The measured value is compared with the reference value. If the toner density is lower, the toner dispense quantity is increased at the next printing, or if the toner density is higher, the toner dispense quantity is reduced at the next printing. The toner dispense quantity is calculated by the toner dispense time. This calculation is made for each color. 5.3.3 High Area Coverage Mode A continuous printing of any image of area coverage exceeding extra toner dispense capability causes the toner density in the developer to be lowered. The High Area Coverage Mode postpones the next page feed and dispenses the toner during this time, if the toner dispense time reached the specified value during a continuous printing. 5.3.4 Admix Mode This mode prevents the toner density from being lowered, whenever the value of the toner density control patch measured by the ADC Sensor falls far below the standard value, by performing extra toner dispensation. If the toner density level cannot be recovered even after this operation, it is judged that the toner has run out. 5.3.5 ADC Sensor Adjustment The ADC Sensor is a reflection type sensor that irradiates the light from its LED onto the target and detects the reflected light at its photoreceptor and outputs electric signals responsive to the amount of the detected light. To ensure an accurate patch density measurement, the surfaces of the ADC Sensor is cleaned to remove soil due to toner, etc., and the light amount adjustment is made so that the reflected light amount satisfies the prescribed value, when creating the patch for potential control and toner density control.

6 53

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

5.4 Color Registration Control


The printer uses a tandem system where the drums and developers are arranged respectively for each of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black colors. Since the images are formed on the drum of each color to be overlaid one another, a color shift may occur. The color registration control calculates how much the registration is shifted, and adjusts the ROS write timing. The lateral registration control adjusts all of four colors in lateral directions. The color registration control is made from a change in inside temperature and the print count at the execution of the process control. The control is outlined below: 1) With no toner on the Belt, the output value of ADC Sensor is measured to determine the threshold value. 2) The patches for color registration control are generated on the Belt. These patches are composed of 10mm lines of K, C, K, M, K, and Y in this order.

3) The density of patches generated by the ADC Sensor is read. 4) The shift correction amount is calculated from the threshold value determined in 1) and the patch density measured in 3). 5) The ROS write timing is changed according to the shift correction amount.

6 54

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

5.5 Fuser Control


5.5.1 Fuser temperature control As for the fuser temperature control, the target temperature is set, then the Heat Roll surface temperature is controlled so that it can meet the target value by turning on/off the Heater Lamp. Temperature of individual area of the Heat Roll is detected by the Fuser Non-Contact Sensor (NCS) in the middle of the Heat Roll and the Temp Sensor at the edge of it. When the temperature detected is higher than the target value, the Heater Lamp will be turned OFF. When the temperature is below the target value, the Heater Lamp will be turned ON. The target temperature setting varies depending on the time of Warm-up, Printing, or Process Control. The target temperature varies according to such environmental factors as the interior temperature detected by the Sensor Hum Temp.

5.5.2 Cooling down As the printing continues, the temperature distribution in the Heat Roll becomes uneven both in the paper feed and non-paper feed areas. Cooling Down suspends paper feeling for a certain period of time so that the Heat Roll temperature distribution can be uniform. When the temperature of the Heat Roll edge is high, cooling down is performed to lower the temperature to the target value.

5.5.3 Sensor Warm-up The Fuser NCS (Non Contact Sensor) at the center of the Heat Roll will be lose its accuracy of detecting temperature when the temperature of the Sensor itself is below -5C. Therefore, the Sensor will be warmed up when the temperature is below -5C. This action is called Sensor Warm-up.

6 55

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

6. Drive Transmission Route


6.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN is transmitted through the route below.
[Nameofmovingparts] DRIVE ASSY MAIN

GEAR T4

GEAR P2

GEAR DRV

GEAR P3

[BELT]

GEAR P4

GEAR P5 TRANSFER BELT DRIVE ASSY PH

REGI CLUTCH

SOLENOID ASSY FEED

GEAR ASSY FEED

[ROLLASSYREGI]

[FEEDROLLER]

GEAR REGI RUBBER

GEAR REGI METAL

CHUTE ASSY FDR REGI

[ROLLREGIMETAL]

GEAR PHD 1

GEAR PHD 2

GEAR PHD 2

[DRUM(K)] HSG ASSY XERO (K)

[DRUM(C)] HSG ASSY XERO (C)

[DRUM(M)] HSG ASSY XERO (M)

[DRUM(Y)] HSG ASSY XERO (Y)

PHD UNIT

Wsb06029KA

6 56

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

[ PAPER FEED DRIVE ]

[Nameofmovingparts] : Indicates the engagement of gears. DRIVE ASSY MAIN

DRIVE ASSY PH GEAR P2

GEAR REGI RUBBER GEAR REGI METAL [ROLLASSYREGI] GEAR P4 GEAR P3 GEAR P5 REGI CLUTCH

[ROLLREGIMETAL]

FRONT [FEEDROLLER]

SOLENOID ASSY FEED GEAR ASSY FEED Rio06051KA

6 57

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

[ DRUM and BELT DRIVE ]

[Nameofmovingparts] : Indicates the engagement of gears. PHD ASSY

[DRUM(K)] [DRUM(C)]

GEAR PHD 2 GEAR PHD 1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN

[BELT] [DRUM(M)] GEAR PHD 2 [DRUM(Y)] GEAR DRV

FRONT GEAR T4 Rio06052KA

6 58

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

Blank Page

6 59

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

6.2 DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB DRIVE


Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB are transmitted through the route below.
[ BLACK and WHITE MODE ]
DRIVE ASSY SUB

[Nameofmovingparts]

SUB MOTOR

DRIVE ASSY MAIN

GEAR D1

GEAR P2

GEAR DK

GEAR D1

GEAR P3

GEAR D5

GEAR D2

GEAR P4

GEAR P4-2

GEAR MAG (K)

GEAR D3 IN

GEAR C

COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID

CAM C
[MAGNETROLL(K)]

HSG ASSY DEVE (K)

GEAR D3 OUT

FLANGE D3

PHD UNIT

DRIVE ASSY PH

Wsb06031KA

6 60

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

[ BLACK and WHITE MODE ]

[Nameofmovingparts] : Indicates the engagement of gears. GEAR D5 DRIVE ASSY SUB GEAR DK

GEAR D1 [MAGNETROLL(K)] GEAR MAG (K) SUB MOTOR

GEAR D1

GEAR D2

DRIVE ASSY PH FRONT FLANGE D3 CAM C

DRIVE ASSY MAIN

GEAR D4

GEAR D2 GEAR D3 OUT GEAR D3 IN FLANGE D3

CAM C GEAR P2 GEAR P3 GEAR P4 GEAR P4-2 GEAR C DRIVE ASSY PH

COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID Rio06053KA

6 61

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation (Refer to 6.1 PHOTOCONDUCTOR (PC)/DEVELOPER (DEV) DRIVE [SIMPLEX MODE]
[ DEVELOPMENT and EXCESS TONER COLLECTING ]
DRIVE ASSY MAIN [Nameofmovingparts] DRIVE ASSY SUB

GEAR PHD 1

GEAR PHD 2

GEAR MAG (Y, M, C, K)

[DRUM]

[MAGNETROLL]

GEAR AUGER CLNG

GEAR MAG IDLR

GEAR IDLER AUGER SIDE

GEAR IDLER PADDLE

GEAR AUGER SIDE

GEAR PADDLE

[AUGER]

[AUGERCLNGSIDE]

[PADDLEDEVE]

GEAR AUGER

[AUGERFRONT] GEAR AUGER

[AUGERREAR] HSG ASSY XERO (Y, M, C, K) PHD UNIT HSG ASSY DEVE (Y, M, C, K)

Wsb06037KA

6 62

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

[ EXCESS TONER COLLECTING DRIVE ]

[Nameofmovingparts] : Indicates the engagement of gears.

[AUGERCLNGSIDE] HSG ASSY XERO

[AUGER] GEAR AUGER CLNG

GEAR AUGER SIDE

GEAR IDLER AUGER SIDE

[DRUM]

GEAR PHD 2 GEAR PHD 1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN

PHD ASSY GEAR PHD 2

FRONT

Rio06054KA

6 63

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

[ DEVELOPMENT DRIVE ]

[Nameofmovingparts] : Indicates the engagement of gears.

[PADDLEDEVE] [AUGERFRONT] [AUGERREAR] GEAR IDLER PADDLE GEAR PADDLE HSG ASSY DEVE

[MAGNETROLL]

GEAR AUGER

GEAR MAG IDLR

GEAR MAG GEAR AUGER

FRONT PHD ASSY DRIVE ASSY SUB Rio06055KA

6 64

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

Blank Page

6 65

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

6.3 TONER DISPENSER (Y, M, C, K)


Rotation power of the TONER DISPENSER drives the agitator and the auger in the TONER CARTRIDGE. [TONER CARTRIDGE]
[ TONER DISPENSER ]
[Nameofmovingparts]

DISPENSE MOTOR (K)

DISPENSE MOTOR (C)

DISPENSE MOTOR (M)

DISPENSE MOTOR (Y)

GEAR IDLER (K)

GEAR IDLER (C)

GEAR IDLER (M)

GEAR IDLER (Y)

GEAR IDLER AUG (K)

GEAR IDLER AUG (C)

GEAR IDLER AUG (M)

GEAR IDLER AUG (Y)

GEAR AUGER (K)

GEAR AUGER (C)

GEAR AUGER (M)

GEAR AUGER (Y)

[AUGER(K)]

[AUGER(C)]

[AUGER(M)]

[AUGER(Y)]

GEAR IDLER AGI (K)

GEAR IDLER AGI (C)

GEAR IDLER AGI (M)

GEAR IDLER AGI (Y)

DISPENSER ASSY

GEAR AGITATOR (K)

GEAR AGITATOR (C)

GEAR AGITATOR (M)

GEAR AGITATOR (Y)

[AGITATOR(K)] TONER CARTRIDGE (K)

[AGITATOR(C)] TONER CARTRIDGE (C)

[AGITATOR(M)] TONER CARTRIDGE (M)

[AGITATOR(Y)] TONER CARTRIDGE (Y)

Wsb06039KA

6 66

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

[TONER CARTRIDGE]
[ TONER DISPENSER ] [Nameofmovingparts] : Indicates the engagement of gears.

TONER CARTRIDGE [AUGER]

[AGITATOR]

GEAR IDLER AGI GEAR IDLER FRONT

GEAR AGITATOR GEAR AUGER DISPENSE MOTOR GEAR IDLER AUG Rio06056KA

6 67

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

6.4 DRIVE ASSY SUB


Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY SUB is transmitted through the route below.

[PAPER HANDLING]
[ FULL COLOR MODE ]
DRIVE ASSY SUB SUB MOTOR [Nameofmovingparts] DRIVE ASSY PH

GEAR D1

GEAR D1

GEAR DK

GEAR D2

GEAR D3 IN

GEAR D3 OUT

GEAR D4

GEAR D4

GEAR D5

GEAR D5

GEAR D5

GEAR D5

GEAR MAG (K)

GEAR MAG (C)

GEAR MAG (M)

GEAR MAG (Y)

[MAGNETROLL(K)]

[MAGNETROLL(C)]

[MAGNETROLL(M)]

[MAGNETROLL(Y)]

HSG ASSY DEVE (K)

HSG ASSY DEVE (C)

HSG ASSY DEVE (M)

HSG ASSY DEVE (Y)

PHD UNIT

Wsb06033KA

6 68

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

[PAPER HANDLING]
[ FULL COLOR MODE ] [Nameofmovingparts] : Indicates the engagement of gears. DRIVE ASSY SUB GEAR DK GEAR D1

GEAR MAG (K) [MAGNETROLL(K)] GEAR D5 SUB MOTOR GEAR MAG (C) [MAGNETROLL(C)] GEAR D5 GEAR D4 GEAR D1

GEAR MAG (M) [MAGNETROLL(M)] GEAR D5 GEAR D4

GEAR D2 DRIVE ASSY PH

GEAR MAG (Y) [MAGNETROLL(Y)] GEAR D5

FRONT

GEAR D3 OUT

GEAR D4 GEAR D2 GEAR D3 IN Rio06057KA

6 69

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

[ SIMPLEX MODE ]

[Nameofmovingparts]

DRIVE ASSY SUB

GEAR IDLER HR

GEAR HR

[HEATROLL]

GEAR IDLER EXIT

GEAR CLUTCH INPUT

GEAR CLUTCH OUT

GEAR EXIT

GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 1

[ROLLASSYEXIT]

GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 2

GEAR IDLER DUP FUSER

GEAR OUTPUT DUP

GEAR ODLER 16

GEAR IDLER CLUTCH DUPLEX (OPTION)

Rio06109KA

6 70

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

[ SIMPLEX MODE ]

[Nameofmovingparts] : Indicates the engagement of gears. [ROLLASSYEXIT] FUSER GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 2 GEAR IDLER DUP GEAR IDLER 16

GEAR CLUTCH INPUT

GEAR EXIT GEAR CLUTCH OUT GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 1 GEAR IDLER EXIT GEAR IDLER CLUTCH

[HEATROLL] GEAR HR GEAR IDLER HR GEAR OUTPUT DUP

DUPLEX

FRONT

DRIVE ASSY SUB Rio06106KA

6 71

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

6.5 DRIVE ASSY DUP


Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY DUP is transmitted through the route below.
[ DUPLEX MODE ]
DUPLEX (OPTION) MOTOR ASSY EXIT MOTOR ASSY DUP

[Nameofmovingparts]

GEAR IDLER 27

GEAR D1

GEAR E1

GEAR IDLER SN

GEAR IDLER SN

CLUTCH ASSY EXIT

GEAR IDLER 18

GEAR ROLL DUP

GEAR IDLER CLUTCH

GEAR IDLER 21

[ROLLERASSYDUP]

GEAR IDLER 16

GEAR IDLER 21

GEAR OUTPUT DUP

GEAR D2

GEAR ROLL DUP

[ROLLERASSYDUP]

GEAR IDLER DUP

GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 2

GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 1

GEAR CLUTCH OUT

GEAR EXIT

GEAR CLUTCH CONT

[ROLLASSYEXIT] FUSER

Rio06110KA

6 72

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

[ DUPLEX MODE ]

[Nameofmovingparts] : Indicates the engagement of gears.

[ROLLASSYEXIT] FUSER GEAR CLUTCH CONT GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 2 GEAR IDLER DUP GEAR IDLER 16 GEAR EXIT GEAR CLUTCH OUT GEAR IDLER DUP OUT 1 CLUTCH ASSY EXIT GEAR IDLER CLUTCH GEAR E1

GEAR OUTPUT DUP MOTOR ASSY EXIT GEAR IDLER 27 [ROLLERASSYDUP] GEAR ROLL DUP GEAR D2 GEAR IDLER 21 GEAR IDLER 18 GEAR IDLER SN MOTOR ASSY DUP

FRONT

GEAR D1 [ROLLERASSYDUP] DUPLEX GEAR ROLL DUP Rio06107KA

6 73

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

6.6 DRIVE ASSY OPTION FDR


Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR is transmitted through the route below.

[ 250 OPTION FEEDER DRIVE ]

[Nameofmovingparts]

MOTOR ASSY OPTION

GEAR IDLE 86-20Z

GEAR IDLE 40Z

GEAR IDLE 28-20Z

GEAR IDLE 36Z

GEAR ASSY FEED

SOLENOID ASSY FEED

GEAR IDLE 25Z

[FEEDROLLER]

GEAR IDLE 25Z

GEAR IDLE 22-33Z

TURN CLUTCH (Regi clutch)

[TURNROLLRUBBER] (Rollassyregi)

GEAR REGI RUBBER

GEAR REGI METAL

[TURNROLLMETAL] (Rollregimetal) 250 OPTION FEEDER

Rio06111KA

6 74

Chapter 6 Principles of Operation

[ 250 OPTION FEEDER DRIVE ]

[Nameofmovingparts] : Indicates the engagement of gears.

[FEEDROLLER] GEAR REGI RUBBER GEAR REGI METAL [TURNROLLRUBBER] GEAR ASSY FEED

SOLENOID ASSY FEED

[TURNROLLMETAL] GEAR IDLE 28-20Z GEAR IDLE 86-20Z

TURN CLUTCH

FRONT

GEAR IDLE 22-33Z GEAR IDLE 40Z MOTOR ASSY OPTION GEAR IDLE 36Z GEAR IDLE 25Z GEAR IDLE 25Z Rio06108KA

6 75

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information CONTENTS 1. Connection Wiring Diagram.........................................................................................7 - 1
1.1 Symbols in the General Connection Wiring Diagram........................................................................ 7 - 1 1.2 General Wiring Diagram ................................................................................................................... 7 - 2

2. Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts.....................................................................7 - 3


2.1 Notes on Using the Wiring Diagram between Parts.......................................................................... 7 - 3 2.2 Configuration of the Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts.......................................................... 7 - 5 1 DC POWER SUPPLY ...................................................................................................................... 7 - 7 2 FEEDER, SSI & REGI ..................................................................................................................... 7 - 9 3 DRIVE ............................................................................................................................................ 7 - 11 4 ROS ............................................................................................................................................... 7 - 13 5 XEROGRAPHIC ............................................................................................................................ 7 - 15 6 HIGH VOLTAGE ............................................................................................................................ 7 - 17 7 DEVELOPER ................................................................................................................................. 7 - 19 8 FUSER........................................................................................................................................... 7 - 21 9 CONTROLLER .............................................................................................................................. 7 - 23 10 250 FEEDER ............................................................................................................................... 7 - 25 11 DUPLEX....................................................................................................................................... 7 - 27

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

1. Connection Wiring Diagram


1.1 Symbols in the General Connection Wiring Diagram
The symbols in the general connection wiring diagram are described below. Symbol Description Represents an interconnection between parts using wiring harness or wire. Represents an interconnection which differs according to the specifications. Represents an interconnection between parts using a conductive member such as a plate spring. Represents a connection between parts by tightening of a screw.

Indicates a frame ground.

Represents a connector. The connector No. is indicated inside the box.

Represents a connection terminal with a plate spring on the printed circuit board. The connector (terminal) No. is indicated inside the box. Represents a connector directly connected to the printed circuit board. The connector No. is indicated inside the box.

The box containing a part name represents a part. "PL X.Y.Z" indicates the item "Z" of the plate (PL) "X.Y" described in Chapter 5 "Parts List."

Represents a functional part within a part, and indicates the name of the functional part.

Represents a section in "2. Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts," and indicates its section No.

Represents a screw for fixing wiring harness and a conductive member such as a plate spring. Represents a conductive member such as a plate spring.

7-1

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

1.2 General Wiring Diagram


8

Fuser

FUSER ASSY PL6.1.1

P/J171
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13 Used in production process only. J5041

PWBA LVPS PL8.2.1 P/J47 P/J504

P/J48

HARN ASSY SW PWR PL8.2.9 PWB ASSY FAN PL8.2.20

P/J482 P/J483

BREAKER GFI PL8.2.11

P/J17
P/J29

SWITCH PL5.1.9 P/J291 P/J502

P/J503

P/J520 P/J530

P/J510

FAN PL8.1.1

ROS

ROS ASSY PL4.1.1

P/J411 P/J412

P/J40 P/J41

P/J15 P/J30

P/J44

HARN ASSY INTERLOCK PL8.2.5

DC Power Supply P/J14 P/J501 P/J40 Controller

1 9

High Voltage

PWBA HVPS PL4.1.19 P161 P/J16

P/J141 PHD ASSY PL4.1.21

LED ASSY ERASE PL4.1.8

P/J401 PWBA ESS PL8.1.7 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL PL1.1.18 P/J2900 P/J220

P/J10

P/J101 P/J111

P/J29

EEPROM PHD P/J422 P/J42

P/J11

PWBA EEPROM PL8.2.16

P/J144

Developer

P/J18
SENSOR HUM PL8.2.7

P/J181

MOTOR ASSY DISP (Y) PL5.1.3

P/J201

P/J20

P/J182
TRANSFER ASSY PL6.1.7 ADC SENSOR P/J2811 P/J281 P/J28

MOTOR ASSY DISP (M) PL5.1.3

P/J19

P/J191

MOTOR ASSY DISP (C) PL5.1.3

Xerographic

P/J192

MOTOR ASSY DISP (K) PL5.1.3

10

250 FEEDER

P/J31

P/J314

CONNECTOR CRUM (K) PL5.1.14

PWBA FEED H PL12.2.1 PAPER PATH SENSOR PL12.4.13 P/J4200

P/J420

P/J313

CONNECTOR CRUM (C) PL5.1.14

CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL12.2.6 P/J4201 P/J419 MOTOR ASSY SUB PL12.2.16 SOLENOID FEED MSI PL12.2.15 P/J211 P/J273 P/J27-A

P/J312

CONNECTOR CRUM (M) PL5.1.14

P/J311

P/J422

CONNECTOR CRUM (Y) PL5.1.14

P/J4213

P/J421
DRIVE ASSY MAIN PL7.1.2

Drive P/J21 P/J211

CST2 NO PAPER SENSOR PL12.4.13

P/J4212
P/J22 P/J221 DRIVE ASSY SUB PL7.1.1

P/J24

COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID

11

DUPLEX P/J261

DRIVE ASSY PH PL7.1.4

PWBA DUP PL11.1.16 DRIVE ASSY EXIT PL11.2.2 P/J6021 P/J602

COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR

Feeder, SSI & Regi

DRIVE ASSY DUP PL11.2.5

P/J6031

P/J603

P/J26
CLUTCH DUP PL11.2.2 P/J601 P/J604 P/J272 P/J271 P/J27-B

P/J262

CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL3.1.1 SOLENOID FEED PL3.1.11

P/J23
P/J610

P/J231

P/J232

REGI SENSOR PL3.2.13

P/J233

SSI NO PAPER SENSOR PL3.2.13 CST NO PAPER SENSOR PL3.2.13

P/J234

RIO07001KA

7-2

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

2. Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts


2.1 Notes on Using the Wiring Diagram between Parts
The following describes the legend of the wiring diagrams between parts shown on the following pages. Symbols Description

Denotes a plug.

Denotes a jack.

P/JXX
YY

Denotes Pin yy and Jack yy of the connector Pxx and Jxx.

PWBA HNB DRV (PL X.Y.Z)

Denotes the parts. PL X.Y.Z implies the item "Z" of plate (PL) "X.Y" in Chapter 5. Parts List.

Heater

Denotes functional parts attached with functional parts name.

Control

Denotes the control and its outline in PWB.

DEVE_A

Denotes a connection between parts with harnesses or wires, attached with signal name/contents. Denotes the function, and logic value of the signal to operate the function (Low: L, High: H). The given voltage is for signal in high status. The arrow indicates the direction of signal. Denotes the function, and logic value of the signal when the function operated (Low: L, High: H). The given voltage is for signal in high status. The arrow indicates the direction of signal.

REGI CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC

EXIT PAPER SENSED(L)+3.3VDC

7-3

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Symbols Description

Denotes a connection between wires.

I/L +24VDC

Denotes DC voltage when the interlock switch in HNB MCU WITH CPU turns on.

+5VDC +3.3VDC

Denotes DC voltage.

SG

Denotes signal ground.

AG

Denotes analog ground.

RTN

Denotes the return.

7-4

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

2.2 Configuration of the Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts


The interconnection wiring diagram is divided into 11 sections. 1 to 11 indicate details of the interconnections of parts. 1 DC POWER SUPPLY Connections of PWBA LVPS with PWBA MCU. Connections of HARN ASSY SW PWR with PWBA LVPS. Connections of BREAKER GFI with HARN ASSY SW PWR. Connections of FAN with PWBA HAN. Connections of PWBA LVPS with PWBA HAN. Connections of HARN ASSY INTERLOCK with PWBA LVPS. Connections of SWITCH with PWBA MCU. 2 FEEDER, SSI & REGI Connections of SOLENOID FEED with PWBA MCU. Connections of REGI SENSOR with PWBA MCU. Connections of SSI NO PAPER SENSOR with PWBA MCU. Connections of CST NO PAPER SENSOR with PWBA MCU. Connections of CLUTCH ASSY DRV with PWBA MCU. 3 DRIVE Connections of DRIVE ASSY PH with PWBA MCU. Connections of DRIVE ASSY MAIN with PWBA MCU. Connections of DRIVE ASSY SUB with PWBA MCU. 4 ROS Connections of ROS ASSY with PWBA MCU. 5 XEROGRAPHIC Connections of PWBA EEPROM with PWBA MCU. Connections of PHD ASSY with PWBA MCU. Connections of SENSOR HUM with PWBA MCU. Connections of LED ASSY ERASE with PWBA MCU. Connections of TRANSFER ASSY with PWBA MCU. 6 HIGH VOLTAGE Connections of PWBA HVPS with PWBA MCU.

7-5

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 7 DEVELOPER Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (Y) with PWBA MCU. Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (M) with PWBA MCU. Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (C) with PWBA MCU. Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (K) with PWBA MCU. Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (Y) with PWBA MCU. Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (M) with PWBA MCU. Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (C) with PWBA MCU. Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (K) with PWBA MCU. 8 FUSER Connections of FUSER ASSY with PWBA MCU. Connections of FUSER ASSY with PWBA LVPS. Connections of PWBA MCU with PWBA LVPS. 9 CONTROLLER Connections of PWBA ESS with PWBA MCU. Connections of CONSOLE ASSY PANEL with PWBA ESS. Connections of PWBA LVPS with PWBA ESS. 10 250 FEEDER Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with PWBA MCU. Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN. Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with PATH SENSOR. Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with SOLENOID FEED. Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with CST NO PAPER SENSOR. Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with DRIVE ASSY OPTION. 11 DUPLEX Connections of PWBA DUP with PWBA MCU. Connections of PWBA DUP with MOTOR ASSY DUP-UP. Connections of PWBA DUP with MOTOR ASSY DUP-DN. Connections of PWBA DUP with CLUTCH DUP.

7-6

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

1 DC POWER SUPPLY

PWBA LVPS PL8.2.1 P/J44 POWER CONTROL 1

HARN ASSY INTERLOCK PL8.2.5

PWBA MCU PL8.2.13

I/L +24VDC

SWITCH PL5.1.9

2 1

P/J291 P/J29 R/H COVER OPEN SG HARN ASSY SIDE SW PL5.1.27

1 2

HARN ASSY LVPS2 PL9.1.3 P/J501 1 2 3 4 +5VDC SG +3.3VDC SG

+5VDC P/J14 14 13 12 11 +3.3VDC

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 HARN ASSY LVPS2 PL9.1.3 P/J502 1 2

LV TYPE SG SG 24V ON FAN ON SG FAN ALARM I/L OPEN

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J15 1 2 HARN ASSY TEST RL2 PL5.1.28 P/J530 P/J30 SG FAN LOW

I/L +24VDC SG

P/J503 1 FAN CONTROL 2 3 FAN +24VDC FAN ALARM SG

P/J520 1 2 3

PWB ASSY FAN PL8.2.20 3 2 1

2 3 4

1 2 3 HARN ASSY SW POWER PL8.2.9

P/J510 FAN +12VDC

FAN PL8.1.1

P/J48 1 2 3

BREAKER GFI PL8.2.11 LINE NUT P/J483 P/J482 P/J484

4 2

3 1

T484 HARN ASSY GFI GND PL8.2.10

RIO07002KB

7-7

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

Signal line name LV TYPE 24V ON FAN ON FAN ALARM Control signal of the LVPS

Description

Drive control signal of the SIDE FAN

- LVPS overcurrent protection circuit This circuit stops all outputs, if the power supply voltage 24VDC, 5VDC, or 3.3VDC is shorted. - LVPS overvoltage protection circuit This circuit stops all outputs, if the power supply voltage 24VDC, 5VDC, or 3.3VDC exceeds the specified voltage respectively. At this time, the operating point is 36VDC or less for 24VDC, 7VDC or less for 5VDC and 3.3VDC.

7-8

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

2 FEEDER, SSI & REGI

PWBA MCU PL8.2.13 P/J23 1 2


+3.3VDC

HARN ASSY L SIDE PL3.1.18 P/J231 I/L +24VDC CST FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC 2 1 1 2 SOLENOID FEED MSI PL3.1.11

3 4 5
+3.3VDC

PULL UP +3.3VDC SG REGI SENSED (L) +3.3VDC

P/J232 3 2 1

REGI SENSOR PL3.2.13

6 7 8
+3.3VDC

PULL UP +3.3VDC SG PAPER EMPTY SENSED (H) +3.3VDC

P/J233 3 2 1

SSI NO PAPER SENSOR PL3.2.13

P/J234 9 10 11 PULL UP +3.3VDC SG PAPER EMPTY SENSED (L) +3.3VDC 3 2 1 CST NO PAPER SENSOR PL3.2.13

INTERLOCK +24VDC

HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL PL9.1.9 P/J26 4 5 I/L +24VDC REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC P/J262 2 1 1 2 CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL3.1.1

RIO07003KA

7-9

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name CST FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC REGI SENSED (L) +3.3VDC Description ON/OFF signal of the SOLENOID FEED Paper detect signal of the Regi part by the Sensor Photo (REGI SENSOR)

PAPER EMPTY SENSED Paper detect signal of the SSI by the Sensor Photo (H) +3.3VDC (SSI NO PAPER SENSOR) PAPER EMPTY SENSED Paper detect signal of the Paper Cassette by the Sensor Photo (L) +3.3VDC (CST NO PAPER SENSOR) REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC ON/OFF signal of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV

7 - 10

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

3 DRIVE

PWBA MCU PL8.2.13

DRIVE ASSY PH PL7.1.4

INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J24 1 2 I/L +24VDC K MODE SOL ON (L) +24VDC

COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID

+3.3VDC

HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL PL9.1.9

P/J26 1 2 3

PULL UP +3.3VDC SG
K MODE SENSED (L) +3.3VDC

P/J261 3 2 1 COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR

INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

HARN ASSY MAIN MOT PL9.1.7 P/J211 SG I/L +24VDC SG I/L +24VDC SG MAIN MOT ON MAIN MOT ALARM MAIN MOT CLK MAIN MOT LOW MAIN MOT CW/CCW 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 M DRIVE ASSY MAIN PL7.1.2

HARN ASSY SUB MOT PL9.1.8 P/J221 SG I/L +24VDC SG I/L +24VDC SG SUB MOTO ON SUB MOT ALARM SUB MOT CLK SUB MOT LOW SUB MOT BRAKE 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 M DRIVE ASSY SUB PL7.1.1

WSB07004KC

7 - 11

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name K MODE SOL ON (L) +24VDC K MODE SENSED (L) +3.3VDC MAIN MOT ON MAIN MOT ALARM MAIN MOT CLK MAIN MOT LOW MAIN MOT CW/CCW SUB MOT ON SUB MOT ALARM SUB MOT CLK SUB MOT LOW SUB MOT BRAKE Description ON/OFF signal of the COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID Color mode detect signal of the DRIVE ASSY PH by the Sensor Photo (COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR)

Drive control signal of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN

Drive control signal of the DRIVE ASSY SUB

7 - 12

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

4 ROS

PWBA MCU PL8.2.13

ROS ASSY PL4.1.1

INTERLOCK +24VDC

HARN ASSY ROS RE PL4.1.22 P/J40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ROS MOT ON SG I/L +24VDC ROS MOT CLK SOS LD ERR PCONT SG V REF K V REF C V REF M V REF Y ENB SG +3.3V LD P/J411 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 +5VDC SOS SG 3 2 1 PWBA SOS 1 2 3 4 5 CLK LOCK ROS MOT ON SG +24VDC 5 4 3 2 1 ROS MOT

from Xerography

HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO PL4.1.23 P/J41 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SG DATA K SG DATA C SG DATA M SG DATA Y P/J412 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

RIO07006KA

7 - 13

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name ROS MOT ON ROS MOT CLK SOS V REF K V REF C V REF M V REF Y LD ERR PCONT DATA K DATA C DATA M DATA Y Description Drive control signal of the ROS MOTOR Reference signal for scan start of LASER Emission control signal of the laser diode Error signal of the laser diode Power control signal of the laser diode Video signal of the laser diode

7 - 14

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

5 XEROGRAPHIC
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13
P/J42
+3.3VDC

HARN ASSY PHD XPRO PL9.1.11


P/J144

1 2 3 4

DATA CLOCK +3.3VDC SG

4 3 2 1

PWBA EEPROM PL8.2.16

+3.3VDC

PHD ASSY PL4.1.21 P/J422 5 6 7 8 9 10 +3.3VLD DATA CLOCK +3.3VDC SG +3.3VLD 6 5 4 3 2 1


EEPROM PHD

to ROS HARN ASSY HUM PL9.1.6


P/J20
+5VDC

P/J201

1 2 3 4

TEMP. SG HUMI. +5VDC

4 3 2 1

SENSOR HUM PL8.2.7

+3.3VDC

HARN ASSY LVPS2 PL9.1.3 P/J14 15 16 17 +3.3VDC ERASE Y/M/C ON (L) +3.3VDC ERASE K ON (L) +3.3VDC
P/J141 3 2 1
LED ASSY ERASE PL4.1.8

HARN ASSY L SIDE PL3.1.18


P/J28

TRANSFER ASSY PL6.1.7


P/J281 P/J2811 5 4 3 2
1

1 2 3 4

+5VDC ADC SENSOR LED REM ADC V MONI


SG

5 1 4 2 3 3 2 4 1 5

ADC SENSOR

RIO07007KA

7 - 15

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name CLOCK DATA CLOCK DATA TEMP. HUMI. ERASE K ON (L) +3.3VDC ERASE Y/M/C ON (L) +3.3VDC ADC SENSOR LED REM ADC V MONI Description Control signal of the PWBA EEPROM Control signal of the EEPROM PHD Temperature data in the printer by the SENSOR HUM (Analog value) Humidity data in the printer by the SENSOR HUM (Analog value) ON/OFF signal of the LED ASSY ERASE Toner patch density data measured by the ADC SENSOR (Analog value) Remote signal of the LED of ADC SENSOR Control signal of the ADC SENSOR

7 - 16

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

6 HIGH VOLTAGE

PWBA MCU PL8.2.13 HARN ASSY HVPS PL9.1.5 P/J16 10 +3.0V REF 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 TR MON NC HV DO HV LD HV CLK +3.0V REF SG MAIN CLK SG I/L +24V P/J161 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PWBA HVPS PL4.1.19

E I D H C G B F

BCR BTR

Developer

C
BTR : Bias Transfer Roll BCR : Bias Charge Roll

RIO07008KA

7 - 17

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name TR MON HV DO HV LD HV CLK MAIN CLK Description

Control signal of the HVPS

7 - 18

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

7 DEVELOPER
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13 INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J18 1 2 3 INTERLOCK +24VDC 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J19 1 2 3 4 INTERLOCK +24VDC 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 HARN ASSY TNR MOT PL5.1.25 Y DISPENSE MOT A Y DISPENSE MOT B I/L +24VDC Y DISPENSE MOT XA Y DISPENSE MOT XB M DISPENSE MOT A M DISPENSE MOT B I/L +24VDC M DISPENSE MOT XA M DISPENSE MOT XB P182 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 P181 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 J182 DISPENSE MOTOR (M) PL5.1.3 J181 DISPENSE MOTOR (Y) PL5.1.3

N.C. C DISPENSE MOT A C DISPENSE MOT B I/L +24VDC C DISPENSE MOT XA C DISPENSE MOT XB K DISPENSE MOT A K DISPENSE MOT B I/L +24VDC K DISPENSE MOT XA K DISPENSE MOT XB

P191 5 4 3 2 1 P192 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5

J191 DISPENSE MOTOR (C) PL5.1.3

J192 DISPENSE MOTOR (K) PL5.1.3

+3.3VDC

HARN ASSY TONER CRUM P/J31 PL5.1.26 DATA Y IN 1 CLK Y OUT 2 +3.3VDC 3 SG 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 DATA M IN CLK M OUT +3.3VDC SG DATA C IN CLK C OUT +3.3VDC SG DATA K IN CLK K OUT +3.3VDC SG

P/J311 4 3 2 1 P/J312 4 3 2 1 P/J313 4 3 2 1 P/J314 4 3 2 1 CONNECTOR CRUM (K) PL5.1.14 CONNECTOR CRUM (C) PL5.1.14 CONNECTOR CRUM (M) PL5.1.14 CONNECTOR CRUM (Y) PL5.1.14

RIO07009KA

7 - 19

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name Y DISPENSE MOT A Y DISPENSE MOT B Y DISPENSE MOT XA Y DISPENSE MOT XB M DISPENSE MOT A M DISPENSE MOT B M DISPENSE MOT XA M DISPENSE MOT XB C DISPENSE MOT A C DISPENSE MOT B C DISPENSE MOT XA C DISPENSE MOT XB K DISPENSE MOT A K DISPENSE MOT B K DISPENSE MOT XA K DISPENSE MOT XB DATA Y IN CLK Y OUT DATA M IN CLK M OUT DATA C IN CLK C OUT DATA K IN CLK K OUT Description

Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y)

Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (M)

Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (C)

Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (K)

Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (Y) Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (M) Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (C) Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (K)

7 - 20

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

8 FUSER

PWBA MCU PL8.2.13 P/J17 8 7 6

HARN ASSY FUSER2 PL6.1.2 VC VD SG

FUSER ASSY PL6.1.1 P/J171 1 8 2 7 3 6 P/J175 1 3 2 2 3 1 P/J176 4 5 5 4 1 2 2 1 P/J172 1 3 2 2 3 1 P/J173 1 2 3 EXIT SENSOR STS

NC SNS

5 4
+3.3VDC

SG STS

3 2 1

FUSER EXIT SENSED (L) +3.3VDC SG PULL UP +3.3VDC

6 3 7 2 8 1

PWBA LVPS PL8.2.1 HARN ASSY LVPS2 PL9.1.3 LAMP CONTROL HARN ASSY FUSER2 PL6.1.2 P/J171 1 P/J47 N HEAT1 2 3 1 LINE 3

1 2 3

P1711 P1712 P1713

Heater

P/J14
10 9 xHEAT1 FUSER ON

P/J501
5 6

Thermostat

P/J504 1 2 J5041

Used in production 1 process only. 2

RELAY TEST LOW RELAY TEST HIGH

HARN ASSY TEST RL2 PL5.1.28

200V Spec. P/J171 1 P/J47 3 1 LINE N HEAT1 2 3 2 3

RIO07010KA

7 - 21

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name VC VD STS FUSER EXIT SENSED (L) +3.3VDC FUSER ON RELAY TEST LOW RELAY TEST HIGH Description Temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor for controlling temperature (analog value) Heat Roll surface temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor for detecting high temperature (analog value) Paper detect signal of the Fuser Exit by the Sensor Photo (EXIT SENSOR) Lighting signal of Fuser Lamp Test signal of the LVPS (Used in production process only)

7 - 22

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

9 CONTROLLER
PWBA ESS PL8.1.7
+3.3VDC

P/J101 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

HARN ASSY ESS PL9.1.1 TEST PRINT SG +3.3VDC SG SG STS CMD CREADY SREADY SG VSYNC K VSYNC C VSYNC M VSYNC Y SG HSYNC SG SG

PWBA MCU PL8.2.13 P/J10 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1


+3.3VDC

P/J111 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

HARN ASSY ESS VIDEO PL9.1.2 SG DATA K SG DATA C SG DATA M SG DATA Y

P/J11 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

+5VDC +3.3VDC

HARN ASSY ESS POWER PL9.1.10 P/J401 1 2 3 4 +5VDC SG +3.3VDC SG P/J40 1 2 3 4

PWBA LVPS PL8.2.1


+5VDC +3.3VDC

+5VDC

HARNESS ASSY B PL9.1.12 P/J29 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

HARNESS ASSY PNL A PL1.2.12 P/J2900 1 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SG DATA CLK +5VDC WAKE UP LED ON +3.3VDC P/J220 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

CONSOLE ASSY PANEL PL1.2.3


+5VDC

RIO07011KA

7 - 23

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name TEST PRINT STS CMD CREADY SREADY VSYNC K VSYNC C VSYNC M VSYNC Y HSYNC DATA K DATA C DATA M DATA Y DATA CLK WAKE UP LED ON Description Control signal for the TEST PRINT mode Status signal transmitted fro the PWBA MCU to the PWBA ESS Command signal transmitted from the PWBA ESS to the PWBA MCU Signal for indicating weather or not the printer is ready for receiving command signal Signal for indicating registration position of each of images Y, M, C and K Signal for data Video data of four colors

Control signal of the CONSOLE ASSY

7 - 24

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

10 250 FEEDER

PWBA FEED H PL12.2.1 HARN ASSY TRAY PL12.3.23


INTERLOCK +24VDC

PWBA MCU PL8.2.13 HARN ASSY OPTION PL3.1.20 SG SG SG I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC SG +3.3VDC DUP-HOT Rxd Txd P/J27 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11
+3.3VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC

P/J419 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

P/J273 10 1 9 2 8 3 7 4 6 5 5 6 4 7 3 8 2 9 1 10

+3.3VDC

INTERLOCK +24VDC

HARN ASSY TRAY COMP PL12.2.20 P/J420 1 3 I/L +24VDC P/J4201 2 1 1 2 CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL12.2.6

TURN CL ON (L) +24VDC

+3.3VDC

4 5 6

SG PAPER FEED SENSED (L) +3.3VDC 3.3V

P/J4200 3 1 2 2 1 3

3 2 1

PAPER PATH SENSOR PL12.4.13

INTERLOCK +24VDC

P/J421 1 2

HARN ASSY TRAY COMP PL12.2.20 I/L +24VDC FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC

P/J4213 2 1 1 2 SOLENOID FEED MSI PL12.2.15

+3.3VDC

3 4 5

PULL UP +3.3VDC SG PAPER EMPTY SENSED (L) +3.3VDC

P/J4212 3 1 2 2 1 3

CST2 NO PAPER SENSOR PL12.4.13 3 2 1

HARN ASSY TRAY MOT PL12.2.2 P/J422 1 2 3


INTERLOCK +24VDC

FEED MOT ON FEED MOT ALARM FEED MOT CLK FEED MOT LOW SG I/L +24VDC

P/J211 6 5 4 3

MOTOR ASSY SUB PL12.2.16 *CN2

* The CN1 and CN2 are printed on the board.

4 5 6

M *CN1

2 1 RIO07012KA

7 - 25

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name DUP-HOT Rxd Txd TURN CL ON (L) +24VDC FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC PAPER EMPTY SENSED (L) +3.3VDC FEED MOT ON FEED MOT ALARM FEED MOT CLK FEED MOT LOW Description Control signal of the PWBA FEEDER ON/OFF signal of the TURN CLUTCH ON/OFF signal of the FEED CLUTCH Paper detect signal of the Feeder by the Sensor Photo (NO PAPER SENSOR) Drive control signal of the FEED MOTOR

7 - 26

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

11 DUPLEX
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13

PWBA DUP PL11.1.16


+3.3VDC

HARNESS ASSY DUP PL11.1.14 P/J601 10 9 8 P/J272 1 10 2 9 3 8 4 7 5 6 6 5 7 4 8 3 9 2 10 1

HARN ASSY DUP RELAY PL1.2.13 Txd Rxd DUP-HOT +3.3VDC SG I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC SG SG SG

HARN ASSY OPTION PL3.1.20 P/J271 1 10 2 9 3 8 4 7 5 6 6 5 7 4 8 3 9 2 10 1 P/J27 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11

+3.3VDC

INTERLOCK +24VDC

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

INTERLOCK +24VDC

P/J602 4 3 2 1

DUP UP_A DUP UP_XA DUP UP_B DUP UP_XB

P/J6021 1 2 3 4

DRIVE ASSY EXIT PL11.2.2

P/J603 5 4 3 2 1

DUP DOWN_A DUP DOWN_XA DUP DOWN_B DUP DOWN_XB

P/J6031 1 2 3 4 5

DRIVE ASSY DUP PL11.2.5

INTERLOCK +24VDC

P/J604 1 2

I/L +24VDC DUP CL ON (L) +24VDC

CLUTCH DUP PL11.2.2 RIO07013KA

7 - 27

Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name Txd Rxd DUP UP_A DUP UP_XA DUP UP_B DUP UP_XB DUP DOWN_A DUP DOWN_XA DUP DOWN_B DUP DOWN_XB DUP CL ON (L) +24VDC FAN +24VDC FAN ALARM Description Control signal of the PWBA DUP

Drive control signal of the DUP MOTOR UP

Drive control signal of the DUP MOTOR DOWN ON/OFF signal of the DUP CLUTCH Drive control signal of the DUP FAN

7 - 28

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications CONTENTS 1. Configuration of Printer...............................................................................................8 - 1


1.1 Basic Configuration.......................................................................................................................... 8 - 1 1.2 Functional Configuration .................................................................................................................. 8 - 1

2. Electrical Properties....................................................................................................8 - 2
2.1 Power Source .................................................................................................................................. 8 - 2 2.2 Power Consumption......................................................................................................................... 8 - 2 2.3 Rush Current.................................................................................................................................... 8 - 2

3. Mechanical Properties ................................................................................................8 - 3


3.1 Dimensions/Mass of Printer ............................................................................................................. 8 - 3 3.2 Dimensions/Mass of 250 Feeder (Option) ....................................................................................... 8 - 3 3.3 Dimensions/Mass of Duplex (Option) .............................................................................................. 8 - 4 3.4 Dimensions/Mass of Consumables and CRUs ................................................................................ 8 - 4 3.4.1 PHD Unit .................................................................................................................................. 8 - 4 3.4.2 FUSER CRU ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 5 3.4.3 Black toner cartridge ................................................................................................................ 8 - 5 3.4.4 Cyan toner cartridge ................................................................................................................ 8 - 5 3.4.5 Magenta toner cartridge........................................................................................................... 8 - 5 3.4.6 Yellow toner cartridge .............................................................................................................. 8 - 5 3.5 Installation Space (min. installation space) ...................................................................................... 8 - 6

4. Functions ....................................................................................................................8 - 7
4.1 Recording System............................................................................................................................ 8 - 7 4.2 Exposure System............................................................................................................................. 8 - 7 4.3 Development System....................................................................................................................... 8 - 7 4.4 Fixing System .................................................................................................................................. 8 - 7 4.5 Resolution ........................................................................................................................................ 8 - 7 4.6 Operation Mode ............................................................................................................................... 8 - 8 4.7 Warm-up Time ................................................................................................................................. 8 - 8 4.8 FPOT (First Print Output Time)........................................................................................................ 8 - 9 4.9 Continuous Printing Speed ............................................................................................................ 8 - 10 4.10 Input Properties............................................................................................................................ 8 - 11 4.10.1 Paper pick-up system .......................................................................................................... 8 - 11 4.10.2 Paper pick-up capacity......................................................................................................... 8 - 11 4.11 Output Properties......................................................................................................................... 8 - 11 4.11.1 Paper delivery system.......................................................................................................... 8 - 11 4.11.2 Paper delivery capacity........................................................................................................ 8 - 11 4.11.3 Delivery paper size/mass..................................................................................................... 8 - 11 4.11.4 Full stack detection .............................................................................................................. 8 - 11 4.12 Paper ........................................................................................................................................... 8 - 12 4.12.1 Paper type ........................................................................................................................... 8 - 12 4.12.2 Paper mass.......................................................................................................................... 8 - 12 4.12.3 Paper size ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 12

5. Consumables............................................................................................................8 - 13
5.1 Items of Consumables ................................................................................................................... 8 - 13 5.2 Consumable Life ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 13 5.3 Periodic Replacing Parts (Reference)............................................................................................ 8 - 13

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications CONTENTS 6. Operating Environment.............................................................................................8 - 15


6.1 Installation Temperature / Humidity ............................................................................................... 8 - 15 6.2 Installation Altitude......................................................................................................................... 8 - 15 6.3 Installation Horizontality ................................................................................................................. 8 - 15 6.4 Ambient Lighting ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 15 6.5 Storage Temperature of a Toner Cartridge.................................................................................... 8 - 15

7. Safety / Environment Conditions ..............................................................................8 - 16


7.1 Safety Standard ............................................................................................................................. 8 - 16 7.2 Laser Safety Standard ................................................................................................................... 8 - 16 7.3 EMI................................................................................................................................................. 8 - 16 7.4 Noise.............................................................................................................................................. 8 - 16

8. Print image Quality ...................................................................................................8 - 17


8.1 Image Quality Guarantee Conditions............................................................................................. 8 - 17 8.1.1 Environmental conditions....................................................................................................... 8 - 17 8.1.2 Guaranteed paper.................................................................................................................. 8 - 17 8.1.3 Paper condition ...................................................................................................................... 8 - 17 8.1.4 Printer condition ..................................................................................................................... 8 - 17 8.1.5 Image quality guaranteed area ............................................................................................. 8 - 17 8.1.6 Criterion ................................................................................................................................. 8 - 17

9. Option .......................................................................................................................8 - 18
9.1 Option to be Installed by Users...................................................................................................... 8 - 18

10. ESS Specification ...................................................................................................8 - 19


10.1 External Interface......................................................................................................................... 8 - 19 10.1.1 USB ..................................................................................................................................... 8 - 19 10.1.2 Ethernet (required the Network adaptor) ............................................................................. 8 - 19 10.1.3 Wireless ............................................................................................................................... 8 - 19 10.2 Network Protocol.......................................................................................................................... 8 - 20 10.2.1 Printing Protocol................................................................................................................... 8 - 20 10.2.2 Other Protocols .................................................................................................................... 8 - 20 10.3 Decomposer................................................................................................................................. 8 - 21 10.3.1 PDL ...................................................................................................................................... 8 - 21 10.3.2 Font...................................................................................................................................... 8 - 21 10.3.3 Image Area .......................................................................................................................... 8 - 21 10.4 Job Control................................................................................................................................... 8 - 22 10.4.1 Cancel Print ......................................................................................................................... 8 - 22 10.4.2 Job Recovery ....................................................................................................................... 8 - 22 10.4.3 Job Time Out ....................................................................................................................... 8 - 22 10.4.4 Dell Color Track ................................................................................................................... 8 - 22 10.4.5 Secure Print (/Store Print).................................................................................................... 8 - 22 10.4.6 Proof Print ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 22 10.4.7 IP Filter................................................................................................................................. 8 - 22 10.5 Logging ........................................................................................................................................ 8 - 23 10.5.1 Job Logging ......................................................................................................................... 8 - 23 10.5.2 Error Logging ....................................................................................................................... 8 - 23 10.5.3 Billing Count......................................................................................................................... 8 - 23

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications CONTENTS


10.6 ID Print ......................................................................................................................................... 8 - 24 10.7 Non DELL Toner Mode ................................................................................................................ 8 - 24 10.8 Utility Print.................................................................................................................................... 8 - 25 10.8.1 Printer Settings List.............................................................................................................. 8 - 25 10.8.2 Panel Settings List Print....................................................................................................... 8 - 25 10.8.3 Font List Print....................................................................................................................... 8 - 25 10.8.4 Macros List Print .................................................................................................................. 8 - 25 10.8.5 Job History Report ............................................................................................................... 8 - 26 10.8.6 Error History Report ............................................................................................................. 8 - 26 10.8.7 Demo Page Print.................................................................................................................. 8 - 26

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications CONTENTS

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

1. Configuration of Printer
1.1 Basic Configuration
The printer has the following basic configurations depending on the destination. print engine main unit (SSI and 250 feeder unit as the standard paper feeding) consumables (CRU)

Rio08001KA

1.2 Functional Configuration


Functional configuration of this printer is shown below.

Wsb08002KA

81

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

2. Electrical Properties
2.1 Power Source
Two types of power source as follows are available for this printer, which are selected according to the specifications. - 100V/110V printer:............. voltage: 100-127VAC 10% (90 ~ 140V), frequency: 50/60Hz 3Hz current capacity: 11A or less - 220 printer: ........................ voltage: 220-240VAC 10% (198 ~ 264V), frequency: 50/60Hz 3Hz current capacity: 5A or less

2.2 Power Consumption


Power consumption in each operation mode at rated voltage input Operation mode Running mode (F/C) Running mode (B/W) Standby mode Sleep mode Deep sleep mode Average (Wh/h) 230 or less 265 or less 28 or less 9 or less 6 or less

2.3 Rush Current


When the power switch is turned on, the inrush current shall be maximum 120A, 10ms (half cycle) or less.

82

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

3. Mechanical Properties
3.1 Dimensions/Mass of Printer
Width(mm) 400 Depth(mm) 406 Height(mm) 413 Mass(kg) 20 (with CRU)

* Depth of M/C is without paper tray.

Rio08003KA

3.2 Dimensions/Mass of 250 Feeder (Option)


Width(mm) 400 Depth(mm) 406 Height(mm) 108 Mass(kg) 4.4

Rio08013KA

83

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

3.3 Dimensions/Mass of Duplex (Option)


Width(mm) 326.5 Depth(mm) 313.2 Height(mm) 153.5 Mass(kg) 1.2

Rio08012KA

3.4 Dimensions/Mass of Consumables and CRUs


3.4.1 PHD Unit Width: 332mm Depth: 138mm Height: 196mm Mass: 3.37kg Reference: The PHD Unit has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.

Wsb08006KA

84

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications 3.4.2 FUSER CRU Width: 393mm Depth: 121mm Height: 130mm Mass: 1.5kg

Rio08004KA
3.4.3 Black toner cartridge Width: 185.8mm Depth: 63mm Height: 40.5mm Mass: 0.1K kg Reference:The Black toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information. 3.4.4 Cyan toner cartridge Width: 185.8mm Depth: 63mm Height: 40.5mm Mass: 0.1 kg Reference:The Cyan toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information. 3.4.5 Magenta toner cartridge Width: 185.8mm Depth: 63mm Height: 40.5mm Mass: 0.1 kg Reference:The Magenta toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information. 3.4.6 Yellow toner cartridge Width: 185.8mm Depth: 63mm Height: 40.5mm Mass: 0.1 kg Reference:The Yellow toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.

Wsb08005KA

Wsb08005KA

Wsb08005KA

Wsb08005KA

85

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

3.5 Installation Space (min. installation space)


Minimum space as shown below is required to install the printer when it is used for normal objects. (Space occupied by the operator is not included.) Top view
100mm

100mm

250mm

600mm

Rio08007KA

Front view

100mm

400mm

250mm
Rio08008KA

Side view

Front Cover

600mm

407mm

100mm
Rio08009KA

86

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

4. Functions
4.1 Recording System
Tandem electro-photographic system employing OPC drum and direct transfer by the transport belt

4.2 Exposure System


Four laser beams semiconductor scanning system

4.3 Development System


Development with 2-component developer

4.4 Fixing System


Thermal fixing system

4.5 Resolution
600 dpi x 600 dpi

87

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

4.6 Operation Mode


The printer can be operated in either of 5 operation modes. The modes are switched over by command from the printer controller or change of printer operation, etc. Proceeding from power ON, low power mode or sleep mode to standby mode will take place after going through a warm up stage. - Initializing mode State in initializing. Fixing system: Stop status Exposure system: Operating status (during calibration) Recording system: Operating status (during calibration) - Running mode State in running or recording operation. Fixing system: Held at operating temperature. Exposure system: Operating status Recording system: Operating status - Ready mode Ready state Fixing system: Held at ready temperature. Exposure system: Stop status Recording system: Stop status - Sleep mode Complete resting state. Compatible to E-Star and BAM requirement. Fixing system: Stop status Exposure system: Stop status Recording system: Stop status - Deep sleep mode Resting state from the sleep state. Fixing system: Stop status Exposure system: Stop status Recording system: Stop status

4.7 Warm-up Time


When nominal voltage (100V, 115V, 220V) is applied, the printer will proceed to standby mode from POWER-ON within 16 seconds. Reference: Measured at 22C, 55% RH, nominal voltage, plain paper mode.

88

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

4.8 FPOT (First Print Output Time)


FPOT time of the printer is shown in the table below. The time required for the first sheet of paper to be delivered after the PRINT indication is given is calculated on the following conditions (rounded to one decimal place). IOT performance that the controller does not have IOT wait. The printer is in the standby mode. (ROS MOTOR OFF, FUSER READY) Paper is A4 SEF Except when process control is operating*1 *1:Process controller operation is process controls such as TC control, electric potential control, cleaning cycle, registration control, and so on. Sometimes, the engine stops feeding papers for a certain period of time while continuous printing for these operations. Color Mode B/W Paper Tray Standard tray SSF Optional tray Standard tray Color SSF Optional tray FPOT (Sec.) 16.3 sec. or less 15.5 sec. or less 18.0 sec. or less 17.0 sec. or less 16.5 sec. or less 19.0 sec. or less

89

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

4.9 Continuous Printing Speed


The continuous printing speed is shown in the below. Paper Type/Size Input Tray Standard Tray Plain/A4 Option Tray Color Mode Color B/W Color B/W Print Speed Simplex 78.0 sec or less 61.5 sec or less 85.0 sec or less 68.5 sec or less Duplex 101.4 sec or less 80.0 sec or less 110.5 sec or less 89.1 sec or less

Measurement is conducted five times. Print speed is calculated as average of the three values after the maximum and minimum values are excluded.

8 10

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

4.10 Input Properties


4.10.1 Paper pick-up system - Paper pick-up with paper tray Feeding method of this printer is ARRF method. 4.10.2 Paper pick-up capacity - Paper pick-up with paper tray 250 sheet Paper Tray - SSI paper pick-up 1 sheet : 250 sheets or below 27.6mm of standard paper

4.11 Output Properties


4.11.1 Paper delivery system Paper can be delivered by the following method. - FACE DOWN delivery 4.11.2 Paper delivery capacity - FACE DOWN delivery 150 sheets (Letter/A4 standard paper)* 4.11.3 Delivery paper size/mass - FACE DOWN delivery All paper sizes applicable to this printer 4.11.4 Full stack detection non

8 11

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

4.12 Paper
4.12.1 Paper type Paper which can be used with this printer is classified into standard paper, general paper and special paper. - Standard paper Using this type of paper is recommended. Reliability, operability and print image quality are the application range of the specifications. Following paper is the standard paper. B/W For overseas market - General paper General paper is plain paper except standard paper and special paper, and its reliability and running performance are within the specification, but the print image quality is out of the specification. - Special paper Special paper except for plain paper. Reliability and operability are the applicable range of specifications but the print image quality is out of the applicable range of specifications. 4.12.2 Paper mass - Paper feed from paper tray "60 to 216 gsm" (16 lb to 80 lb) 4.12.3 Paper size Paper size which can be set to each paper pick-up unit is shown in the table below. Cassette Paper size 4200DP F/C X-pressions

A5, B5 (JIS, IOS), A4, Letter, Executive, Legal, Folio, Envelope, Monarch, DL, C5, Com-10 Minimum size 250 Sheet Paper Tray/SSF Width 76.2mm Length 127mm Maximum size Width 215.9mm Length 355.6mm

8 12

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

5. Consumables
Consumables are usually replaced by costumers. In the event of recovery of failure attributable to consumables or isolation of failure, you may replace them.

5.1 Items of Consumables


- Black toner cartridge Cartridge to supply black toner to the development unit. Black toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information. - Yellow toner cartridge Cartridge to supply yellow toner to the development unit. Yellow toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information. - Magenta toner cartridge Cartridge to supply magenta toner to the development unit. Magenta toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information. - Cyan toner cartridge Cartridge to supply cyan toner to the development unit. Cyan toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.

5.2 Consumable Life


- Black toner cartridge: - Yellow toner cartridge: - Magenta toner cartridge: - Cyan toner cartridge: 1k / 2.5kPV 1k / 2.5kPV 1k / 2.5kPV 1k / 2.5kPV

5.3 Periodic Replacing Parts (Reference)


- PHD - FUSER - Separator Roller and Feed Roller 24kPV 50kPV or 5 years 50kPV or 5 years

8 13

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

Fuser

PHD Unit

Black Cartridge Separator Roller

Feed Roller

Cyan Cartridge

Magenta Cartridge

Yellow Cartridge Rio08010KA

Separator Roller

Feed Roller

Rio08011KA

8 14

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

6. Operating Environment
6.1 Installation Temperature / Humidity
Installation temperature and humidity on the condition without condensation is as follows. At operating: 5-32 C, 15-85%RH (No condensation) At standby: minus 20-40 C, 5-85%RH (No condensation)

6.2 Installation Altitude


0 to 3,100m

6.3 Installation Horizontality


Longitudinal levelness of table surface on which the printer is installed:1 degree or under Lateral levelness of table surface on which the printer is installed :1 degree or under

6.4 Ambient Lighting


3,000 Lux or less (without no direct sun beams)

6.5 Storage Temperature of a Toner Cartridge


The guaranteed period of the print cartridge before unpacked is as follows: Normal conditions: 24 months under 0 to 35C, 15 to 80% RH. Harsh conditions: Up to one month under -20 to 0C and 35 to 40C, 5 to 15% RH and 80 to 95% RH. The storage altitude shall be 0 to 3,100m. Can be extended to 0 to 15,000m when shipped by air. (Provided that the cargo bay is pressurized to 70.9275Kpa or higher.)

8 15

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

7. Safety / Environment Conditions


7.1 Safety Standard
- 110V system UL60950-1 CSA C22.2 No.60950 - 220V system IEC60950-1 / EN60950-1 2001

7.2 Laser Safety Standard


- 110V system FDA21CFR Chapter 1, Subchapter J, Section 1010, 1040 - 220V system IEC60825-1 Amendment 1 + Amendment 2 / EN60825-1 Amendment 11 + Amendment 2 Class 1 Laser Product

7.3 EMI
- 110V system (US) FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B - 220V system (EC) EN55022 (CISPR Publication 22), Class B

7.4 Noise
Noise of printing is as follows. Noise Printer During printing During Ready / Sleep Sound power level (B) LWA 6.60 4.3 Sound pressure (dBA) LPA 52.0 25.0

8 16

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

8. Print image Quality


8.1 Image Quality Guarantee Conditions
The image quality is specified and guaranteed under the following conditions. 8.1.1 Environmental conditions Environment condition for evaluating image quality Temperature: 15-28 C Humidity: 20-70%RH 8.1.2 Guaranteed paper The print image quality specified here is guaranteed with standard paper fed from the paper tray. Evaluation is performed with the maximum size of each standard paper. - Xerox 4200DP 201b letter - Xerox Digital Color Xpression 24lb letter 8.1.3 Paper condition The paper used is fresh paper immediately after unpacked, which has been left in the operating environment for 12 hours before unpacking. 8.1.4 Printer condition The print image quality specified in this section is guaranteed with the printer in normal condition. 8.1.5 Image quality guaranteed area The print image quality specified in this section is guaranteed in the guaranteed image quality area specified in this manual. (Refer to Chapter 1) 8.1.6 Criterion The print image quality is guaranteed with the Spec. In rate = 90% ( = 90%).

8 17

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

9. Option
9.1 Option to be Installed by Users
Users can install the following unit. - 250 Feeder Unit - Duplex Unit - Expansion memory (512MB / 1024MB) - Wireless Printer Adapter - Network Protocol Adapter

8 18

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

10. ESS Specification


10.1 External Interface
10.1.1 USB Item Connector Protocol Supported Client Type-B x 1 USB2.0, High Speed Windows 2000 / XP / 2003 / Vista / Server 2008 Specification

10.1.2 Ethernet (required the Network adaptor) Item Connection Protocol Supported Client 10.1.3 Wireless Item Connection Protocol Supported Client IEEE802.11b / 802.11g See 10.2 Network Protocol for details Windows 2000 / XP / 2003 / Vista / Server 2008 Specification 10Base-T / 100Base-TX See 10.2 Network Protocol for details Windows 2000 / XP / 2003 / Vista / Server 2008 Specification

8 19

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

10.2 Network Protocol


10.2.1 Printing Protocol Maximum Session 1 1 2 1

Protocol LPD Port9100 WSD


*1

Transport TCP/IP TCP/IP TCP/IP TCP/IP

Supported Client Windows 2000 / XP / 2003 / Vista Windows 2000 / XP / 2003 / Vista Windows Vista / 2008 Netware 5, 5.1, 6, 6.5 *2

Netware /IP*1

*1:Enabling only when Network Protocol Adapter is installed. *2:Netware 6.5 is required to apply support pack 1.1 or later provided by Novell. 10.2.2 Other Protocols Protocol SMTP Transport TCP/IP Support SMTP E-mail Alert [Supported Mail Server] LotusNotes, MS-Exchange, Eudora SNMP [Supported MIB] MIB-II (RFC1213) HostResources MIB (RFC1514) PrinterMIB (RFC1759) Printer Port Monitor MIB HTTP/HTTPS [Client] (Windows 2000 / XP / Vista / 2008) Internet Explorer 6.x or 7x Firfox x 2.0 DHCP [Supported OS] Windows 2003 / 2008 BOOTP [Supported OS] Windows 2003 / 2008 RARP [Supported OS] Unix (Solalis 9) AutoIP [Software] Installer

SNMPv1/v2/v3*1

UDP/IP

HTTP/HTTPS*1

TCP/IP

DHCP

UDP/IP

BOOTP

UDP/IP

RARP

TCP/IP

AutoIP

TCP/IP

*1:Enabling only when Network Protocol Adapter is installed.

8 20

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

10.3 Decomposer
10.3.1 PDL PDL Interface port Operating system Windows 2000, XP, 2003, Vista, Server 2008

PCL printing system data USB, TCP/P 10.3.2 Font Font set 81 Fonts and 36 symbol 10.3.3 Image Area Usable Area Size Unprintable Area Printable Area Format -

Supported encoding -

Remarks

Maximum : 215.9mm (8.5 in.) x 355.6mm (14 in.) 4.1 mm each from four edges (left, right, top and bottom) of paper Maximum : 207.9mm (8.18 in.) x 347.6mm (13.68 in.)

Print Image Quality Guaranteed Same as Printable Area Area

8 21

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

10.4 Job Control


10.4.1 Cancel Print A print job in process can be cancelled at the operation panel. 10.4.2 Job Recovery When a job fails due to recoverable error like a paper jam, the printer automatically restarts the job after the jammed paper is removed. 10.4.3 Job Time Out When job transmission is interrupted for a certain period of time (Time can be changed at the operation panel and unlimited time can be selected), the print data is deleted as an error. 10.4.4 Dell Color Track Dell Color Track is a function to specify the availability of color print and to limit print volume per user. Only administrators are allowed to make limitation settings from the EWS. User name and password is embedded in the print job in order to identify who the job is sent from. User name and password are entered by user from the printer driver. The printer can support maximum 50 accounts. 10.4.5 Secure Print (/Store Print) When memory is expanded (512MB or more), the printer holds print data, including a user password (12 digits) specified in the printer driver, user name and document name, in memory. The data is not printed until the same password, user name and document name are specified at the printer UI. The user can select whether the data is cleared or not after being printed. The data remains in the printer as long as it is not cleared. The data on the memory is cleared when the printer is turned off. The user can omit entering a password (This is called Store Print). 10.4.6 Proof Print When memory is expanded (512MB or more), proof print can be selected only when multiple sets of prints are specified in the printer driver. The printer prints only the first set of the print data. Then the user can select whether the remaining sets are printed or not (the remaining data is cleared) when the same user name and document name are entered at the printer UI. The data remains in the printer as long as it is not cleared. The data on the memory is cleared when the printer is turned off. 10.4.7 IP Filter The user can select to accept or reject jobs for the specified IP address. Up to 5 IP addresses can be specified. IP filter is available only to LPD and Port9100 printing protocol.

8 22

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

10.5 Logging
10.5.1 Job Logging The printer can retain up to 20 job logs. Job log can be printed instantly according to the user's request or automatically printed when the number of the retained job logs has reached 10. Job log includes the following information: Job sent date and time Input interface (USB, Lpd, Port9100) Document name (File name) Output color User name/Host name Number of printed pages (Color, B/W) Number of printed impressions (Color, B/W) Paper size Result (Successful, Error, etc.) 10.5.2 Error Logging The printer can retain up to 42 jam errors and up to 42 fatal errors. The user can print error log by the panel operation. Jam error log includes the following information: PV counter when jam has occurred Name of Jam Fatal error log includes the following information: PV counter when error has occurred Error code 10.5.3 Billing Count The same data is stored in two or more addresses in one IC. Data check (checksum etc.) is conducted.

When ESS is replaced, IC can be transferred. (IC is mounted on socket)

Counter Color Print Counter B/W Print Counter Total Print Counter

Description Count the number of paper printed in color Count the number of paper printed in B/W Count the total number of paper printed in color and B/W

8 23

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

10.6 ID Print
User name can be printed. The printing position can be selected from upper right, upper left, lower right and lower left (Only for PCL6). The user selects using the operation panel whether user name is printed or not and where it is printed.

10.7 Non DELL Toner Mode


When life of toner cartridge has ended, the printer stops accepting print request (life of toner cartridge is counted by the counter in CRUM). Taking into consideration that some users use refilled toner cartridges, the printer can accept print request by the users panel operation even if life of toner cartridge has ended. When the mode has changed so that the printer does not stop even after life of toner cartridge ends, the printer displays a message on the operation panel to inform the user of the mode change. When the printer operates in this mode, print image quality is not guaranteed. Also, remaining toner level is not displayed (as CRUM data can not be guaranteed).

8 24

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications

10.8 Utility Print


10.8.1 Printer Settings List Printer Settings List can be printed according to the user's request. Printer Settings List is printed in B/W on A4 size paper (Letter size paper for US) in the automatically selected paper tray. Printer Settings List includes the following information: [Title] Printer name, Company Logo [General] Printer name, Service tag, Asset Number, Total Impressions, Color Impressions, Black Impressions, Serial Number, Memory capacity, Printer Language , Number of Fonts Available, Firmware version, Boot version, Engine Version, Default Paper, Default Plain, Default Label, Default Language [Wired Network] Firmware version, MAC address, Ethernet Setting TCP/IP, LPD, Port9100, SNMP, E-Mail Alert, EWS, IP Filter, IPv4, IPv6, IPsec, WSD, HTTP-SSL/TLS [Wireless] Wireless Setting* (SSID,Network Type,Quality,Link Channel) * Listed when wireless LAN option is installed [Printer Options] Duplexer Optional Tray Wireless Printer Adapter Network Protocol Adapter [Print Volume] Print volume for each paper size 10.8.2 Panel Settings List Print Panel Settings List can be printed by the user's request. Panel Settings List is printed in B/W on A4 size paper (Letter size paper for the US) in the automatically selected paper tray. 10.8.3 Font List Print PCL Font List can be printed by the user's operation. PCL Font List is printed in B/W in the automatically selected paper tray. 10.8.4 Macros List Print PCL Macros List can be printed by the user's operation. PCL Macros List is printed in B/W in the automatically selected paper tray.

8 25

Chapter 8 Printer Specifications 10.8.5 Job History Report The user can print Job History Report by requesting instant print or by setting auto print. Job History Report in B/W on A4 size (Letter size for the US) in the automatically selected paper tray. - Date - Time - Input Port - Host/User Name - Document Name - Output Color - Paper Size - Pages - Sheets - Result 10.8.6 Error History Report Error History Report can be printed according to the user's request. Error History Report in B/W on A4 size (Letter size for the US) in the automatically selected paper tray. - System Fail History: Total Print Count Chain-Link (Error Code) - Paper Jam History: Total Print Count Type of Jam 10.8.7 Demo Page Print Demo page can be printed by the user's operation. Demo page is printed in B/W in the automatically selected paper tray.

8 26

Dell 2130cn - recommended spare part list


18 Feb 2009
MFG P/N MFG Part Description Dell P/N Dell Part Description CRU or FRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU

Accessory 675K67950 675K69090 675K49972 126K25641 126K25651 675K67720 675K53411 675K67730 675K53421 675K67750 675K53441 675K67740 675K53431 Base Unit 999SF127F ASSY,BASE,PTR,SVC,DAO, 2130CN 999SDW056 ASSY,BASE,PTR,SVC,EMEA, 2130CN Miscellaneous Hardware 604K50080 675K69730 059K60651 050K63310 050K61450 604K49600 127E85360 962K68760 604K49640 007K15540 604K50120 604K49480 604K49490 604K50090 Plastics 999SG692D Cables and Cords Volex (Dell) Volex (Dell) Volex (Dell) Banta (Dell) Banta (Dell) Banta (Dell) Banta (Dell) Banta (Dell) CORD, PWR, 125V, 10A, 2M, C13,JPN CORD, PWR, 125V, 10A, 2M, C13,US CORD, PWR, 250V, 10A, 2M, C13,AUS CORD, PWR, 250V, 10A, 2M, C13,UK CORD, PWR, 220V, 2.0M, SHUCO,ST CORD, PWR, 250V, 10A, 2.5M, C13,ISR CORD, PWR, 250V, 10A, 3P, DENMARK CORD, PWR, 220V, 6FT, SAF,EMEA UN721 YK245 UP416 UJ860 78390 MJ159 95095 K2819 JAPAN POWER CORD, 125V, 10A, 2m UNITED STATES POWER CORD, 125V, 10A, 2m AUSTRALIA POWER CORD, 250V, 10A, 2m UK POWER CORD, 250V, 10A, 2m EUROPE POWER CORD, 220V, 2m ISREAL POWER CORD, 250V,10A, 2.5m DENMARK POWER CORD, 250V, 10A SOUTH AFRICA POWER CORD, 220V, 6FT CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU ASSY,BASE,PTR,SVC,AUS,2130CN G692D PRINTER(without PHD & Toners),AUS,NZ,2130CN CRU RLLR, ASSY, SPRTR, TRAY, 2130/35CN ASSY,DPLXR, PAPER, 2130CN FDR, PAPER, 2ND, OPT, 250, 2130CN TRAY, PAPER, 2ND,OPT, 250, 2130CN TRAY, PAPER, 250, 2130CN RLLR, FDR, ENGINE, 2130/2135CN FAN, ASSY, 2130CN SWT, INTERLOCK, 2130CN KIT, FDR, BTR, XPORT, PAPER, 2130CN MOTOR, DR, ASSY,SUB, 2130cn KIT, MOTOR, DR, ASSY,MAIN, 2130cn KIT, MOTOR, DR, ASSY, PH, 2130/2135cn KIT, PTR, RLR,SOL, CLH, 2130/2135cn KIT, PTR, PRTH, ROS, ASSY, 2130 F127F DW056 PRINTER (without PHD & Toners), DAO, 110V, 2130CN PRINTER (without PHD & Toners), EMEA, 2130CN CRU CRU CRD, NTWK, COMM, 2130CN CRD, WRLES, ANT, COMM CTRG, DRUM, PHCND, 1320C/2130/35CN ASSY, FUSER, 110V, 2130CN ASSY, FUSER, 220V, 2130CN CTRG, TONR,2.5K, BLACK, STD, 2130/35CN CTRG, TONR, 1K, BLK, STD, 1320C/2130/35CN CTRG, TONR,2.5K, CYAN, STD, 2130/35CN CTRG,TONR,1K,CYAN,STD, 1320C/2130/35CN CTRG,TONR,2.5K,YEL,STD, 2130/35CN CTRG,TONR,1K,YEL,STD, 1320C/2130/35CN CTRG,TONR,2.5K,MGTA,STD, 2130/35CN CTRG,TONR,1K,MGTA,STD, 1320C/2130/35CN T101C K871C P266C M266D F528F FM064 P237C FM065 P238C FM066 P239C FM067 P240C NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTOR, 2130CN WIRELESS ADAPTOR PHD UNIT(DRUM+DEVELOPER), 1320C/2130/2135CN FUSER 110V, 2130CN FUSER 220V, 2130CN BLACK TONER 2.5K, 2130/2135CN BLACK TONER 1K, 1320C/2130/2135CN CYAN TONER 2.5K, 2130/2135CN CYAN TONER 1K, 1320C/2130/2135CN YELLOW TONER 2.5K, 2130/2135CN YELLOW TONER 1K, 1320C/2130/2135CN MAGENTA TONER 2.5K, 2130/2135CN MAGENTA TONER 1K, 1320C/2130/2135CN

M312F R113C X920D C660D D498F G866F F123F Y565D K363C X847D KR060 P391C P376C H595D

SEPARATOR ROLLER (TRAY), 2130/2135CN DUPLEXER, 2130CN 2ND OPTIONAL TRAY HOUSING, 250, 2130CN 2ND OPTIONAL PAPER TRAY, 250 SHEET, 2130CN 1ST PAPER TRAY, 250 SHEET, 2130CN FEED ROLLER (ENGINE), 2130/2135CN FAN,2130CN INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR,ENGINE), 2130CN TRANSFER BELT, KIT, 2130CN SUB MOTOR DRIVE ASSEMBLY, 2130CN MAIN MOTOR DRIVE ASSEMBLY, KIT, 2130CN PH MOTOR DRIVE ASSEMBLY, KIT, 2130/2135CN (FEED ROLLER/SOLENOID/CLUTCH), KIT, 2130/2135CN ROS ASSEMBLY, 2130CN

CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU FRU FRU FRU FRU FRU FRU FRU FRU

Banta (Dell) Banta (Dell) Longwell(Dell) Belkin (Dell) Controller Cards 604K50130 604K50140 105K23740 105K23730 848K21710 848K21720 Documentation 675K68330 675K68350 675K68370 Plastics 604K50060 604K50230 Memory Dell Dell

CORD, PWR, 220V, 2.0MTR, ITL/CHL CORD, PWR, 220V, 2.0MTR, ST, SWI CBL,USB,10FT,PTR CBL, ENET, PRT, 7FT, WW

23322 91949 YY498 RJ583

ITALY POWER CORD, 220V, 2m SWITZERLAND POWER CORD, 220V, 2m USB CABLE, 10FT ETHERNET CABLE, 7FT

CRU CRU CRU CRU

KIT, CRD, CTL,I/O, ESS, 2130cn KIT, CRD, CTL, MCU, 2130cn PWA, PDB, LVPS, 220V, 2130cn PWA, PDB, LVPS,110V, 2130cn PNL, OPR, PTR, DAO, 2130cn PNL, OPR, PTR, EMEA, AUS, 2130cn

M789C M790C D496F F120F Y564D Y563D

ESS PWBA, 2130CN MCU PWBA, 2130CN LVPS PWBA, 220V,2130CN LVPS PWBA, 110V/100V, 2130CN OPERATOR PANEL,DAO, 2130CN OPERATOR PANEL, EMEA, AUS, NZ, 2130CN

FRU FRU FRU FRU FRU FRU

KIT,DOC/DSK, EFS, DAO, 2130CN KIT,DOC/DSK, ALL, EMEA, 2130CN KIT,DOC/DSK, EFS, AUS, 2130CN CVR,SIDE,2130CN CVR,FRONT,2130CN KIT, PTR, MEM, 512M, 667MHZ, DDR2 KIT, PTR, MEM, 1G, 667MHZ, DDR2

P241C N405D P233D F122F X851D JK997 DP904

DOC KIT(OM,PIG,CD,TSH), EFS, DAO, 2130CN DOC KIT (PIG,CD,TSHs), ALL, EMEA, 2130CN DOC KIT(OM,PIG,CD,TSH),EFS,AUS,NZ,2130CN SIDE COVER(TONER,ENGINE),2130CN FRONT COVER ASSEMBLY,2130CN 512MB 667MHZ DDR2 MEMORY, Order SKU Only: P/N=A1681877 1G 667MHZ DDR2 MEMORY, Order SKU Only: P/N=A1680888

CRU CRU CRU CRU FRU CRU CRU

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi